(menu-bar-options-menu): Delete "Syntax
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17140 20945))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (17205 6157))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
69
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
75 the file name.
76
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
78
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
83 \\{ada-mode-map}
84
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
87
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
90
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
93
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
95
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
98
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
101
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
107
108 If you use imenu.el:
109 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
110
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
117
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
122
123 \(fn)" t nil)
124
125 ;;;***
126 \f
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (17140 20951))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
130
131 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
133
134 \(fn)" t nil)
135
136 ;;;***
137 \f
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (17205 6160))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
141
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
145
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
147
148 ;;;***
149 \f
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17244 43726))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
156
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
161
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
163
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
167
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
169
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171 *Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
176
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
178
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
181
182 \(fn)" nil nil)
183
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
186
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
191
192 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
195
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
199
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
201
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
206
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
209
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
211
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
215
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
218 the same person.
219
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
222 notices.
223
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
226
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
228
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
233
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
236
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
244
245 \(fn)" t nil)
246
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
249
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
252
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
255
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
258
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
261
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
267
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
269
270 \(fn)" nil nil)
271
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
276 or a buffer.
277
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
280
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
282
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
285
286 \(fn)" t nil)
287
288 ;;;***
289 \f
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17245
292 ;;;;;; 4869))
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
294
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
305
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
307
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
316
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
318
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
331
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
333
334 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
337
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
340 BODY... )
341
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
356
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
361
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
364
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
367
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
370
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
375
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
381 during preloading.
382
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
384
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
386
387 ;;;***
388 \f
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17148 24935))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
393
394 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
401
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
405
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
410
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
412
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
423 options.
424
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
427
428 Fred (123) 456-7890
429 Alice (123) 456-7890
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
431 Joe (123) 456-7890
432
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
481 ;;;;;; (17243 21661))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
483
484 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
485 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
486
487 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
488 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
489
490 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
491 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
492 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
493 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
494 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
495 outline.)
496
497 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
498
499 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
500 - integral outline exposure-layout
501 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
502 - automatic topic-number maintenance
503 - easy topic encryption and decryption
504 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
505 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
506
507 and many other features.
508
509 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
510 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
511 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
512 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
513 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
514
515
516 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
517 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
518
519 Navigation: Exposure Control:
520 ---------- ----------------
521 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
522 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
523 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
524 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
525 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
526 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
527 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry,] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
528
529 Topic Header Production:
530 -----------------------
531 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
532 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
533 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
534
535 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
536 ---------------------------------
537 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
538 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
539 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
540 current topic.
541 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
542 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
543 alternated according to nesting depth.
544 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
545 offspring are not affected. With repeat
546 count, revoke numbering.
547
548 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
549 ----------------------------------
550 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
551 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
552 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
553 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
554 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
555 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
556
557 Misc commands:
558 -------------
559 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
560 and establish a default file-var setting
561 for `allout-layout'.
562 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
563 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
564 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
565 buffer with name derived from derived from that
566 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
567 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
568 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
569 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
570 format.
571 ESC ESC (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
572 auto-activation.
573
574 Encrypted Entries
575
576 Outline mode supports easily togglable gpg encryption of topics, with
577 niceties like support for symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout,
578 passphrase consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
579 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save. The aim is
580 to enable reliable topic privacy while preventing accidents like neglected
581 encryption, encryption with a mistaken passphrase, forgetting which
582 passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
583
584 See the `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function and
585 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
586
587 HOT-SPOT Operation
588
589 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
590 navigation and exposure control.
591
592 \\<allout-mode-map>
593 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
594 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
595 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
596 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c C-f\"
597 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
598
599 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can execute
600 the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a single
601 keystroke. Non-literal chars never get this special translation, so
602 you can use them to get away from the hot-spot, and back to normal
603 operation.
604
605 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
606 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
607 beginning of the current entry, so you can simply hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
608 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
609
610 Terminology
611
612 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
613
614 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
615 contain other topics, and it can be subsumed by other topics,
616 CURRENT topic:
617 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
618 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
619 containment. Also called the:
620 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
621
622 ANCESTORS:
623 The topics that contain a topic.
624 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
625 the topic.
626 OFFSPRING:
627 The topics contained by a topic;
628 SUBTOPIC:
629 An immediate offspring of a topic;
630 CHILDREN:
631 The immediate offspring of a topic.
632 SIBLINGS:
633 Topics having the same parent and depth.
634
635 Topic text constituents:
636
637 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
638 text.
639 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
640 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
641 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
642 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
643 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
644
645 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
646 of the topic.
647 PREFIX-LEAD:
648 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
649 It can be customized by changing the setting of
650 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
651
652 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
653 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
654 program code without interfering with the language processing
655 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
656 docstring for more detail.
657 PREFIX-PADDING:
658 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
659 bullet, according to the depth of the topic.
660 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
661 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
662 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
663 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
664 bullet when generating varies in a cycle with the depth of the
665 topic.
666 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
667 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
668
669
670 EXPOSURE:
671 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
672 of its offspring and contained text.
673 CONCEALED:
674 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
675 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
676 (Ref the `selective-display' var.)
677
678 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
679 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
680 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
681
682 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
683
684 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
685
686 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
687 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
688
689 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
690 setup for auto-startup.
691
692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
693
694 ;;;***
695 \f
696 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
697 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17244 43756))
698 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
699
700 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
701
702 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
703 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
704 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
705 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
706 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
707 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
708
709 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
710
711 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
712 Not documented
713
714 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
715
716 ;;;***
717 \f
718 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
719 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17239 32364))
720 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
721
722 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
723 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
724 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
725 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
726 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
727 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
728 in the current window.
729
730 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
731
732 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
733 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
734 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
735
736 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
737
738 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
739 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
740 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
741
742 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
743
744 ;;;***
745 \f
746 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
747 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17185 27398))
748 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
749
750 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
751 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
752
753 \(fn)" t nil)
754
755 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
756 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
757
758 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
759 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
760 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
761 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
762
763 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
764 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
765
766 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
767
768 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
769
770 ;;;***
771 \f
772 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
773 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17205 20021))
774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
775
776 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
777 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
778 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
779 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
780 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
781 \\[yank].
782
783 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
784 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
785 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
786 the rules.
787
788 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
789 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
790 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
791 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
792
793 \(fn)" t nil)
794
795 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
796 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
797 \\{antlr-mode-map}
798
799 \(fn)" t nil)
800
801 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
802 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
803 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
804
805 \(fn)" nil nil)
806
807 ;;;***
808 \f
809 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
810 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
811 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
812 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17239 32265))
813 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
814
815 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
816 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
817 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
818 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
819
820 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
821
822 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
823 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
824
825 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
826
827 (defvar appt-audible t "\
828 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
829
830 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
831
832 (defvar appt-visible t "\
833 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
834 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
835
836 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
837
838 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
839 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
840 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
841
842 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
843
844 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
845 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
846 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
847
848 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
849
850 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
851 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
852 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
853
854 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
855
856 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
857 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
858 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
859
860 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
861
862 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
863 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
864 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
865
866 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
867
868 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
869 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
870
871 \(fn)" t nil)
872
873 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
874 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
875 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
876 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
877 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
878 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
879 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
880
881 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
882 function.
883
884 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
885 appointment package (if it is not already active).
886
887 \(fn)" nil nil)
888
889 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
890 Toggle checking of appointments.
891 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
892 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
893
894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
895
896 ;;;***
897 \f
898 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
899 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el"
900 ;;;;;; (17205 5977))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
902
903 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
904 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
905 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
906 normal variables.
907
908 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
909
910 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
911
912 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
913 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
914 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
915 noninteractive functions.
916
917 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
918 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
919
920 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
921
922 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
923 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
924
925 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
926
927 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
928 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
929 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
930 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
931 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
932
933 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
934
935 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
936 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
937 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
938 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
939 Returns list of symbols and values found.
940
941 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
942
943 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
944 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
945 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
946 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
947 bindings.
948 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
949
950 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17239
955 ;;;;;; 32182))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
957
958 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
959 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
960 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
961 Letters no longer insert themselves.
962 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
963 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
964
965 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
966 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
967 archive.
968
969 \\{archive-mode-map}
970
971 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
972
973 ;;;***
974 \f
975 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17148 24939))
976 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
977
978 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
979 Major mode for editing arrays.
980
981 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
982 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
983 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
984
985 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
986
987 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
988 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
989 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
990
991 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
992 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
993 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
994 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
995 The variables are:
996
997 Variables you assign:
998 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
999 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1000 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1001 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1002 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1003 row numbers in the buffer.
1004
1005 Variables which are calculated:
1006 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1007 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1008
1009 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1010 take a numeric prefix argument):
1011
1012 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1013 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1014 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1015 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1016
1017 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1018 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1019 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1020 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1021
1022 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1023 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1024 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1025 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1026
1027 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1028 between that of point and mark.
1029
1030 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1031 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1032
1033 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1034 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1035 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1036 newlines inside rows)
1037
1038 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1039
1040 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1041
1042 \(fn)" t nil)
1043
1044 ;;;***
1045 \f
1046 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17239
1047 ;;;;;; 32406))
1048 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1049
1050 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1051 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1052 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1053 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1054
1055 How to quit artist mode
1056
1057 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1058
1059
1060 How to submit a bug report
1061
1062 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1063
1064
1065 Drawing with the mouse:
1066
1067 mouse-2
1068 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1069 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1070 below).
1071
1072 mouse-1
1073 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1074 or pastes:
1075
1076 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1077 --------------------------------------------------------------
1078 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1079 to new point
1080 --------------------------------------------------------------
1081 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1082 --------------------------------------------------------------
1083 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1084 --------------------------------------------------------------
1085 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1086 --------------------------------------------------------------
1087 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1088 --------------------------------------------------------------
1089 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1090 --------------------------------------------------------------
1091 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1092 --------------------------------------------------------------
1093 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1094 --------------------------------------------------------------
1095 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1096 lines
1097 --------------------------------------------------------------
1098 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1099 --------------------------------------------------------------
1100 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1101 --------------------------------------------------------------
1102 Paste Paste Paste
1103 --------------------------------------------------------------
1104 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1105 --------------------------------------------------------------
1106
1107 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1108 or diagonally.
1109
1110 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1111 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1112 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1113 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1114 poly-lines.
1115
1116 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1117 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1118 overwrite means the opposite.
1119
1120 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1121 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1122 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1123
1124 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1125
1126 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1127 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1128
1129 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1130 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1131 are currently drawing something.
1132
1133 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1134 some time to fill.
1135
1136
1137 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1138 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1139
1140
1141 Settings
1142
1143 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1144
1145 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1146
1147 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1148
1149 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1150
1151 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1152 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1153
1154 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1155
1156
1157 Drawing with keys
1158
1159 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1160 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1161 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1162 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1163 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1164 When pasting: Pastes
1165
1166 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1167
1168 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1169
1170 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1171 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1172 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1173 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1174 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1175 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1176
1177
1178 Arrows
1179
1180 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1181 of the line/poly-line
1182
1183 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1184 of the line/poly-line
1185
1186
1187 Selecting operation
1188
1189 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1190
1191 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1192 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1193 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1194 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1195 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1196 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1197 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1198 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1199 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1200 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1201 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1202 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1203 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1204 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1205 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1206 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1207 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1208 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1209 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1210 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1211
1212
1213 Variables
1214
1215 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1216 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1217
1218 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1219 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1220 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1221 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1222 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1223 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1224 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1225 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1226 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1227 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1228 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1229 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1230 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1231 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1232 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1233 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1234 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1235 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1236 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1237
1238 Hooks
1239
1240 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1241 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1242
1243
1244 Keymap summary
1245
1246 \\{artist-mode-map}
1247
1248 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1249
1250 ;;;***
1251 \f
1252 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17140
1253 ;;;;;; 20953))
1254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1255
1256 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1257 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1258 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1259
1260 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1261 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1262 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1263 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1264
1265 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1266 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1267
1268 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1269 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1270
1271 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1272
1273 Special commands:
1274 \\{asm-mode-map}
1275
1276 \(fn)" t nil)
1277
1278 ;;;***
1279 \f
1280 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1281 ;;;;;; (17075 55468))
1282 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1283
1284 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1285 Obsolete.")
1286
1287 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1288
1289 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1290 This command is obsolete.
1291
1292 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1293
1294 ;;;***
1295 \f
1296 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1297 ;;;;;; (17148 24940))
1298 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1299
1300 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1301 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1302 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1303
1304 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1305
1306 (put (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1307
1308 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1309 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1310 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1311 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1312 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1313 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1314 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1315 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1316 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1317 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1318
1319 For example:
1320 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1321 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1322 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1323 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1324 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1325
1326 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1327
1328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1329
1330 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1331 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1332 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1333 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1334 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1335
1336 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1337
1338 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1339
1340 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1341 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1342 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1343 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1344 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1345 &c to supply digit arguments.
1346
1347 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1348
1349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1350
1351 ;;;***
1352 \f
1353 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1354 ;;;;;; (17185 27619))
1355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1356
1357 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1358 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1359
1360 \(fn)" t nil)
1361
1362 ;;;***
1363 \f
1364 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1365 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17148 24940))
1366 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1367
1368 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1369 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1370 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1371
1372 \(fn)" t nil)
1373
1374 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1375 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1376 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1377 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1378
1379 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1380
1381 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1382 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1383 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1384 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1385 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1386
1387 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1388
1389 (put (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1390
1391 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1392 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1393 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1394 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1395
1396 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1397 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1398
1399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1400
1401 ;;;***
1402 \f
1403 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1404 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1405 ;;;;;; (17239 32274))
1406 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1407
1408 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1409 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1410 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1411 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1412 save the buffer too.
1413
1414 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1415
1416 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1417
1418 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1419 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1420 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1421 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1422 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1423 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1424
1425 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1426 directory or directories specified.
1427
1428 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1429
1430 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1431 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1432 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1433
1434 \(fn)" nil nil)
1435
1436 ;;;***
1437 \f
1438 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1439 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1440 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17148 24940))
1441 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1442
1443 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1444 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1445
1446 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1447 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1448 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1449 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1450 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1451
1452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453
1454 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1455 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1456
1457 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1458 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1459
1460 \(fn)" nil nil)
1461
1462 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1463 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1464 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1465
1466 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1467 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1468 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1469 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1470 reflected in the current buffer.
1471
1472 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1473 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1474 writing before you save the file!
1475
1476 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1477
1478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1479
1480 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1481 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1482
1483 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1484 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1485
1486 \(fn)" nil nil)
1487
1488 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1489 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1490 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1491 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1492 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1493
1494 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1495
1496 (put (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1497
1498 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1499 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1500
1501 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1502 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1503 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1504
1505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1506
1507 ;;;***
1508 \f
1509 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1510 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17148 24940))
1511 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1512
1513 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1514 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1515 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1516 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1517 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1518
1519 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1520
1521 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1522 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1523 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1524 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1525
1526 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1527 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1528 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1529
1530 Effects of the different modes:
1531 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1532 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1533 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1534 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1535 a random distance & direction.
1536 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1537 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1538 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1539
1540 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1541
1542 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1543 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1544 definition of \"random distance\".)
1545
1546 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1547
1548 ;;;***
1549 \f
1550 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1551 ;;;;;; (17148 25082))
1552 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1553
1554 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1555 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1556
1557 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1558 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1559
1560 For example:
1561
1562 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1563 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1564 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1565 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1566
1567 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1568
1569 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1570
1571 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1572
1573 ;;;***
1574 \f
1575 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1576 ;;;;;; (17148 24941))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1578 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1579
1580 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1581 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1582 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1583 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1584
1585 \(fn)" t nil)
1586
1587 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1588 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1589 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1590 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1591 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1592
1593 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1594
1595 (put (quote display-battery-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1596
1597 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1598 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1599 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1600 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1601 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1602 seconds.
1603
1604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605
1606 ;;;***
1607 \f
1608 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1609 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17148 25082))
1610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1611
1612 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1613 Time execution of FORMS.
1614 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1615 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1616 FORMS once.
1617 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1618 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1619 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1620
1621 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1622
1623 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1624 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1625 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1626 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1627 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1628
1629 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1630
1631 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1632 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1633 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1634 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1635 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1636
1637 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1638
1639 ;;;***
1640 \f
1641 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17239
1642 ;;;;;; 32408))
1643 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1644
1645 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1646 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1647
1648 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1649
1650 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1651 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1652 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1653 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1654
1655 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1656 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1657 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1658 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1659 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1660
1661 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1662 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1663
1664
1665 Special information:
1666
1667 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1668
1669 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1670 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1671 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1672 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1673 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1674 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1675 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1676 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1677 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1678 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1679 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1680
1681 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1682 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1683 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1684 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1685 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1686 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1687 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1688 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1689
1690 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1691
1692 ----------------------------------------------------------
1693 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1694 if that value is non-nil.
1695
1696 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1697
1698 \(fn)" t nil)
1699
1700 ;;;***
1701 \f
1702 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1703 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1704 ;;;;;; (17148 25105))
1705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1706
1707 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1708
1709 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1710 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1711 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1712
1713 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1714
1715 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1716 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1717
1718 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1719
1720 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1721 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1722
1723 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1724
1725 ;;;***
1726 \f
1727 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17246
1728 ;;;;;; 24773))
1729 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1730
1731 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1732 Play blackbox.
1733 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1734
1735 What is blackbox?
1736
1737 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1738 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1739 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1740 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1741 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1742 your score.
1743
1744 Overview of play:
1745
1746 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1747 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1748 four.
1749
1750 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1751 movement keys.
1752
1753 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1754 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1755
1756 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1757 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1758
1759 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1760 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1761 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1762 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1763 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1764 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1765
1766 Details:
1767
1768 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1769
1770 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1771 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1772 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1773 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1774
1775 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1776 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1777 denoted by the letter `R'.
1778
1779 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1780 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1781 denoted by the letter `H'.
1782
1783 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1784 example.
1785
1786 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1787 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1788 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1789 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1790 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1791 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1792 ray.
1793
1794 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1795 degree deflection it causes.
1796
1797 1
1798 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1799 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1800 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1801 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1802 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1803 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1804 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1805 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1806 2 3
1807
1808 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1809 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1810
1811
1812 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1813 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1814 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1815 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1816 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1817 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1818 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1819 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1820
1821 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1822 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1823 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1824 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1825 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1826 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1827 emerging from the box.
1828
1829 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1830
1831 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1832 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1833 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1834 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1835 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1836 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1837 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1838 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1839
1840 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1841 a reflection.
1842
1843 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1844
1845 ;;;***
1846 \f
1847 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1848 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1849 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1850 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17239 32184))
1851 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1852 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1853 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1854 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1855
1856 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1857 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1858 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1859 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1860 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1861 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1862 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1863 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1864 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1865 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1866 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1867 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1868 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1869 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1870 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1871 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1872 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1873 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1874 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1875
1876 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1877 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1878 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1879 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1880 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1881 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1882 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1883 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1884 recent one.
1885
1886 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1887 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1888 yank successive words.
1889
1890 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1891 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1892 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1893 name of the file being visited.
1894
1895 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1896 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1897 the list of bookmarks.)
1898
1899 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1900
1901 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1902 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1903 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1904 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1905 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1906 this.
1907
1908 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1909 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1910 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1911 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1912
1913 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1914
1915 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1916 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1917 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1918 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1919 after a bookmark was set in it.
1920
1921 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1922
1923 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1924 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1925 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1926 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1927
1928 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1929
1930 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1931
1932 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1933 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1934 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1935 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1936
1937 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1938 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1939 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1940
1941 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1942 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1943 name.
1944
1945 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1946
1947 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1948 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1949 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1950 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1951 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1952 this.
1953
1954 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1955
1956 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1957 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1958 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1959 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1960 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1961 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1962 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1963 probably because we were called from there.
1964
1965 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1966
1967 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1968 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1969 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1970
1971 \(fn)" t nil)
1972
1973 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1974 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1975 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1976 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1977 \(second argument).
1978
1979 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
1980 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1981 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1982 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1983 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1984
1985 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1986 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1987 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1988 `bookmark-default-file'.
1989
1990 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1991
1992 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1993 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1994 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1995 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1996 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1997 while loading.
1998
1999 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2000 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2001 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2002 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2003 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2004 explicitly.
2005
2006 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2007 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2008 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2009 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2010
2011 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2012
2013 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2014 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2015 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2016 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2017 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2018
2019 \(fn)" t nil)
2020
2021 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2022
2023 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2024
2025 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2026
2027 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2028
2029 ;;;***
2030 \f
2031 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2032 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2033 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2034 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2035 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2036 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2037 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2038 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2039 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2040 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17246 15074))
2041 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2042
2043 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2044 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2045 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2046 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2047
2048 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2049 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2050 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2051 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2052 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2053
2054 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2055
2056 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2057 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2058
2059 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2060
2061 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2062 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2063
2064 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2065
2066 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2067 Not documented
2068
2069 \(fn)" nil nil)
2070
2071 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2072 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2073 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2074 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2075 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2076 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2077
2078 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2079
2080 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2081 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2082 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2083 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2084 narrowed.
2085
2086 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2087
2088 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2089 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2090
2091 \(fn)" t nil)
2092
2093 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2094 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2095
2096 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2097
2098 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2099 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2100 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2101 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2102
2103 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2104
2105 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2106 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2107 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2108 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2109
2110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2111
2112 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2113 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2114 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2115 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2116 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2117 to use.
2118
2119 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2120
2121 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2122 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2123 Default to the URL around or before point.
2124
2125 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2126 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2127 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2128 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2129
2130 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2131 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2132
2133 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2134 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2135 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2136
2137 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2138
2139 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2140 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2141 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2142 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2143
2144 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2145 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2146 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2147 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2148
2149 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2150 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2151 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2152
2153 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2154 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2155
2156 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2157
2158 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2159 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2160 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2161 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2162
2163 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2164 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2165 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2166 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2167
2168 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2169 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2170 new tab in an existing window instead.
2171
2172 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2173 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2174
2175 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2176
2177 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2178 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2179 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2180 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2181 Firefox.
2182
2183 When called interactively, if variable
2184 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2185 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2186 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2187 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2188
2189 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2190 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2191 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2192
2193 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2194 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2195
2196 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2197 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2198 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2199 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2200 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2201 URL in a new window.
2202
2203 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2204
2205 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2206 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2207 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2208 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2209
2210 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2211 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2212 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2213 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2214
2215 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2216 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2217 new tab in an existing window instead.
2218
2219 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2220 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2221
2222 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2223
2224 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2225 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2226 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2227 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2228
2229 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2230 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2231 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2232 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2233
2234 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2235 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2236
2237 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2240 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2241
2242 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2243 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2244 program is invoked according to the variable
2245 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2246
2247 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2248 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2249 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2250 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2251
2252 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2253 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2254
2255 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2256
2257 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2258 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2259 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2260 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2261
2262 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2263
2264 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2265 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2266 Default to the URL around or before point.
2267
2268 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2269 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2270 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2271
2272 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2273 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2274 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2275 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2276
2277 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2278 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2279
2280 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2281
2282 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2283 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2284 Default to the URL around or before point.
2285
2286 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2287
2288 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2289 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2290 Default to the URL around or before point.
2291
2292 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2293 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2294 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2295
2296 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2297 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2298
2299 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2300
2301 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2302 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2303 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2304 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2305
2306 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2307
2308 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2309 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2310 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2311 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2312 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2313
2314 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2315
2316 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2317 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2318 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2319 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2320
2321 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2322 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2323 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2324 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2325
2326 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2327 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2328
2329 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2330
2331 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2332 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2333 Default to the URL around or before point.
2334
2335 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2336
2337 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2338 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2339 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2340 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2341 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2342 current one.
2343
2344 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2345 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2346 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2347 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2348
2349 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2350 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2351
2352 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2356 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2357 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2358 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2359 don't offer a form of remote control.
2360
2361 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2362
2363 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Default to the URL around or before point.
2366
2367 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2368
2369 ;;;***
2370 \f
2371 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17140
2372 ;;;;;; 20945))
2373 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2374
2375 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2376 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2377
2378 \(fn)" t nil)
2379
2380 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2381 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2382
2383 \(fn)" nil nil)
2384
2385 ;;;***
2386 \f
2387 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2388 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17185 27401))
2389 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2390
2391 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2392 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2393 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2394 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2395
2396 \(fn)" t nil)
2397
2398 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2399 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2400 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2401 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2402
2403 \(fn)" t nil)
2404
2405 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2406 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2407
2408 \(fn)" t nil)
2409
2410 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2411 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2412 \\<bs-mode-map>
2413 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2414 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2415 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2416 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2417
2418 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2419 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2420 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2421 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2422 name of buffer configuration.
2423
2424 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2425
2426 ;;;***
2427 \f
2428 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2429 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17148
2430 ;;;;;; 24943))
2431 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2432
2433 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2434 Keymap used by buttons.")
2435
2436 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2437 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2438 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2439
2440 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2441 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2442 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2443 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2444 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2445 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2446
2447 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2448 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2449 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2450 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2451
2452 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2453
2454 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2455 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2456 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2457 specifying properties to add to the button.
2458 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2459 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2460 `define-button-type'.
2461
2462 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2463
2464 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2465
2466 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2467 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2468 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2469 specifying properties to add to the button.
2470 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2471 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2472 `define-button-type'.
2473
2474 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2475
2476 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2477
2478 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2479 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2480 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2481 specifying properties to add to the button.
2482 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2483 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2484 `define-button-type'.
2485
2486 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2487 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2488 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2489 `make-text-button'.
2490
2491 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2492
2493 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2494
2495 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2496 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2497 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2498 specifying properties to add to the button.
2499 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2500 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2501 `define-button-type'.
2502
2503 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2504 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2505 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2506 `insert-text-button'.
2507
2508 Also see `make-text-button'.
2509
2510 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2511
2512 ;;;***
2513 \f
2514 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2515 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2516 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2517 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2518 ;;;;;; (17243 21661))
2519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2520
2521 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2522 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2523 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2524
2525 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2526
2527 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2528 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2529 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2530 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2531
2532 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2533 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2534 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2535 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2536 whether to compile it.
2537
2538 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2539
2540 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2541 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2542
2543 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2544
2545 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2546 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2547 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2548 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2549 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2550
2551 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2552
2553 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2554 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2555 Print the result in the echo area.
2556 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2557
2558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2559
2560 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2561 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2562 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2563
2564 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2565
2566 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2567 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2568 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2569 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2570 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2571 all functions called by those functions.
2572
2573 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2574 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2575 cons, etc.).
2576
2577 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2578 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2579 invoked interactively.
2580
2581 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2582
2583 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2584 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2585 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2586 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2587
2588 \(fn)" nil nil)
2589
2590 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2591 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2592 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2593 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2594 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2595 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2596 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2597 already up-to-date.
2598
2599 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2600
2601 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2602 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2603 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2604 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2605
2606 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2607
2608 ;;;***
2609 \f
2610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17102 18464))
2611 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2612
2613 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2614
2615 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2616
2617 ;;;***
2618 \f
2619 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2620 ;;;;;; (17167 2790))
2621 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2622
2623 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2624 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2625 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2626 from the cursor position.
2627
2628 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2629
2630 ;;;***
2631 \f
2632 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2633 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2634 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2635 ;;;;;; (17239 32263))
2636 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2637
2638 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2639 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2640
2641 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2642 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2643
2644 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2645 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2646
2647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2648
2649 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2650 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2651
2652 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2653
2654 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2655 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2656
2657 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2658
2659 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2660 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2661
2662 \(fn)" t nil)
2663
2664 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2665 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2666 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2667 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2668
2669 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2670
2671 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2672 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2673 This is most useful in the X window system.
2674 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2675 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2676
2677 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2678
2679 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2680 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2681 See calc-keypad for details.
2682
2683 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2684
2685 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2686 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2687
2688 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2689
2690 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2691 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2692
2693 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2694
2695 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2696 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2697
2698 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2699
2700 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2701 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2702 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2703
2704 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2705
2706 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2707 Not documented
2708
2709 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2710
2711 ;;;***
2712 \f
2713 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17148
2714 ;;;;;; 24944))
2715 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2716
2717 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2718 Run the Emacs calculator.
2719 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2720
2721 \(fn)" t nil)
2722
2723 ;;;***
2724 \f
2725 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2726 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2727 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2728 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2729 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2730 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2731 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2732 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2733 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2734 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2735 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2736 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2737 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2738 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2739 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2740 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2741 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2742 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17239 32268))
2743 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2744
2745 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2746 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2747 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2748 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2749 the screen.")
2750
2751 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2752
2753 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2754 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2755 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2756 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2757 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2758 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2759
2760 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2761
2762 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2763 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2764 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2765
2766 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2767
2768 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2769 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2770 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2771
2772 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2773
2774 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2775 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2776 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2777 displayed.")
2778
2779 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2780
2781 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2782 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2783 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2784
2785 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2786
2787 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2788 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2789 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2790
2791 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2792
2793 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2794
2795 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2796 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2797 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2798
2799 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2800 calendar.")
2801
2802 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2803
2804 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2805 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2806 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2807
2808 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2809 calendar.")
2810
2811 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2812
2813 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2814 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2815 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2816
2817 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2818 calendar.")
2819
2820 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2821
2822 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2823 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2824 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2825
2826 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2827
2828 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2829 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2830 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2831 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2832 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2833
2834 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2835
2836 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2837 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2838 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2839 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2840 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2841 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2842 a function is also provided for this:
2843 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2844
2845 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2846 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2847 date is not visible in the window.
2848
2849 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2850 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2851 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2852
2853 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2854
2855 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2856 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2857
2858 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2859 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2860 date is visible in the window.
2861
2862 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2863 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2864 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2865
2866 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2867
2868 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2869 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2870
2871 For example,
2872
2873 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
2874
2875 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2876
2877 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2878
2879 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2880 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2881
2882 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2883 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2884
2885 MONTH/DAY
2886 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2887 MONTHNAME DAY
2888 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2889 DAYNAME
2890
2891 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2892 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2893 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2894 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2895 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2896 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2897 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2898 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2899 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2900 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2901 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2902 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2903 in every week.
2904
2905 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2906 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2907 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2908 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2909
2910 DAY/MONTH
2911 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2912 DAY MONTHNAME
2913 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2914 DAYNAME
2915
2916 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2917 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2918
2919 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2920 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2921 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2922 window but will appear in a diary window.
2923
2924 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2925 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2926
2927 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2928 entries (in the default American style):
2929
2930 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2931 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2932 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2933 21: Payday
2934 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2935 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2936 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2937 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2938 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2939 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2940 &* 15 time cards due.
2941
2942 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2943 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2944 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2945 single diary entry
2946
2947 02/11/1989
2948 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2949 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2950 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2951 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2952 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2953 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2954
2955 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2956 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2957 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2958
2959 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2960
2961 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2962
2963 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
2964 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
2965 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
2966 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
2967 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2968 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2969 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2970 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
2971 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
2972 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
2973 details.
2974
2975 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
2976 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
2977 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
2978 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
2979 documentation for these functions for details.
2980
2981 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2982 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2983
2984 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2985
2986 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2987 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2988
2989 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2990
2991 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2992 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2993
2994 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2995
2996 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2997 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2998
2999 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3000
3001 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3002 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3003
3004 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3005
3006 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3007 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3008 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3009
3010 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3011
3012 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3013 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3014 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3015
3016 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3017
3018 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3019 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3020 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3021 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3022 full.")
3023
3024 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3025
3026 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3027 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3028 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3029 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3030 are
3031
3032 DAY/MONTH
3033 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3034 DAY MONTHNAME
3035 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3036 DAYNAME
3037
3038 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3039 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3040 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3041 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3042 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3043 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3044
3045 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3046
3047 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3048 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3049 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3050
3051 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3052
3053 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3054 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3055 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3056
3057 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3058
3059 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3060 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3061 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3062
3063 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3064
3065 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3066 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3067 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3068
3069 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3070
3071 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3072 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3073 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3074 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3075 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3076 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3077
3078 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3079
3080 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3081 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3082 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3083
3084 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3085 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3086 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3087 of the form
3088
3089 #include \"filename\"
3090
3091 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3092 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3093 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3094 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3095 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3096
3097 For example, you could use
3098
3099 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3100 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3101 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3102
3103 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3104 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3105 lexicographic order.")
3106
3107 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3108
3109 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3110 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3111 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3112
3113 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3114
3115 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3116 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3117 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3118 diary display.
3119
3120 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3121 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3122 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3123 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3124 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3125 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3126 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3127
3128 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3129 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3130 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3131 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3132 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3133 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3134 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3135 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3136
3137 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3138
3139 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3140 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3141 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3142 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3143 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3144 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3145 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3146
3147 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3148
3149 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3150 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3151
3152 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3153 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3154 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3155 of the form
3156 #include \"filename\"
3157 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3158 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3159 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3160 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3161 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3162
3163 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3164
3165 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3166 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3167 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3168 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3169 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3170 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3171 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3172
3173 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3174
3175 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3176 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3177 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3178 are holidays.")
3179
3180 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3181
3182 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3183 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3184 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3185 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3186 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3187
3188 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3189
3190 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3191
3192 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3193 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3194 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3195
3196 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3197
3198 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3199
3200 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3201 *Oriental holidays.
3202 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3203
3204 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3205
3206 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3207
3208 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3209 *Local holidays.
3210 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3211
3212 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3213
3214 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3215
3216 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3217 *User defined holidays.
3218 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3219
3220 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3221
3222 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3223
3224 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3225
3226 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3227
3228 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3229
3230 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3231
3232 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3233
3234 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3235
3236 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3237
3238 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3239
3240 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3241 *Jewish holidays.
3242 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3243
3244 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3245
3246 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3247
3248 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3249 *Christian holidays.
3250 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3251
3252 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3253
3254 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3255
3256 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3257 *Islamic holidays.
3258 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3259
3260 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3261
3262 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3263
3264 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3265 *Baha'i holidays.
3266 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3267
3268 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3269
3270 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3271
3272 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3273 *Sun-related holidays.
3274 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3275
3276 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3277
3278 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3279
3280 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3281 The frame setup of the calendar.
3282 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3283 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3284 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3285 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3286 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3287
3288 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3289
3290 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3291 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3292 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3293
3294 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3295 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3296
3297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3298
3299 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3300 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3301 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3302
3303 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3304 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3305 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3306 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3307
3308 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3309
3310 ;;;***
3311 \f
3312 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3313 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17148 25106))
3314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3315
3316 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3317 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3318
3319 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3320
3321 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3322 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3323 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3324 it fails.
3325
3326 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3327
3328 ;;;***
3329 \f
3330 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3331 ;;;;;; (17148 25186))
3332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3333
3334 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3335 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3336 This function does not do any hidden buffer changes.
3337
3338 \(fn)" nil nil)
3339
3340 ;;;***
3341 \f
3342 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3343 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3344 ;;;;;; (17239 32368))
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3346
3347 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3348 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3349 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3350 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3351 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3352 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3353 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3354
3355 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3356
3357 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3358 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3359 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3360 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3361 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3362 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3363 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3364 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3365
3366 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3367 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3368 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3369 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3370 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3371 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3372
3373 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3374
3375 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3376 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3377
3378 Key bindings:
3379 \\{c-mode-map}
3380
3381 \(fn)" t nil)
3382
3383 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3384 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3385
3386 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3387 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3388 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3389 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3390 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3391 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3392 message.
3393
3394 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3395
3396 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3397 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3398
3399 Key bindings:
3400 \\{c++-mode-map}
3401
3402 \(fn)" t nil)
3403
3404 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3405 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3406 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3407
3408 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3409 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3410 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3411 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3412 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3413 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3414 message.
3415
3416 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3417
3418 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3419 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3420
3421 Key bindings:
3422 \\{objc-mode-map}
3423
3424 \(fn)" t nil)
3425
3426 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3427 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3428 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3429
3430 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3431 Major mode for editing Java code.
3432 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3433 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3434 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3435 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3436 message.
3437
3438 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3439
3440 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3441 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3442
3443 Key bindings:
3444 \\{java-mode-map}
3445
3446 \(fn)" t nil)
3447
3448 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3449 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3450 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3451
3452 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3453 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3454 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3455 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3456 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3457 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3458 message.
3459
3460 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3461
3462 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3463 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3464
3465 Key bindings:
3466 \\{idl-mode-map}
3467
3468 \(fn)" t nil)
3469
3470 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3471 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3472 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3473 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3474
3475 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3476 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3477 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3478 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3479 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3480 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3481 message.
3482
3483 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3484
3485 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3486 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3487
3488 Key bindings:
3489 \\{pike-mode-map}
3490
3491 \(fn)" t nil)
3492 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3493 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3494 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3495 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3496 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3497 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3498
3499 ;;;***
3500 \f
3501 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3502 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17239 32369))
3503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3504
3505 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3506 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3507 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3508 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3509 for details of setting up styles.
3510
3511 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3512 style name.
3513
3514 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3515 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3516 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3517 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3518 will be reassigned.
3519
3520 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3521 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3522 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3523 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3524 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3525 default).
3526
3527 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3528 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3529 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3530 when used elsewhere.
3531
3532 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3533
3534 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3535 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3536 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3537 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3538
3539 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3540
3541 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3542 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3543 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3544
3545 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3546
3547 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3548 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3549 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3550 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3551 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3552
3553 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3554
3555 ;;;***
3556 \f
3557 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3558 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3559 ;;;;;; (17102 18708))
3560 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3561
3562 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3563 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3564
3565 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3566
3567 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3568 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3569
3570 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3571
3572 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3573 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3574
3575 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3576 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3577 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3578 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3579 execution.
3580
3581 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3582
3583 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3584
3585 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3586 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3587
3588 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3589 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3590 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3591 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3592
3593 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3594 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3595 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3596 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3597 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3598 `write' commands.
3599
3600 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3601 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3602 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3603 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3604
3605 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3606 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3607 semantics.
3608
3609 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3610
3611 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3612
3613 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3614
3615 STATEMENT :=
3616 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3617 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3618
3619 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3620 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3621 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3622 | integer
3623
3624 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3625
3626 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3627 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3628 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3629
3630 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3631 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3632 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3633
3634 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3635 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3636
3637 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3638 BREAK := (break)
3639
3640 REPEAT :=
3641 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3642 (repeat)
3643 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3644 ;; (repeat))
3645 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3646 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3647 ;; (read REG)
3648 ;; (repeat))
3649 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3650 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3651 ;; (read REG)
3652 ;; (repeat))
3653 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3654
3655 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3656 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3657 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3658 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3659 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3660 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3661 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3662 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3663 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3664 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3665 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3666 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3667 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3668 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3669 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3670 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3671
3672 WRITE :=
3673 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3674 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3675 ;; representation.
3676 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3677 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3678 ;; (write r7))
3679 | (write EXPRESSION)
3680 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3681 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3682 ;; representation.
3683 | (write integer)
3684 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3685 ;; buffer.
3686 | (write string)
3687 ;; Same as: (write string)
3688 | string
3689 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3690 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3691 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3692 ;; representation.
3693 | (write REG ARRAY)
3694 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3695 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3696 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3697 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3698 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3699 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3700
3701 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3702 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3703
3704 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3705 END := (end)
3706
3707 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3708 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3709 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3710
3711 ARG := REG | integer
3712
3713 OPERATOR :=
3714 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3715 + | - | * | / | %
3716
3717 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3718 | & | `|' | ^
3719
3720 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3721 | << | >>
3722
3723 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3724 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3725 | <8
3726
3727 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3728 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3729 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3730 | >8
3731
3732 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3733 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3734 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3735 | //
3736
3737 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3738 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3739
3740 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3741 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3742 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3743 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3744 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3745 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3746 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3747 | de-sjis
3748
3749 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3750 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3751 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3752 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3753 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3754 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3755 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3756 ;; byte of SJIS.
3757 | en-sjis
3758
3759 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3760 ;; Same meaning as C code
3761 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3762
3763 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3764 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3765 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3766 | <8=
3767
3768 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3769 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3770 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3771
3772 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3773 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3774 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3775 | //=
3776
3777 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3778
3779
3780 TRANSLATE :=
3781 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3782 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3783 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3784 LOOKUP :=
3785 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3786 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3787 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3788 MAP :=
3789 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3790 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3791 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3792 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3793 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3794 MAP-ID := integer
3795
3796 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3797
3798 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3799 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3800 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3801 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3802 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3803 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3804
3805 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3806
3807 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3808 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3809 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3810
3811 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3812
3813 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3814
3815 ;;;***
3816 \f
3817 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3818 ;;;;;; (17140 20960))
3819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3820
3821 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3822 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3823 There are no special keybindings by default.
3824
3825 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3826 to the action header.
3827
3828 \(fn)" t nil)
3829
3830 ;;;***
3831 \f
3832 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3833 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3834 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3835 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3836 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3837 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3838 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3839 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3840 ;;;;;; (17239 32275))
3841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3842
3843 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3844 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3845 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3846 the users will view as each check is completed.
3847
3848 \(fn)" t nil)
3849
3850 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3851 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3852 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3853 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3854 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3855 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3856 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3857 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3858
3859 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3860
3861 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3862 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3863 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3864 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3865 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3866 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3867 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3868 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3869
3870 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3871
3872 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3873 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3874 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3875 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3876 spacing are all verified.
3877
3878 \(fn)" t nil)
3879
3880 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3881 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3882 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3883 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3884 otherwise stop after the first error.
3885
3886 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3887
3888 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3889 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3890 Only documentation strings are checked.
3891 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3892 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3893 a separate buffer.
3894
3895 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3896
3897 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3898 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3899 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3900 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3901 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3902
3903 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3904
3905 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3906 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3907 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3908 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3909 if there is one.
3910
3911 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3912
3913 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3914 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3915 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3916 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3917 if there is one.
3918 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3919
3920 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3921
3922 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3923 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3924 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3925
3926 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3927
3928 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3929 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3930 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3931 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3932 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3933
3934 \(fn)" t nil)
3935
3936 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3937 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3938 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3939 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3940 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3941 space at the end of each line.
3942
3943 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3944
3945 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3946 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3947 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3948 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3949
3950 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3951
3952 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3953 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3954 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3955 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3956
3957 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3958
3959 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3960 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3961 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3962 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3963
3964 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3965
3966 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3967 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3968 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3969 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3970
3971 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3972
3973 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3974 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3975 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3976 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3977
3978 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3979
3980 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3981 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3982 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3983 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3984
3985 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3986
3987 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3988 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3989 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3990 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3991
3992 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3993
3994 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3995 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3996 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3997 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3998
3999 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4000
4001 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4002 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4003 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4004 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4005
4006 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4007
4008 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4009 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4010 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4011
4012 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4013 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4014 checking of documentation strings.
4015
4016 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4017
4018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4019
4020 ;;;***
4021 \f
4022 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4023 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17102
4024 ;;;;;; 18766))
4025 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4026
4027 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4028 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4029 Return the length of resulting text.
4030
4031 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4032
4033 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4034 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4035
4036 \(fn)" t nil)
4037
4038 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4039 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4040 Return the length of resulting text.
4041
4042 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4043
4044 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4045 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4046
4047 \(fn)" t nil)
4048
4049 ;;;***
4050 \f
4051 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4052 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17148 24944))
4053 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4054
4055 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4056 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4057 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4058 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4059 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4060 editing and the result is evaluated.
4061
4062 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4063
4064 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4065 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4066 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4067 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4068 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4069
4070 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4071
4072 \(fn)" t nil)
4073
4074 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4075 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4076 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4077 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4078 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4079
4080 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4081 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4082 \\{command-history-map}
4083
4084 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4085 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4086
4087 \(fn)" t nil)
4088
4089 ;;;***
4090 \f
4091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17148 25089))
4092 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4093
4094 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4095 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4096 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4097 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4098 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4099 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4100
4101 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4102 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4103
4104 ;;;***
4105 \f
4106 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4107 ;;;;;; (17148 25088))
4108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4109
4110 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4111 Not documented
4112
4113 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4114
4115 ;;;***
4116 \f
4117 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4118 ;;;;;; (17205 6162))
4119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4120
4121 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4122 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4123 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4124 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4125
4126 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4127 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4128 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4129 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4130
4131 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4132 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4133
4134 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4135
4136 ;;;***
4137 \f
4138 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17148
4139 ;;;;;; 24945))
4140 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4141
4142 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4143 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4144 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4145 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4146 of `scheme-program-name').
4147 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4148 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4149 discards input when it starts up.
4150 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4151 is run).
4152 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4153
4154 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4155 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4156
4157 ;;;***
4158 \f
4159 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4160 ;;;;;; (17239 32320))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4162
4163 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4164 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4165 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4166 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4167 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4168 ?* is used.
4169 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4170
4171 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4172 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4173 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4174 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4175 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4176 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4177 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4178 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4179 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4180 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4181 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4182 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4183 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4184 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4185 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4186 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4187 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4188 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4189 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4190 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4191 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4192 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4193 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4194 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4195 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4196 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4197 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4198 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4199 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4200 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4201 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4202 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4203 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4204 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4205 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4206 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4207 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4208
4209 ;;;***
4210 \f
4211 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4212 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4213 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17239 32321))
4214 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4215
4216 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4217 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4218 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4219 ASCII table.
4220
4221 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4222 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4223 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4224 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4225
4226 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4227
4228 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4229 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4230 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4231
4232 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4233
4234 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4235 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4236 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4237
4238 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4239
4240 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4241 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4242 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4243
4244 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4245
4246 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4247 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4248
4249 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4250 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4251 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4252
4253 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4254 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4255
4256 \(fn)" nil nil)
4257
4258 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4259 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4260
4261 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4262 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4263 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4264
4265 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4266
4267 ;;;***
4268 \f
4269 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4270 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4271 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4272 ;;;;;; (17239 32187))
4273 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4274
4275 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4276 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4277 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4278 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4279 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4280 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4281 functions have already modified the buffer.
4282
4283 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4284
4285 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4286 either globally or locally.")
4287
4288 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4289
4290 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4291 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4292 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4293 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4294 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4295 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4296 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4297 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4298
4299 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4300
4301 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4302
4303 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4304 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4305 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4306 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4307 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4308 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4309 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4310 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4311
4312 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4313
4314 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4315
4316 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4317 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4318 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4319 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4320 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4321 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4322
4323 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4324
4325 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4326 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4327 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4328 directory tracking functions.")
4329
4330 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4331 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4332 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4333
4334 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4335
4336 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4337
4338 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4339 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4340 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4341
4342 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4343
4344 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4345
4346 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4347 Send COMMAND to current process.
4348 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4349 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4350
4351 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4352
4353 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4354 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4355 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4356 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4357
4358 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4359
4360 ;;;***
4361 \f
4362 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17159
4363 ;;;;;; 1461))
4364 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4365
4366 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4367 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4368 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4369 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4370
4371 This command pushes the mark in each window
4372 at the prior location of point in that window.
4373 If both windows display the same buffer,
4374 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4375 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4376
4377 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4378 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4379 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4380 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4381 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4382 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4383 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4384 ignored.
4385
4386 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4387 this command work in interlaced mode:
4388 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4389 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4390 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4391
4392 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4393
4394 ;;;***
4395 \f
4396 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4397 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4398 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4399 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4400 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17239 32370))
4401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4402
4403 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4404 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4405
4406 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4407
4408 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4409 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4410
4411 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4412
4413 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4414 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4415 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4416 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4417 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4418 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4419 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4420
4421 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4422 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4423 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4424 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4425 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4426
4427 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4428 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4429 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4430 describing how the process finished.")
4431
4432 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4433 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4434 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4435 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4436
4437 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4438 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4439 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4440
4441 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4442
4443 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4444 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4445 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4446 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4447
4448 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4449
4450 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4451 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4452
4453 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4454 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4455
4456 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4457 (lambda ()
4458 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4459 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4460 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4461 (concat \"make -k \"
4462 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4463
4464 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4465
4466 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4467 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4468 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4469 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4470
4471 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4472
4473 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4474 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4475 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4476 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4477
4478 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4479 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4480
4481 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4482 and move to the source code that caused it.
4483
4484 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4485 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4486 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4487 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4488
4489 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4490 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4491 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4492 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4493 subprocesses.
4494
4495 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4496 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4497 to a function that generates a unique name.
4498
4499 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4500
4501 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4502 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4503 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4504 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4505
4506 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4507 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4508 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4509 to determine the buffer name.
4510
4511 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4512 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4513 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4514
4515 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4516
4517 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4518
4519 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4520 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4521 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4522 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4523 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4524
4525 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4526
4527 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4528
4529 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4530
4531 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4532 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4533 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4534 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4535 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4536 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4537 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4538
4539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4540
4541 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4542 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4543 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4544 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4545 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4546 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4547
4548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4549
4550 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4551 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4552 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4553
4554 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4555
4556 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4557
4558 ;;;***
4559 \f
4560 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4561 ;;;;;; (17148 24947))
4562 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4563
4564 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4565 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4566 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4567 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4568 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4569
4570 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4571
4572 (put (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4573
4574 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4575 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4576 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4577
4578 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4579 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4580 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4581 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4582
4583 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4584 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4585 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4586 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4587
4588 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4589 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4590 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4591 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4592
4593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4594
4595 ;;;***
4596 \f
4597 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4598 ;;;;;; (17239 32188))
4599 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4600
4601 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4602 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4603
4604 \(fn)" t nil)
4605
4606 ;;;***
4607 \f
4608 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4609 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4610 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4611 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17120 44761))
4612 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4613
4614 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4615 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4616 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4617 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4618 `make-composition'.
4619
4620 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4621
4622 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4623 | | 1:tc or top-center
4624 | | 2:tr or top-right
4625 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4626 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4627 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4628 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4629 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4630 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4631
4632 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4633 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4634 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4635 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4636 be added.
4637
4638 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4639 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4640 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4641
4642 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4643 | | |
4644 | global| |
4645 | glyph | |
4646 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4647 +----+--*--+
4648 | | new |
4649 | |glyph|
4650 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4651 ")
4652
4653 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4654 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4655 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4656 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4657
4658 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4659
4660 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4661 Compose characters in the current region.
4662
4663 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4664 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4665
4666 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4667
4668 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4669 specifying the region.
4670
4671 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4672 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4673 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4674
4675 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4676 of the text in the region.
4677
4678 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4679
4680 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4681 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4682 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4683 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4684
4685 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4686 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4687 detail.
4688
4689 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4690 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4691 text in the composition.
4692
4693 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4694
4695 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4696 Decompose text in the current region.
4697
4698 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4699 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4700
4701 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4702
4703 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4704 Compose characters in string STRING.
4705
4706 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4707 the characters in it.
4708
4709 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4710 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4711 STRING respectively.
4712
4713 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4714 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4715 `compose-region' for more detail.
4716
4717 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4718 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4719 text in the composition.
4720
4721 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4722
4723 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4724 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4725
4726 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4727
4728 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4729 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4730 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4731 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4732 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4733 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4734 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4735 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4736
4737 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4738
4739 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4740 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4741
4742 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4743 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4744
4745 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4746 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4747
4748 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4749 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4750
4751 If no composition is found, return nil.
4752
4753 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4754 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4755
4756 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4757 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4758 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4759
4760 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4761
4762 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4763
4764 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4765 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4766 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4767
4768 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4769
4770 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4771
4772 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4773
4774 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4775 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4776
4777 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4778 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4779 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4780 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4781 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4782 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4783 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4784 nil.
4785
4786 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4787 is:
4788 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4789 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4790
4791 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4792
4793 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4794 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4795
4796 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4797
4798 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4799
4800 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4801 Compose last characters.
4802 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4803 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4804 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4805 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4806 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4807 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4808 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4809 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4810 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4811 after a sequence of character events.
4812
4813 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4814 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4815
4816 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4817 Convert CHAR to string.
4818
4819 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4820 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4821 vector of CHAR respectively.
4822 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4823
4824 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4825
4826 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4827
4828 ;;;***
4829 \f
4830 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4831 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4832 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17239 32409))
4833 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4834
4835 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4836 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4837 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4838 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4839 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4840 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4841 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4842
4843 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4844 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4845 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4846
4847 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4848 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4849 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4850
4851 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4852 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4853 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4854 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4855
4856 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4857 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4858 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4859 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4860 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4861 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4862 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4863
4864 \\{conf-mode-map}
4865
4866 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4867
4868 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4869 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4870 Comments start with `#'.
4871 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4872
4873 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4874
4875 \[Desktop Entry]
4876 Encoding=UTF-8
4877 Name=The GIMP
4878 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4879 Name[cs]=GIMP
4880
4881 \(fn)" t nil)
4882
4883 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4884 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4885 Comments start with `;'.
4886 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4887
4888 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4889
4890 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4891 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4892 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4893
4894 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4895 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4896
4897 \(fn)" t nil)
4898
4899 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4900 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4901 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4902 between `/*' and `*/'.
4903 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4904
4905 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4906 // another kind of comment
4907 /* yet another */
4908
4909 name:value
4910 name=value
4911 name value
4912 x.1 =
4913 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4914 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4915
4916 \(fn)" t nil)
4917
4918 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4919 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4920 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4921 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4922 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4923 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4924 the keywords. Programmatically you can pass such a regexp as
4925 KEYWORDS, or any non-nil non-string for no keywords.
4926
4927 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4928
4929 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4930
4931 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4932 image/png png
4933 image/tiff tiff tif
4934
4935 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4936 class desktop
4937 # Standard multimedia devices
4938 add /dev/audio desktop
4939 add /dev/mixer desktop
4940
4941 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4942
4943 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4944 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4945 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4946 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4947
4948 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4949
4950 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4951 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4952
4953 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4954
4955 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4956 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4957 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4958 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4959
4960 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4961
4962 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4963 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4964
4965 \(fn)" t nil)
4966
4967 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4968 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4969 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4970 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4971
4972 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4973
4974 *background: gray99
4975 *foreground: black
4976
4977 \(fn)" t nil)
4978
4979 ;;;***
4980 \f
4981 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4982 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17140 20945))
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4984
4985 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4986 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4987 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4988 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4989
4990 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4991
4992 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4993 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4994 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4995 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4996
4997 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4998
4999 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5000 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5001 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5002 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5003
5004 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5005
5006 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5007 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5008
5009 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5010
5011 ;;;***
5012 \f
5013 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5014 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17148 25089))
5015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5016
5017 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5018 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5019 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5020 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5021 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5022 following the copyright are updated as well.
5023 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5024 interactively.
5025
5026 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5027
5028 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5029 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5030 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5031
5032 \(fn)" t nil)
5033
5034 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5035 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5036
5037 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5038
5039 ;;;***
5040 \f
5041 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5042 ;;;;;; (17185 27634))
5043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5044
5045 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5046 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5047 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5048 Tab indents for Perl code.
5049 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5050 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5051
5052 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5053 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5054 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5055 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5056 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5057 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5058 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5059 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5060 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5061 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5062 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5063 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5064
5065 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5066
5067 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5068 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5069
5070 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5071
5072 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5073 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5074 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5075 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5076 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5077 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5078 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5079 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5080 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5081
5082 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5083
5084 bite if angry;
5085
5086 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5087 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5088 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5089 to nil.)
5090
5091 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5092 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5093 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5094
5095 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5096
5097 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5098 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5099 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5100 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5101 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5102
5103 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5104
5105 if (A) { B }
5106
5107 into
5108
5109 B if A;
5110
5111 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5112
5113 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5114 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5115 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5116 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5117 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5118 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5119 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5120 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5121 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5122 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5123 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5124 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5125 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5126
5127 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5128 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5129 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5130 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5131 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5132 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5133
5134 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5135 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5136 man via menu.
5137
5138 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5139 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5140 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5141 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5142 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5143
5144 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5145 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5146 span the needed amount of lines.
5147
5148 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5149 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5150 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5151 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5152
5153 Variables controlling indentation style:
5154 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5155 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5156 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5157 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5158 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5159 `cperl-auto-newline'
5160 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5161 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5162 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5163 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5164 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5165 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5166 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5167 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5168 `cperl-indent-level'
5169 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5170 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5171 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5172 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5173 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5174 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5175 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5176 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5177 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5178 `cperl-brace-offset'
5179 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5180 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5181 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5182 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5183 `cperl-label-offset'
5184 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5185 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5186 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5187
5188 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5189 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5190 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5191 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5192 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5193
5194 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5195 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5196 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5197 \(both available from menu).
5198
5199 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5200 column 0 is indented on
5201 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5202
5203 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5204 with no args.
5205
5206 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5207 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5208 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5209
5210 \(fn)" t nil)
5211
5212 ;;;***
5213 \f
5214 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5215 ;;;;;; (17140 20963))
5216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5217
5218 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5219 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5220 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5221 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5222 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5223
5224 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5225
5226 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5227 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5228
5229 \(fn)" t nil)
5230
5231 ;;;***
5232 \f
5233 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5234 ;;;;;; (17140 20920))
5235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5236
5237 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5238 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5239 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5240 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5241
5242 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5243 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5244
5245 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5246
5247 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5248 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5249 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5250
5251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5252
5253 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5254
5255 ;;;***
5256 \f
5257 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5258 ;;;;;; (17148 25089))
5259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5260
5261 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5262 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5263 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5264 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5265
5266 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5267 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5268 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5269 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5270
5271 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5272 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5273 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5274
5275 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5276 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5277 'bob', and 'eve'.
5278
5279 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5280 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5281 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5282
5283 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5284
5285 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5286 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5287 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5288
5289 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5290
5291 ;;;***
5292 \f
5293 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5294 ;;;;;; (17239 32278))
5295 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5296
5297 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5298 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5299 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5301 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5302
5303 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5304
5305 (put (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5306
5307 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5308 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5309 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5310 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5311 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5312
5313 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5314 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5315 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5316 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5317 function of these prefix keys.
5318
5319 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5320 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5321 options:
5322 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5323 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5324 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5325
5326 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5327 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5328 the prefix fallback behavior.
5329
5330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5331
5332 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5333 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5334
5335 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5336 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5337 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5338 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
5339 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
5340 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5341 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5342 (if user-init-file (concat
5343 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5344 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5345
5346 ;;;***
5347 \f
5348 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5349 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5350 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5351 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5352 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5353 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5354 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5355 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5356 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17244 43728))
5357 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5358 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5359
5360 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5361 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5362
5363 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5364 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5365
5366 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5367 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5368
5369 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5370
5371 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5372
5373 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5374 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5375 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5376
5377 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5378 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5379
5380 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5381 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5382
5383 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5384 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5385
5386 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5387 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5388
5389 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5390
5391 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5392
5393 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5394 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5395 Return VALUE.
5396
5397 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5398 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5399
5400 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5401 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5402
5403 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5404 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5405
5406 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5407 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5408
5409 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5410
5411 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5412
5413 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5414 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5415 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5416 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5417 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5418
5419 \(fn)" t nil)
5420
5421 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5422 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5423 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5424 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5425
5426 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5427
5428 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5429 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5430
5431 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5432
5433 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5434 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5435
5436 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5437
5438 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5439
5440 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5441 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5442
5443 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5444
5445 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5446
5447 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5448 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5449 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5450
5451 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5452
5453 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5454 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5455 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5456 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5457 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5458
5459 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5460 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5461 version.
5462
5463 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5464
5465 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5466 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5467 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5468 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5469
5470 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5471 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5472
5473 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5474
5475 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5476 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5477 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5478
5479 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5480 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5481
5482 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5483
5484 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5485 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5486
5487 \(fn)" t nil)
5488
5489 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5490 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5491
5492 \(fn)" t nil)
5493
5494 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5495 Customize all already saved user options.
5496
5497 \(fn)" t nil)
5498
5499 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5500 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5501 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5502 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5503 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5504 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5505 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5506
5507 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5508
5509 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5510 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5511 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5512
5513 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5514
5515 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5516 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5517
5518 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5519
5520 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5521 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5522
5523 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5524
5525 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5526 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5527 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5528 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5529 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5530 that option.
5531
5532 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5533
5534 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5535 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5536 The result includes selecting that window.
5537 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5538 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5539 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5540 that option.
5541
5542 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5543
5544 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5545 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5546
5547 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5548
5549 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5550 File used for storing customization information.
5551 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5552 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5553 it should be an absolute file name.
5554
5555 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5556 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5557 something like the following in your init file:
5558
5559 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5560 \(load custom-file)
5561
5562 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5563 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5564
5565 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5566 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5567 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5568 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5569 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5570
5571 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5572 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5573 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5574 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5575 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5576 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5577 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5578 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5579 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5580 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5581
5582 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5583
5584 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5585 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5586
5587 \(fn)" nil nil)
5588
5589 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5590 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5591
5592 \(fn)" t nil)
5593
5594 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5595 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5596 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5597
5598 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5599
5600 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5601 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5602 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5603 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5604 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5605
5606 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5607
5608 ;;;***
5609 \f
5610 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5611 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17242 7305))
5612 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5613
5614 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5615 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5616
5617 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5618
5619 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5620 Alist of face attributes.
5621
5622 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5623 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5624 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5625 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5626 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5627 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5628
5629 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5630 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5631 customization type TYPE).
5632
5633 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5634 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5635 given face attribute.")
5636
5637 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5638 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5639 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5640 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5641
5642 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5643
5644 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5645 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5646 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5647 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5648 between themes and faces.
5649 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5650
5651 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5652 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5653
5654 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5655
5656 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5657 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5658 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5659
5660 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5661
5662 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5663
5664 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5665
5666 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5667 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5668 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5669
5670 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5671
5672 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5673
5674 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5675
5676 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5677
5678 ;;;***
5679 \f
5680 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5681 ;;;;;; (17185 27407))
5682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5683
5684 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5685 Create a custom theme.
5686
5687 \(fn)" t nil)
5688
5689 ;;;***
5690 \f
5691 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5692 ;;;;;; (17148 24952))
5693 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5694
5695 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5696 Mode used for cvs status output.
5697
5698 \(fn)" t nil)
5699
5700 ;;;***
5701 \f
5702 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5703 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17140 20964))
5704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5705
5706 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5707 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5708
5709 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5710 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5711 C++ modes are included.
5712
5713 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5714
5715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5716
5717 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5718 Turn on CWarn mode.
5719
5720 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5721 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5722
5723 \(fn)" nil nil)
5724
5725 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5726 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5727 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5728 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5729 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5730
5731 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5732
5733 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5734
5735 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5736 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5737 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5738 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5739 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5740
5741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5742
5743 ;;;***
5744 \f
5745 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5746 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5747 ;;;;;; (17102 18767))
5748 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5749
5750 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5751 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5752
5753 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5754
5755 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5756 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5757
5758 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5759
5760 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5761 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5762 For readability, the table is slightly
5763 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5764
5765 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5766 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5767 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5768 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5769 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5770
5771 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5772
5773 ;;;***
5774 \f
5775 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5776 ;;;;;; (17239 32191))
5777 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5778 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5779 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5780
5781 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5782 Completion on current word.
5783 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5784 and presents suggestions for completion.
5785
5786 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5787 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5788 completions.
5789
5790 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5791 then it searches *all* buffers.
5792
5793 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5794 if there is a suitable one already.
5795
5796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5797
5798 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5799 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5800
5801 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5802 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5803 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5804 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5805 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5806
5807 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5808 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5809
5810 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5811 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5812 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5813
5814 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5815 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5816
5817 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5818
5819 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5820
5821 ;;;***
5822 \f
5823 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17140
5824 ;;;;;; 20964))
5825 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5826
5827 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5828 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5829
5830 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5831 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5832 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5833
5834 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5835 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5836 Data lines are not indented.
5837
5838 Key bindings:
5839
5840 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5841 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5842
5843 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5844 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5845 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5846 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5847
5848 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5849
5850 dcl-basic-offset
5851 Extra indentation within blocks.
5852
5853 dcl-continuation-offset
5854 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5855
5856 dcl-margin-offset
5857 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5858
5859 dcl-margin-label-offset
5860 Indentation for a label.
5861
5862 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5863 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5864
5865 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5866 dcl-block-end-regexp
5867 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5868 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5869 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5870 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5871 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5872
5873 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5874 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5875 Two such functions are included in the package:
5876 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5877 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5878
5879 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5880 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5881 One such function is included in the package:
5882 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5883
5884 dcl-tab-always-indent
5885 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5886 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5887 margin.
5888
5889 dcl-electric-characters
5890 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5891 typed.
5892
5893 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5894 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5895 which words trigger electric indentation.
5896
5897 dcl-tempo-comma
5898 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5899 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5900 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5901
5902 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5903 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5904 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5905 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5906
5907 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5908 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5909 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5910 dcl-imenu-label-call
5911 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5912
5913 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5914 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5915 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5916 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5917
5918
5919 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5920
5921 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5922 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5923 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5924 $ i = 1
5925 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5926 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5927 $ label:
5928 $ if i.eq.1
5929 $ then
5930 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5931 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5932 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5933 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5934 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5935 \"lined up with the command line\"
5936 $ type sys$input
5937 Data lines are not indented at all.
5938 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5939 $ endif
5940 $
5941
5942
5943 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5944 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5945
5946 \(fn)" t nil)
5947
5948 ;;;***
5949 \f
5950 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5951 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17244 43742))
5952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5953
5954 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5955
5956 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5957 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5958 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5959 of the evaluator.
5960
5961 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5962 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5963 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5964
5965 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5966
5967 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5968 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5969
5970 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5971
5972 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5973 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5974 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5975 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5976 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5977 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5978
5979 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5980 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5981
5982 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5983
5984 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5985 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5986 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5987 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5988 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5989
5990 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5991
5992 ;;;***
5993 \f
5994 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5995 ;;;;;; (17205 6149))
5996 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5997
5998 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5999 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6000
6001 \(fn)" t nil)
6002
6003 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6004 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6005 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6006 Upper-case letters are commands.
6007
6008 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6009 modify it.
6010
6011 The most useful commands are:
6012 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6013 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6014 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6015 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6016 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6017 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6018
6019 \(fn)" t nil)
6020
6021 ;;;***
6022 \f
6023 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6024 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17148
6025 ;;;;;; 24953))
6026 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6027
6028 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6029 Customization of `columns' group.
6030
6031 \(fn)" t nil)
6032
6033 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6034 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6035
6036 START and END delimits the text region.
6037
6038 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6039
6040 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6041 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6042
6043 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6044
6045 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6046
6047 ;;;***
6048 \f
6049 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17185
6050 ;;;;;; 27637))
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6052
6053 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6054 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6055 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6056 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6057 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6058 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6059
6060 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6061
6062 Customization:
6063
6064 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6065 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6066 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6067 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6068 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6069 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6070 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6071 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6072 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6073 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6074 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6075 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6076 blank line.
6077 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6078 Directories to search when finding external units.
6079 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6080 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6081
6082 Coloring:
6083
6084 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6085 Face used to color delphi comments.
6086 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6087 Face used to color delphi strings.
6088 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6089 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6090 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6091 Face used to color everything else.
6092
6093 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6094 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6095
6096 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6097
6098 ;;;***
6099 \f
6100 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17159
6101 ;;;;;; 1461))
6102 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6103
6104 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6105
6106 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6107 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6108 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6109 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6110 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6111
6112 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6113
6114 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6115
6116 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6117 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6118 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6119 positive.
6120
6121 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6122 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6123 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6124 any selection.
6125
6126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6127
6128 ;;;***
6129 \f
6130 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6131 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17148 25090))
6132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6133
6134 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6135 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6136
6137 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6138
6139 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6140 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6141 or nil if there is no parent.
6142 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6143 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6144 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6145 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6146 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6147
6148 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6149 arguments are currently understood:
6150 :group GROUP
6151 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6152 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6153 :syntax-table TABLE
6154 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6155 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6156 :abbrev-table TABLE
6157 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6158 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6159
6160 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6161
6162 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6163
6164 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6165 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6166 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6167
6168 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6169 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6170
6171 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6172 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6173 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6174
6175 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6176 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6177
6178 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6179 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6180
6181 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6182
6183 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6184
6185 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6186 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6187 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6188 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6189 the first time the mode is used.
6190
6191 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6192
6193 ;;;***
6194 \f
6195 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6196 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17185 27409))
6197 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6198
6199 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6200 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6201 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6202 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6203 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6204 otherwise.
6205
6206 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6207
6208 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6209 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6210 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6211 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6212 character composition information (if relevant),
6213 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6214
6215 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6216
6217 ;;;***
6218 \f
6219 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6220 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-locals-to-save
6221 ;;;;;; desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "desktop.el" (17242 7306))
6222 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6223
6224 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6225 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6226 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6227
6228 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6229
6230 (put (quote desktop-save-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6231
6232 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6233 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6234 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6235 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
6236 desktop is saved.
6237
6238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6239
6240 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6241 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6242 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6243 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6244
6245 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6246
6247 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6248 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6249 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6250
6251 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6252 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6253 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6254
6255 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6256 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6257
6258 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6259 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6260 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6261
6262 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6263 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6264 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6265 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6266
6267 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6268
6269 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6270 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6271
6272 Handlers are called with argument list
6273
6274 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6275
6276 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6277
6278 desktop-file-version
6279 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6280 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6281 desktop-buffer-point
6282 desktop-buffer-mark
6283 desktop-buffer-read-only
6284 desktop-buffer-locals
6285
6286 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6287 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6288
6289 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6290 code like
6291
6292 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6293 ...
6294 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6295 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6296
6297 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6298
6299 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6300
6301 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6302 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6303 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6304 List elements must have the form
6305
6306 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6307
6308 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6309 function.
6310
6311 Handlers are called with argument list
6312
6313 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6314
6315 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6316
6317 desktop-file-version
6318 desktop-buffer-file-name
6319 desktop-buffer-name
6320 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6321 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6322 desktop-buffer-point
6323 desktop-buffer-mark
6324 desktop-buffer-read-only
6325 desktop-buffer-misc
6326
6327 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6328 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6329 created and set.
6330
6331 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6332 code like
6333
6334 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6335 ...
6336 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6337 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6338
6339 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6340
6341 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6342
6343 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6344
6345 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6346 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6347 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6348 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6349 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6350 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6351 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6352 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6353
6354 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6355
6356 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6357 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6358 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6359
6360 \(fn)" nil nil)
6361
6362 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6363 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6364 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6365 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6366 directory DIRNAME.
6367
6368 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6369
6370 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6371 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6372
6373 \(fn)" t nil)
6374
6375 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6376 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6377
6378 \(fn)" t nil)
6379
6380 ;;;***
6381 \f
6382 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6383 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
6384 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
6385 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
6386 ;;;;;; (17102 18579))
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6388
6389 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
6390 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
6391
6392 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
6393
6394 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
6395 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
6396
6397 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
6398
6399 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
6400 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
6401 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
6402
6403 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
6404
6405 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6406 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6407 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6408 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6409 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6410 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6411
6412 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6413
6414 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6415 Repair a broken attribution line.
6416 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6417
6418 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6419
6420 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6421 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6422 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6423 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6424
6425 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6426
6427 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6428 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6429
6430 \(fn)" t nil)
6431
6432 ;;;***
6433 \f
6434 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6435 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17102 18768))
6436 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6437
6438 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6439
6440 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6441 Not documented
6442
6443 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6444
6445 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6446 Not documented
6447
6448 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6449
6450 ;;;***
6451 \f
6452 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6453 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17245 63766))
6454 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6455
6456 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6457 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6458 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6459 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6460 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6461
6462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6463
6464 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6465 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6466 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6467 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6468
6469 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6470 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6471 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6472 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6473
6474 #!/bin/sh
6475 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6476 emacs -batch \\
6477 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6478 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6479 european-calendar-style t \\
6480 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6481 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6482 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6483
6484 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6485 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6486 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6487 to run it every morning at 1am.
6488
6489 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6490
6491 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6492 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6493
6494 \(fn)" t nil)
6495
6496 ;;;***
6497 \f
6498 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6499 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17239 32193))
6500 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6501
6502 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6503 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6504
6505 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6506
6507 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6508 *The command to use to run diff.")
6509
6510 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6511
6512 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6513 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6514 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6515 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6516 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6517 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6518
6519 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6520
6521 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6522 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6523 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6524 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6525 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6526 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6527
6528 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6529
6530 ;;;***
6531 \f
6532 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6533 ;;;;;; (17239 32193))
6534 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6535
6536 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6537 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6538 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6539 normal diffs.
6540 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6541 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6542 headers for you on-the-fly.
6543
6544 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6545 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6546 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6547
6548 \(fn)" t nil)
6549
6550 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6551 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6552 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6553
6554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6555
6556 ;;;***
6557 \f
6558 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6559 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6560 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6561 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6562 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17244 43730))
6563 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6564
6565 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6566 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6567 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6568 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6569 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6570 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6571 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6572 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6573
6574 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6575
6576 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6577 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6578
6579 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6580 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6581 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6582 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6583 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6584
6585 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6586 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6587
6588 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6589 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6590 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6591 always set this variable to t.")
6592
6593 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6594
6595 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6596 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6597 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6598 A value of t means move to first file.")
6599
6600 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6601
6602 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6603 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6604 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6605 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6606 are afterward marked with that character.")
6607
6608 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6609
6610 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6611 *Controls marking of copied files.
6612 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6613 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6614
6615 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6616
6617 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6618 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6619 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6620 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6621
6622 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6623
6624 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6625 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6626 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6627 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6628
6629 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6630
6631 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6632 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6633 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6634 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6635
6636 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6637
6638 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6639
6640 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6641 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6642 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6643
6644 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6645
6646 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6647 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6648 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6649 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6650 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6651 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6652
6653 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6654 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6655 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6656 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6657 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6658 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6659 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6660 list of files to make directory entries for.
6661 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6662 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6663 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6664 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6665
6666 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6667
6668 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6669 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6670
6671 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6672 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6673
6674 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6675 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6676
6677 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6678 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6679
6680 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6681
6682 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6683 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6684
6685 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6686
6687 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6688 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6689 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6690 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6691 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6692 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6693 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6694 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6695 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6696 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6697 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6698 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6699 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6700 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6701 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6702 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6703 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6704 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6705 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6706 to see why something went wrong.
6707 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6708 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6709 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6710 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6711 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6712 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6713 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6714 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6715 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6716 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6717 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6718 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6719 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6720
6721 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6722 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6723 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6724 again for the directory tree.
6725
6726 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6727 for more info):
6728
6729 `dired-listing-switches'
6730 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6731 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6732 `dired-marker-char'
6733 `dired-del-marker'
6734 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6735 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6736 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6737 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6738
6739 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6740
6741 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6742 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6743 `dired-mode-hook'
6744 `dired-load-hook'
6745
6746 Keybindings:
6747 \\{dired-mode-map}
6748
6749 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6750 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6751
6752 ;;;***
6753 \f
6754 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6755 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6756 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6757 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6758 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6759 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6760 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6761 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6762 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6763 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6764 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6765 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6766 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6767 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17239 32194))
6768 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6769
6770 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6771 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6772 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6773 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6774 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6775 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6776 which is options for `diff'.
6777
6778 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6779
6780 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6781 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6782 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6783 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6784 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6785 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6786
6787 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6788
6789 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6790 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6791 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6792 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6793 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6794 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6795 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6796
6797 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6798
6799 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6800 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6801 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6802 returned by function `file-attributes'
6803
6804 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6805 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6806
6807 Examples of PREDICATE:
6808
6809 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6810 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6811 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6812 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6813 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6814
6815 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6816
6817 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6818 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6819 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6820
6821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6822
6823 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6824 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6825
6826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6827
6828 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6829 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6830
6831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6832
6833 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6834 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6835 This calls touch.
6836
6837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6838
6839 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6840 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6841 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6842 `lpr-switches' as default.
6843
6844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6845
6846 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6847 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6848 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6849 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6850 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6851
6852 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6853 with a prefix argument.
6854
6855 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6856
6857 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6858 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6859 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6860 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6861 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6862
6863 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6864 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6865
6866 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6867 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6868 file name substituted for `?'.
6869
6870 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6871 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6872
6873 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6874 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6875 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6876 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6877
6878 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6879
6880 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6881 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6882 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6883
6884 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6885 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6886 in a subdir.
6887
6888 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6889 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6890
6891 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6892
6893 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6894 Not documented
6895
6896 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6897
6898 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6899 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6900 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6901 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6902 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6903 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6904 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6905 from the buffer as well.
6906 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6907 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6908 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6909
6910 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6911
6912 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6913 Not documented
6914
6915 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6916
6917 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6918 Not documented
6919
6920 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6921
6922 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6923 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6924
6925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6926
6927 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6928 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6929
6930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6931
6932 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6933 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6934
6935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6936
6937 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6938 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6939 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6940 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6941
6942 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6943 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6944 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6945 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6946 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6947 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6948 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6949
6950 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6951
6952 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6953 Not documented
6954
6955 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6956
6957 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6958 Not documented
6959
6960 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6961
6962 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6963 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6964
6965 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6966
6967 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6968 Not documented
6969
6970 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6971
6972 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6973 Not documented
6974
6975 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6976
6977 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6978 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6979
6980 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6981
6982 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6983 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6984 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6985 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6986 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6987 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6988 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6989 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6990 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6991
6992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6993
6994 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6995 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6996 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6997 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6998 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6999 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7000 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7001 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7002
7003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7004
7005 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7006 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7007 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7008 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7009 and new hard links are made in that directory
7010 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7011 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7012 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7013
7014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7015
7016 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7017 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7018 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7019 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7020 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7021 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7022 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7023
7024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7025
7026 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7027 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7028
7029 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7030 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7031 file if none are marked.
7032
7033 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7034 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7035 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7036 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7037
7038 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7039 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7040
7041 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7042
7043 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7044 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7045 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7046
7047 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7048
7049 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7050 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7051 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7052
7053 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7054
7055 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7056 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7057 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7058
7059 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7060
7061 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7062 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7063
7064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7065
7066 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7067 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7068
7069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7070
7071 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7072 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7073 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7074 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7075 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7076 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7077 this subdirectory.
7078 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7079
7080 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7081 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7082 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7083 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7084 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7085 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7086 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
7087
7088 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7089
7090 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7091 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7092 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7093 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7094 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7095 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7096 this subdirectory.
7097 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7098
7099 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7100
7101 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7102 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7103 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7104
7105 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7106
7107 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7108 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7109 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7110 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7111
7112 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7113
7114 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7115 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7116 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7117 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7118
7119 \(fn)" t nil)
7120
7121 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7122 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7123 Lower levels are unaffected.
7124
7125 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7126
7127 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7128 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7129
7130 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7131
7132 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7133 Go down in the dired tree.
7134
7135 \(fn)" t nil)
7136
7137 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7138 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7139 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7140 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7141
7142 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7143
7144 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7145 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7146 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7147 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7148
7149 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7150
7151 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7152 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7153 Stops when a match is found.
7154 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7155
7156 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7157
7158 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7159 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7160 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7161 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7162 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7163
7164 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7165
7166 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7167 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7168 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7169 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7170
7171 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7172
7173 ;;;***
7174 \f
7175 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17248 29668))
7176 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7177
7178 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7179 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7180 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7181 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7182 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7183 buffer and try again.
7184
7185 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7186
7187 ;;;***
7188 \f
7189 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17148 24959))
7190 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7191
7192 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7193 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7194 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7195
7196 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7197
7198 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7199 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7200
7201 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7202 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7203
7204 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7205
7206 ;;;***
7207 \f
7208 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17148
7209 ;;;;;; 25090))
7210 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7211
7212 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7213 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7214 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7215 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7216 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7217 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7218
7219 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7220
7221 ;;;***
7222 \f
7223 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7224 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7225 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7226 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7227 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17242 7306))
7228 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7229
7230 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7231 Return a new, empty display table.
7232
7233 \(fn)" nil nil)
7234
7235 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7236 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7237 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7238 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7239 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7240
7241 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7242
7243 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7244 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7245 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7246 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7247 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7248
7249 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7250
7251 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7252 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7253
7254 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7255
7256 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7257 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7258
7259 \(fn)" t nil)
7260
7261 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7262 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7263
7264 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7265
7266 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7267 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7268
7269 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7270
7271 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7272 Display character C using printable string S.
7273
7274 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7275
7276 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7277 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7278 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7279 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7280
7281 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7282
7283 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7284 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7285 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7286 X frame.
7287
7288 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7289
7290 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7291 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7292
7293 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7294
7295 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7296 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7297
7298 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7299
7300 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7301 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7302
7303 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7304 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7305 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7306 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7307
7308 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7309 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7310 European character display.
7311
7312 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7313 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7314 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7315 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7316
7317 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7318 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7319 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7320 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7321 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7322
7323 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7324
7325 ;;;***
7326 \f
7327 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7328 ;;;;;; (17140 20946))
7329 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7330
7331 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7332 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7333 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7334 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7335 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7336 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7337 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7338 Default is 2.
7339
7340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7341
7342 ;;;***
7343 \f
7344 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17205 5985))
7345 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7346
7347 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7348 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7349 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7350 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7351 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7352 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7353 private or ask).
7354 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7355 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7356 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7357 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7358 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7359
7360 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7361
7362 ;;;***
7363 \f
7364 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7365 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17148 25205))
7366 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7367
7368 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7369 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7370 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7371 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7372 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7373 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7374 table and its own syntax table.
7375
7376 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7377
7378 \(fn)" t nil)
7379
7380 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7381 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7382
7383 \(fn)" t nil)
7384 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7385
7386 ;;;***
7387 \f
7388 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17244 43757))
7389 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7390
7391 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7392 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7393
7394 \(fn)" t nil)
7395
7396 ;;;***
7397 \f
7398 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7399 ;;;;;; (17148 24959))
7400 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7401
7402 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7403 Toggle Double mode.
7404 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7405 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7406
7407 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7408
7409 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7410 Toggle Double mode.
7411 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7412
7413 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7414 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7415
7416 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7417
7418 ;;;***
7419 \f
7420 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17140 20947))
7421 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7422
7423 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7424 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7425
7426 \(fn)" t nil)
7427
7428 ;;;***
7429 \f
7430 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7431 ;;;;;; (17148 25106))
7432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7433
7434 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7435 Play sounds in message buffers.
7436
7437 \(fn)" t nil)
7438
7439 ;;;***
7440 \f
7441 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7442 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7443 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17167 2793))
7444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7445
7446 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7447
7448 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7449 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7450 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7451 and toggle command MODE.
7452
7453 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7454 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7455 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7456 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7457 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7458 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7459 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7460 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7461 used (see below).
7462
7463 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
7464 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hook variable
7465 `mode-HOOK'.
7466 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7467 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7468 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7469 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7470 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7471 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7472 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7473 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7474 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7475 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7476 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7477 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7478 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7479 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7480
7481 For example, you could write
7482 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7483 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7484 ...BODY CODE...)
7485
7486 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7487
7488 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7489
7490 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7491 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7492 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7493 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7494 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
7495 :group to specify the custom group.
7496
7497 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7498 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7499 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7500 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7501 call another major mode in their body.
7502
7503 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7504
7505 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7506 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7507 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7508 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7509 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7510 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7511 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7512
7513 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7514
7515 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7516 Not documented
7517
7518 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7519
7520 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7521 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7522 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7523
7524 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7525
7526 ;;;***
7527 \f
7528 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7529 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17250
7530 ;;;;;; 21105))
7531 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7532
7533 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7534
7535 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7536 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7537
7538 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7539 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7540 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7541
7542 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7543 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7544
7545 :filter FUNCTION
7546
7547 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7548 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7549
7550 :visible INCLUDE
7551
7552 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7553 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7554
7555 :active ENABLE
7556
7557 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7558 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7559
7560 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7561
7562 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7563
7564 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7565
7566 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7567 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7568
7569 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7570 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7571
7572 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7573
7574 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7575
7576 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7577
7578 :keys KEYS
7579
7580 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7581 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7582 computed automatically.
7583 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7584
7585 :key-sequence KEYS
7586
7587 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7588 menu item.
7589 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7590 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7591 keyboard equivalent.
7592
7593 :active ENABLE
7594
7595 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7596 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7597
7598 :visible INCLUDE
7599
7600 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7601 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7602
7603 :suffix FORM
7604
7605 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7606 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7607
7608 :style STYLE
7609
7610 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7611 defined:
7612
7613 toggle: A checkbox.
7614 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7615 radio: A radio button.
7616 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7617 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7618 menu bar itself.
7619 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7620
7621 :selected SELECTED
7622
7623 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7624 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7625
7626 :help HELP
7627
7628 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7629
7630 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7631 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7632 as a solid horizontal line.
7633
7634 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7635
7636 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7637
7638 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7639 Not documented
7640
7641 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7642
7643 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7644 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7645 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7646 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7647
7648 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7649
7650 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7651 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7652 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7653 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7654 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7655 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7656
7657 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7658 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7659 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7660
7661 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7662 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7663
7664 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7665
7666 ;;;***
7667 \f
7668 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7669 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7670 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7671 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7672 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7673 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7674 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7675 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17239 32372))
7676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7677
7678 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7679 Customization for ebnf group.
7680
7681 \(fn)" t nil)
7682
7683 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7684 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7685
7686 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7687
7688 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7689 processed.
7690
7691 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7692
7693 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7694
7695 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7696 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7697
7698 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7699 killed after process termination.
7700
7701 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7702
7703 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7704
7705 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7706 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7707
7708 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7709 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7710 it to the printer.
7711
7712 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7713 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7714 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7715 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7716
7717 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7718
7719 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7720 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7721 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7722
7723 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7724
7725 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7726 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7727
7728 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7729
7730 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7731 processed.
7732
7733 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7734
7735 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7736
7737 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7738 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7739
7740 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7741 killed after process termination.
7742
7743 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7744
7745 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7746
7747 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7748 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7749 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7750 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7751
7752 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7753
7754 \(fn)" t nil)
7755
7756 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7757 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7758 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7759
7760 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7761
7762 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7763
7764 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7765 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7766
7767 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7768
7769 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7770 processed.
7771
7772 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7773
7774 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7775
7776 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7777 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7778
7779 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7780 killed after EPS generation.
7781
7782 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7783
7784 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7785
7786 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7787 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7788
7789 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7790 The EPS file name has the following form:
7791
7792 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7793
7794 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7795 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7796
7797 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7798 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7799 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7800 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7801
7802 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7803
7804 \(fn)" t nil)
7805
7806 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7807 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7808
7809 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7810 The EPS file name has the following form:
7811
7812 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7813
7814 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7815 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7816
7817 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7818 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7819 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7820 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7821
7822 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7823
7824 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7825
7826 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7827
7828 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7829 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7830
7831 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7832
7833 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7834 processed.
7835
7836 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7837
7838 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7839
7840 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7841 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7842
7843 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7844 killed after syntax checking.
7845
7846 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7847
7848 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7849
7850 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7851 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7852
7853 \(fn)" t nil)
7854
7855 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7856 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7857
7858 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7859
7860 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7861 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7862
7863 \(fn)" nil nil)
7864
7865 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7866 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7867
7868 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7869
7870 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7871
7872 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7873 Delete style NAME.
7874
7875 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7876
7877 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7878
7879 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7880 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7881
7882 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7883
7884 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7885
7886 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7887 Set STYLE as the current style.
7888
7889 It returns the old style symbol.
7890
7891 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7892
7893 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7894
7895 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7896 Reset current style.
7897
7898 It returns the old style symbol.
7899
7900 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7901
7902 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7903
7904 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7905 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7906
7907 It returns the old style symbol.
7908
7909 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7910
7911 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7912
7913 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7914 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7915
7916 It returns the old style symbol.
7917
7918 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7919
7920 \(fn)" t nil)
7921
7922 ;;;***
7923 \f
7924 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7925 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7926 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7927 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7928 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7929 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7930 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7931 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7932 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7933 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7934 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17239
7935 ;;;;;; 32375))
7936 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7937
7938 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7939 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7940 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7941 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7942 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7943 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7944
7945 Tree mode key bindings:
7946 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7947
7948 \(fn)" t nil)
7949
7950 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7951 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7952
7953 \(fn)" t nil)
7954
7955 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7956 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7957
7958 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7959
7960 \(fn)" nil nil)
7961
7962 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7963 View declaration of member at point.
7964
7965 \(fn)" t nil)
7966
7967 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7968 Find declaration of member at point.
7969
7970 \(fn)" t nil)
7971
7972 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7973 View definition of member at point.
7974
7975 \(fn)" t nil)
7976
7977 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7978 Find definition of member at point.
7979
7980 \(fn)" t nil)
7981
7982 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7983 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7984
7985 \(fn)" t nil)
7986
7987 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7988 View definition of member at point in other window.
7989
7990 \(fn)" t nil)
7991
7992 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7993 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7994
7995 \(fn)" t nil)
7996
7997 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7998 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7999
8000 \(fn)" t nil)
8001
8002 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8003 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8004
8005 \(fn)" t nil)
8006
8007 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8008 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8009
8010 \(fn)" t nil)
8011
8012 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8013 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8014 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8015 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8016 completion.
8017
8018 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8019
8020 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8021 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8022 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8023 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8024
8025 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8026
8027 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8028 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8029 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8030 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8031
8032 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8033
8034 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8035 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8036 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8037
8038 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8039
8040 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8041 Search for call sites of a member.
8042 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8043 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8044 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8045 looks like a function call to the member.
8046
8047 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8048
8049 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8050 Move backward in the position stack.
8051 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8052
8053 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8054
8055 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8056 Move forward in the position stack.
8057 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8058
8059 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8060
8061 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8062 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8063
8064 \(fn)" t nil)
8065
8066 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8067 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8068
8069 \(fn)" t nil)
8070
8071 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8072 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8073 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8074 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8075
8076 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8077
8078 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8079 Display statistics for a class tree.
8080
8081 \(fn)" t nil)
8082
8083 ;;;***
8084 \f
8085 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8086 ;;;;;; (17148 24959))
8087 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8088
8089 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8090 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8091 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8092 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8093
8094 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8095 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8096 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8097
8098 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8099 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8100 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8101
8102 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8103
8104 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8105
8106 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8107
8108 ;;;***
8109 \f
8110 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8111 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17205 5985))
8112 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8113
8114 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8115 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8116 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8117
8118 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8119
8120 ;;;***
8121 \f
8122 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
8123 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17148 25093))
8124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8125
8126 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8127 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8128 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8129 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8130 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8131
8132 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8133 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8134 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8135 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8136
8137 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8138
8139 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8140 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8141 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8142 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8143
8144 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8145
8146 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
8147 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
8148 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
8149 \(naming a function), or a list.
8150
8151 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
8152
8153 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8154
8155 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8156 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8157 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8158 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8159 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8160
8161 If you do this on a function definition
8162 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8163 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8164 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8165 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8166
8167 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8168 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8169 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8170 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8171 already is one.)
8172
8173 \(fn)" t nil)
8174
8175 ;;;***
8176 \f
8177 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8178 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8179 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8180 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8181 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8182 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8183 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8184 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8185 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8186 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17239 32202))
8187 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8188
8189 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8190 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8191
8192 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8193
8194 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8195 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8196
8197 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8198
8199 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8200
8201 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8202
8203 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8204 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8205 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8206 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8207
8208 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8209
8210 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8211 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8212
8213 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8214
8215 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8216
8217 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8218 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8219
8220 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8221
8222 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8223
8224 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8225 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8226 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8227 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8228
8229 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8230
8231 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8232
8233 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8234 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8235 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8236 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8237
8238 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8239
8240 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8241
8242 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8243 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8244 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8245 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8246
8247 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8248
8249 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8250
8251 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8252 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8253 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8254 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8255
8256 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8257
8258 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8259
8260 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8261 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8262 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8263 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8264 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8265 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8266
8267 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8268
8269 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8270 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8271 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8272 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8273
8274 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8275
8276 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8277
8278 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8279 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8280 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8281 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8282
8283 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8284
8285 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8286
8287 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8288
8289 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8290 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8291 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8292 follows:
8293 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8294 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8295
8296 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8297
8298 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8299 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8300 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8301 follows:
8302 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8303 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8304
8305 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8306
8307 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8308 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8309 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8310 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8311 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8312 region.
8313 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8314 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8315
8316 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8317
8318 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8319 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8320 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8321 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8322 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8323 region.
8324 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8325 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8326 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8327
8328 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8329
8330 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8331
8332 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8333 Merge two files without ancestor.
8334
8335 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8336
8337 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8338 Merge two files with ancestor.
8339
8340 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8341
8342 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8343
8344 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8345 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8346
8347 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8348
8349 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8350 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8351
8352 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8353
8354 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8355 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8356 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8357 buffer.
8358
8359 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8360
8361 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8362 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8363 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8364 buffer.
8365
8366 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8367
8368 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8369 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8370 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8371 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8372
8373 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8374
8375 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8376 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8377 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8378 and don't ask the user.
8379 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8380 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8381
8382 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8383
8384 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8385 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8386 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8387 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8388 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8389 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8390 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8391 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8392
8393 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8394
8395 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8396
8397 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8398
8399 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8400 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8401 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8402 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8403 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8404
8405 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8406
8407 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8408
8409 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8410 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8411 When called interactively, displays the version.
8412
8413 \(fn)" t nil)
8414
8415 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8416 Display Ediff's manual.
8417 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8418
8419 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8420
8421 ;;;***
8422 \f
8423 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8424 ;;;;;; (17148 24960))
8425 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8426
8427 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8428 Not documented
8429
8430 \(fn)" t nil)
8431
8432 ;;;***
8433 \f
8434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17148 24960))
8435 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8436
8437 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8438 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8439
8440 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8441
8442 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8443
8444 ;;;***
8445 \f
8446 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8447 ;;;;;; (17239 32198))
8448 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8449
8450 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8451 Display Ediff's registry.
8452
8453 \(fn)" t nil)
8454
8455 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8456
8457 ;;;***
8458 \f
8459 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8460 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17239 32201))
8461 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8462
8463 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8464 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8465 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8466 which see.
8467
8468 \(fn)" t nil)
8469
8470 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8471 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8472 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8473 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8474
8475 \(fn)" t nil)
8476
8477 ;;;***
8478 \f
8479 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8480 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8481 ;;;;;; (17148 24966))
8482 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8483
8484 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8485 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8486 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8487
8488 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8489 Edit a keyboard macro.
8490 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8491 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8492 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8493 its command name.
8494 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8495
8496 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8497
8498 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8499 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8500
8501 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8502
8503 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8504 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8505
8506 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8507
8508 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8509 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8510 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8511 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8512 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8513 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8514
8515 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8516 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8517 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8518 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8519
8520 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8521
8522 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8523 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8524 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8525 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8526 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8527 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8528
8529 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8530
8531 ;;;***
8532 \f
8533 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8534 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17140 20922))
8535 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8536
8537 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8538 Set scroll margins.
8539 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8540 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8541
8542 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8543
8544 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8545 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8546
8547 \(fn)" t nil)
8548
8549 ;;;***
8550 \f
8551 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8552 ;;;;;; (17148 24966))
8553 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8554
8555 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8556 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8557 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8558 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8559 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8560 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8561 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8562 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8563
8564 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8565 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8566
8567 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8568 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8569 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8570 this value is non-nil.
8571
8572 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8573 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8574 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8575
8576 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8577 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8578 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8579
8580 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8581
8582 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8583 Not documented
8584
8585 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8586
8587 ;;;***
8588 \f
8589 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8590 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17239 32276))
8591 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8592
8593 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8594 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8595
8596 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8597
8598 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8599 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8600 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8601 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8602 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8603 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8604 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8605
8606 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8607
8608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8609
8610 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8611 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8612
8613 \(fn)" t nil)
8614
8615 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8616 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8617 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8618 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8619 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8620 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8621 arg list.
8622
8623 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8624 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8625
8626 ;;;***
8627 \f
8628 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17148
8629 ;;;;;; 24966))
8630 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8631
8632 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8633 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8634
8635 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8636 an elided material again.
8637
8638 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8639
8640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8641
8642 ;;;***
8643 \f
8644 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8645 ;;;;;; (17148 25094))
8646 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8647
8648 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8649 Initialize elint.
8650
8651 \(fn)" t nil)
8652
8653 ;;;***
8654 \f
8655 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8656 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17148
8657 ;;;;;; 25094))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8659
8660 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8661 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8662 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8663
8664 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8665
8666 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8667 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8668 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8669
8670 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8671
8672 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8673 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8674 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8675
8676 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8677
8678 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8679
8680 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8681 Display current profiling results.
8682 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8683 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8684 displayed.
8685
8686 \(fn)" t nil)
8687
8688 ;;;***
8689 \f
8690 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8691 ;;;;;; (17148 25154))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8693
8694 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8695 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8696 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8697
8698 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8699
8700 ;;;***
8701 \f
8702 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8703 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8704 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8705 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8706 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 2775))
8707 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8708
8709 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8710 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8711 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8712 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8713 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8714 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8715 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8716 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8717 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8718 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8719 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8720 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8721 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8722 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8723 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8724 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8725
8726 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8727 Run Emerge on two files.
8728
8729 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8730
8731 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8732 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8733
8734 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8735
8736 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8737 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8738
8739 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8740
8741 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8742 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8743
8744 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8745
8746 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8747 Not documented
8748
8749 \(fn)" nil nil)
8750
8751 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8752 Not documented
8753
8754 \(fn)" nil nil)
8755
8756 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8757 Not documented
8758
8759 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8760
8761 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8762 Not documented
8763
8764 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8765
8766 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8767 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8768
8769 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8770
8771 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8772 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8773
8774 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8775
8776 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8777 Not documented
8778
8779 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8780
8781 ;;;***
8782 \f
8783 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8784 ;;;;;; (17102 18713))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8786
8787 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
8788 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
8789 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8791 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
8792
8793 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
8794
8795 (put (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
8796
8797 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
8798 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
8799 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8800
8801 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
8802 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
8803 automatically.
8804
8805 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
8806 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
8807 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
8808
8809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8810
8811 ;;;***
8812 \f
8813 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8814 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17148 25205))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8816
8817 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8818 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8819 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8820 text/enriched format.
8821 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8822
8823 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8824 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8825
8826 Commands:
8827
8828 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8829
8830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8831
8832 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8833 Not documented
8834
8835 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8836
8837 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8838 Not documented
8839
8840 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8841
8842 ;;;***
8843 \f
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17140
8845 ;;;;;; 20930))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8847
8848 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
8849 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8850
8851 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8852
8853 \(fn)" nil nil)
8854
8855 ;;;***
8856 \f
8857 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17140
8858 ;;;;;; 20931))
8859 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8860
8861 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
8862 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8863
8864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8865
8866 ;;;***
8867 \f
8868 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
8869 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17148 25104))
8870 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8871
8872 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
8873 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8874 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8875 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8876 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8877 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8878 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8879 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8880 buffer selected (or created).
8881
8882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8883
8884 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
8885 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8886 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8887
8888 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8889
8890 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
8891 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8892 The result might be any Lisp object.
8893 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8894 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8895 corresponding to a successful execution.
8896
8897 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8898
8899 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
8900 Report a bug in Eshell.
8901 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8902 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
8903
8904 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
8905
8906 ;;;***
8907 \f
8908 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8909 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8910 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8911 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8912 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8913 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8914 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8915 ;;;;;; (17242 7321))
8916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8917
8918 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8919 *File name of tags table.
8920 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8921 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8922 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8923 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
8924
8925 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
8926 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8927 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8928 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8929
8930 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
8931
8932 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8933 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8934 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8935 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8936 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8937 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8938
8939 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
8940
8941 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8942 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8943 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8944 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8945 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8946 `auto-compression-mode').")
8947
8948 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
8949
8950 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
8951 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8952 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8953 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8954 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8955
8956 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
8957
8958 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8959 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8960 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8961 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8962
8963 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
8964
8965 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8966 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8967 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8968 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8969 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8970
8971 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
8972
8973 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
8974 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8975
8976 \(fn)" t nil)
8977
8978 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
8979 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8980 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8981 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8982
8983 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8984 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8985 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8986 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8987 file the tag was in.
8988
8989 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8990
8991 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
8992 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8993 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8994 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8995 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8996 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8997 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8998 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8999 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9000
9001 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9002
9003 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9004 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9005 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9006 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9007 without directory names.
9008
9009 \(fn)" nil nil)
9010
9011 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9012 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9013 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9014 but does not select the buffer.
9015 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9016
9017 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9018 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9019 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9020 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9021 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9022
9023 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9024
9025 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9026 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9027 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9028
9029 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9030
9031 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9032
9033 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9034 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9035 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9036 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9037
9038 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9039 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9040 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9041 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9042 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9043
9044 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9045
9046 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9047 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9048 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9049
9050 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9051
9052 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9053 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9054
9055 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9056 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9057 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9058 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9059 around or before point.
9060
9061 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9062 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9063 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9064 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9065 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9066
9067 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9068
9069 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9070 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9071 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9072
9073 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9074
9075 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9076 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9077
9078 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9079 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9080 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9081 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9082 around or before point.
9083
9084 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9085 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9086 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9087 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9088 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9089
9090 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9091
9092 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9093 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9094 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9095
9096 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9097
9098 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9099 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9100
9101 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9102 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9103 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9104
9105 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9106 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9107 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9108 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9109 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9110
9111 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9112
9113 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9114 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9115 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9116
9117 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9118
9119 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9120 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9121 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9122
9123 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9124 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9125
9126 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9127 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9128 where they were found.
9129
9130 \(fn)" t nil)
9131
9132 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9133 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9134
9135 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9136 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9137 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9138
9139 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9140 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9141
9142 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9143 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9144
9145 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9146
9147 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9148 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9149 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9150 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9151
9152 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9153 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9154 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9155 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9156 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9157
9158 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9159 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9160
9161 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9162 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9163 Stops when a match is found.
9164 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9165
9166 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9167
9168 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9169
9170 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9171 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9172 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9173 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9174 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9175
9176 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9177
9178 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9179
9180 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9181 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9182 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9183 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9184 directory specification.
9185
9186 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9187
9188 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9189 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9190
9191 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9192
9193 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9194 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9195 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9196 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9197
9198 \(fn)" t nil)
9199
9200 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9201 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9202 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9203 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9204 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9205
9206 \(fn)" t nil)
9207
9208 ;;;***
9209 \f
9210 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9211 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9212 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9213 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9214 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9215 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9216 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9217 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17185 27568))
9218 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9219
9220 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9221 Not documented
9222
9223 \(fn)" nil nil)
9224
9225 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9226 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9227 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9228 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9229
9230 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9231 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9232 language.
9233
9234 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9235 even if the buffer is read-only.
9236
9237 See also the descriptions of the variables
9238 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9239 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9240
9241 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9242
9243 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9244 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9245
9246 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9247 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9248
9249 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9250 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9251 language.
9252
9253 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9254 buffer is read-only.
9255
9256 See also the descriptions of the variables
9257 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9258 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9259
9260 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9261
9262 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9263 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
9264 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9265
9266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9267
9268 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9269 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9270
9271 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9272 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9273
9274 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9275 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9276
9277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9278
9279 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9280 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9281 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9282 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9283
9284 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9285
9286 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9287 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9288 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9289 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9290
9291 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9292 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9293 the primary language.
9294
9295 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9296 buffer is read-only.
9297
9298 See also the descriptions of the variables
9299 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9300 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9301
9302 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9303
9304 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9305 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9306 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9307 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9308
9309 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9310 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9311 primary language.
9312
9313 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9314 buffer is read-only.
9315
9316 See also the descriptions of the variables
9317 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9318 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9319
9320 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9321
9322 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9323 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
9324 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9325
9326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9327
9328 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9329 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9330
9331 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9332 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9333 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9334 3) convert the body into SERA.
9335
9336 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9337
9338 \(fn)" t nil)
9339
9340 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9341 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9342 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9343
9344 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9345
9346 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9347 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9348
9349 \(fn)" t nil)
9350
9351 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9352 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9353
9354 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9355 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9356 be 1, 2, or 3.
9357
9358 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9359 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9360 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9361
9362 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9363
9364 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9365
9366 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9367 Allow the user to input special characters.
9368
9369 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9370
9371 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9372 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9373 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9374
9375 \(fn)" t nil)
9376
9377 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9378 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9379
9380 \(fn)" t nil)
9381
9382 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9383 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9384
9385 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9386 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9387
9388 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9389 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9390
9391 \(fn)" nil nil)
9392
9393 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9394 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9395
9396 \(fn)" nil nil)
9397
9398 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
9399 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9400
9401 \(fn)" nil nil)
9402
9403 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
9404 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9405
9406 \(fn)" nil nil)
9407
9408 ;;;***
9409 \f
9410 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9411 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9412 ;;;;;; (17185 27585))
9413 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9414
9415 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
9416 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9417 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9418 server for future sessions.
9419
9420 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9421
9422 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
9423 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9424 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9425
9426 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9427
9428 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
9429 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9430 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9431
9432 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9433
9434 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
9435 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9436 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9437 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9438 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9439 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9440 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9441 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9442 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9443 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9444 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9445 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9446
9447 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9448
9449 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
9450 Display a form to query the directory server.
9451 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9452 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9453
9454 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9455
9456 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
9457 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9458 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9459
9460 \(fn)" t nil)
9461
9462 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9463
9464 ;;;***
9465 \f
9466 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9467 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9468 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17140 20940))
9469 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9470
9471 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
9472 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9473
9474 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9475
9476 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
9477 Display URL and make it clickable.
9478
9479 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9480
9481 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
9482 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9483
9484 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9485
9486 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
9487 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9488
9489 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9490
9491 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
9492 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9493
9494 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9495
9496 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
9497 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9498
9499 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9500
9501 ;;;***
9502 \f
9503 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9504 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17140 20940))
9505 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9506
9507 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
9508 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9509 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9510
9511 \(fn)" t nil)
9512
9513 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
9514 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9515
9516 \(fn)" t nil)
9517
9518 ;;;***
9519 \f
9520 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9521 ;;;;;; (17140 20940))
9522 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9523
9524 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
9525 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9526
9527 \(fn)" t nil)
9528
9529 ;;;***
9530 \f
9531 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9532 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9533 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9534 ;;;;;; (17140 20967))
9535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9536
9537 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
9538 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9539 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9540
9541 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9542
9543 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
9544 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9545 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9546 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9547 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9548
9549 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9550
9551 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
9552 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9553 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9554 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9555 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9556 executable.
9557
9558 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9559
9560 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
9561 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9562 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9563
9564 \(fn)" t nil)
9565
9566 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
9567 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9568 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9569 file modes.
9570
9571 \(fn)" nil nil)
9572
9573 ;;;***
9574 \f
9575 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9576 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17148 24967))
9577 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9578
9579 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
9580 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9581 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9582 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9583
9584 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9585
9586 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9587 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9588 to generate such functions.
9589
9590 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9591 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9592 beginning of the expanded text.
9593
9594 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9595 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9596 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9597 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9598
9599 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9600
9601 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9602
9603 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
9604 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9605 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9606
9607 \(fn)" t nil)
9608
9609 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
9610 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9611 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9612
9613 \(fn)" t nil)
9614 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9615 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9616
9617 ;;;***
9618 \f
9619 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17239 32377))
9620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9621
9622 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
9623 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9624 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9625
9626 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9627 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9628 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9629
9630 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9631
9632 Key definitions:
9633 \\{f90-mode-map}
9634
9635 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9636
9637 `f90-do-indent'
9638 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9639 `f90-if-indent'
9640 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9641 `f90-type-indent'
9642 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9643 `f90-program-indent'
9644 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9645 (default 2).
9646 `f90-continuation-indent'
9647 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9648 `f90-comment-region'
9649 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9650 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9651 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9652 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9653 (default \"!\").
9654 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9655 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9656 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9657 `f90-break-delimiters'
9658 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9659 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9660 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9661 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9662 (default t).
9663 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9664 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9665 `f90-smart-end'
9666 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9667 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9668 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9669 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9670 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9671 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9672 `f90-leave-line-no'
9673 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9674
9675 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9676 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9677
9678 \(fn)" t nil)
9679
9680 ;;;***
9681 \f
9682 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
9683 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
9684 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
9685 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
9686 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17148 24967))
9687 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
9688 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
9689 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
9690
9691 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
9692 Menu keymap for faces.")
9693
9694 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
9695
9696 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
9697 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
9698
9699 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
9700
9701 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
9702 Menu keymap for background colors.")
9703
9704 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
9705
9706 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
9707 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
9708
9709 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
9710
9711 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
9712 Submenu for text justification commands.")
9713
9714 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
9715
9716 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
9717 Submenu for indentation commands.")
9718
9719 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
9720
9721 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
9722 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
9723
9724 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
9725
9726 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
9727
9728 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
9729
9730 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
9731
9732 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
9733 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
9734 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
9735 will not show through at all will be removed.
9736
9737 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
9738
9739 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9740 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9741 requested face.
9742
9743 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9744 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9745 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9746
9747 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
9748
9749 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
9750 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9751 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9752
9753 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9754 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9755 requested face.
9756
9757 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9758 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9759 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9760
9761 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9762
9763 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
9764 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9765 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9766
9767 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9768 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9769 requested face.
9770
9771 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9772 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9773 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9774
9775 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9776
9777 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
9778 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
9779 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
9780 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
9781 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
9782 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
9783 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
9784
9785 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9786 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9787 requested face.
9788
9789 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9790 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
9791 to insert cancels the specification.
9792
9793 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
9794
9795 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
9796 Make the region invisible.
9797 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
9798 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9799
9800 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9801
9802 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
9803 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
9804 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
9805 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9806
9807 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9808
9809 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
9810 Make the region unmodifiable.
9811 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
9812 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9813
9814 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9815
9816 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
9817 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
9818
9819 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9820
9821 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
9822 Remove all text properties from the region.
9823
9824 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9825
9826 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
9827 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
9828 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
9829
9830 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9831
9832 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
9833 Read a color using the minibuffer.
9834
9835 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
9836
9837 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
9838 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
9839 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
9840 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
9841 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
9842 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
9843
9844 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
9845
9846 ;;;***
9847 \f
9848 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
9849 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17205 6148))
9850 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
9851
9852 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
9853 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
9854 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
9855 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9856
9857 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
9858
9859 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
9860 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
9861 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
9862
9863 Font Lock caches may be saved:
9864 - When you save the file's buffer.
9865 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
9866 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
9867 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
9868 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
9869
9870 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
9871
9872 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
9873 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
9874 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
9875 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
9876
9877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9878
9879 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
9880 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
9881
9882 \(fn)" nil nil)
9883
9884 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
9885
9886 ;;;***
9887 \f
9888 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9889 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9890 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17239 32329))
9891 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9892
9893 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
9894 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9895 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9896 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9897
9898 \(fn)" nil nil)
9899
9900 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
9901 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
9902
9903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9904
9905 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
9906 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
9907 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9908 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9909
9910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9911
9912 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
9913 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9914 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9915 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9916 backup file names and the like).
9917
9918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9919
9920 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
9921 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9922 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9923 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9924 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
9925 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9926 internally by feedmail):
9927
9928 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9929 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9930 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9931 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9932
9933 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
9934 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9935 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9936 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
9937 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
9938
9939 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9940
9941 ;;;***
9942 \f
9943 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9944 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17239 32205))
9945 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9946
9947 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
9948 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9949 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9950 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9951 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9952 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9953 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9954
9955 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9956
9957 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
9958 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9959 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9960 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9961 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9962 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9963 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9964
9965 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9966
9967 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
9968
9969 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
9970 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9971 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9972 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9973 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9974 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9975
9976 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9977
9978 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
9979 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
9980 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9981 Return value:
9982 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9983 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9984 * otherwise, nil
9985
9986 \(fn E)" t nil)
9987
9988 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
9989 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9990
9991 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9992
9993 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
9994 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9995
9996 \(fn)" t nil)
9997
9998 ;;;***
9999 \f
10000 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10001 ;;;;;; (17239 32205))
10002 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10003
10004 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10005 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10006 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10007 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10008 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10009 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10010 \(directories) is done.
10011
10012 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10013 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10014 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10015 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10016
10017 ;;;***
10018 \f
10019 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17148
10020 ;;;;;; 24974))
10021 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10022
10023 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10024 Filesets initialization.
10025 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10026
10027 \(fn)" nil nil)
10028
10029 ;;;***
10030 \f
10031 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10032 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10033 ;;;;;; (17148 24974))
10034 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10035
10036 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10037 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10038 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10039 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10040 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10041
10042 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10043
10044 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10045 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10046 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10047 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10048 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10049
10050 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10051
10052 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10053 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10054 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10055 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10056
10057 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10058
10059 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10060 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10061 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10062
10063 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10064
10065 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10066 as the final argument.
10067
10068 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10069
10070 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10071 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10072 and run dired on those files.
10073 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10074 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10075
10076 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10077
10078 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10079
10080 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10081 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10082 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10083
10084 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10085
10086 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10087
10088 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10089
10090 ;;;***
10091 \f
10092 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10093 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10094 ;;;;;; (17148 24975))
10095 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10096
10097 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10098 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10099 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10100 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10101 construct.")
10102
10103 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10104 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10105 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10106
10107 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10108
10109 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10110
10111 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10112
10113 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10114 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10115 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10116
10117 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10118 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10119
10120 Variables of interest include:
10121
10122 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10123 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10124 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10125
10126 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10127 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10128 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10129
10130 - `ff-ignore-include'
10131 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10132
10133 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10134 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10135
10136 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10137 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10138
10139 - `ff-special-constructs'
10140 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10141 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10142 extracting the filename from that construct.
10143
10144 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10145 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10146
10147 - `ff-search-directories'
10148 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10149 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10150
10151 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10152 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10153
10154 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10155 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10156
10157 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10158 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10159
10160 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10161 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10162
10163 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10164 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10165
10166 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10167
10168 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10169 Visit the file you click on.
10170
10171 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10172
10173 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10174 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10175
10176 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10177
10178 ;;;***
10179 \f
10180 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10181 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10182 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10183 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10184 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10185 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10186 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17246 34220))
10187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10188
10189 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10190 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10191
10192 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10193
10194 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10195 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10196 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10197 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10198 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10199 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10200
10201 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10202
10203 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10204 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10205
10206 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
10207 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10208 not selected.
10209
10210 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10211 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10212 in `load-path'.
10213
10214 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10215
10216 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10217 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10218
10219 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
10220 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10221 places point before the definition.
10222 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10223
10224 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10225 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10226 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10227
10228 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10229
10230 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10231 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10232
10233 See `find-function' for more details.
10234
10235 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10236
10237 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10238 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10239
10240 See `find-function' for more details.
10241
10242 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10243
10244 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10245 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10246
10247 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
10248 in a buffer, and the point of the definition. It does not switch
10249 to the buffer or display it.
10250
10251 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10252 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10253
10254 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10255
10256 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10257 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10258
10259 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
10260 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10261 places point before the definition.
10262
10263 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10264
10265 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10266 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10267 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10268
10269 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10270
10271 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10272 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10273
10274 See `find-variable' for more details.
10275
10276 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10277
10278 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10279 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10280
10281 See `find-variable' for more details.
10282
10283 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10284
10285 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10286 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10287 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function,
10288 `defvar' or `defface' for a variable or face. This functoin
10289 does not switch to the buffer or display it.
10290
10291 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10292 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10293
10294 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10295
10296 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10297 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10298
10299 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10300 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10301 places point before the definition.
10302
10303 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10304
10305 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10306 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10307 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10308
10309 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10310
10311 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10312 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10313 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10314
10315 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10316
10317 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10318 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10319
10320 \(fn)" t nil)
10321
10322 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10323 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10324
10325 \(fn)" t nil)
10326
10327 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10328 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10329
10330 \(fn)" nil nil)
10331
10332 ;;;***
10333 \f
10334 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10335 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17185 27434))
10336 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10337
10338 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10339 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10340
10341 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10342
10343 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10344 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10345
10346 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10347
10348 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10349 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10350
10351 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10352
10353 ;;;***
10354 \f
10355 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10356 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17245 51608))
10357 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10358
10359 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
10360 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10361
10362 \(fn)" t nil)
10363
10364 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
10365 Display FILE's commentary section.
10366 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10367
10368 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10369
10370 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
10371 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10372
10373 \(fn)" t nil)
10374
10375 ;;;***
10376 \f
10377 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10378 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17148 24975))
10379 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10380
10381 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
10382 Toggle flow control handling.
10383 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10384 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10385
10386 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10387
10388 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
10389 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10390 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10391 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10392 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10393 to get the effect of a C-q.
10394
10395 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10396
10397 ;;;***
10398 \f
10399 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10400 ;;;;;; (17148 25106))
10401 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10402
10403 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
10404 Not documented
10405
10406 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10407
10408 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
10409 Not documented
10410
10411 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10412
10413 ;;;***
10414 \f
10415 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10416 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17205 6169))
10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10418
10419 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
10420 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10421 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10422 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10423
10424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10425
10426 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
10427 Turn flymake mode on.
10428
10429 \(fn)" nil nil)
10430
10431 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
10432 Turn flymake mode off.
10433
10434 \(fn)" nil nil)
10435
10436 ;;;***
10437 \f
10438 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10439 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
10440 ;;;;;; (17249 49356))
10441 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10442
10443 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
10444 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10445
10446 \(fn)" t nil)
10447 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10448
10449 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
10450 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10451 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10452 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10453 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10454 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
10455
10456 Bindings:
10457 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10458 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10459 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10460 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10461
10462 Hooks:
10463 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
10464
10465 Remark:
10466 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10467 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
10468 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10469
10470 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10471 consider adding:
10472 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10473 in your .emacs file.
10474
10475 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10476 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10477
10478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10479
10480 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
10481 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10482
10483 \(fn)" nil nil)
10484
10485 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
10486 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10487
10488 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10489
10490 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
10491 Flyspell whole buffer.
10492
10493 \(fn)" t nil)
10494
10495 ;;;***
10496 \f
10497 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10498 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10499 ;;;;;; (17194 38158))
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10501
10502 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10503 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10504
10505 \(fn)" t nil)
10506
10507 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10508 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10509
10510 \(fn)" t nil)
10511
10512 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
10513 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10514
10515 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10516 of two major techniques:
10517
10518 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10519 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10520 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
10521
10522 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10523 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10524 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10525 movement commands.
10526
10527 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10528 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10529 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10530 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10531 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10532 mileage may vary).
10533
10534 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10535 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10536
10537 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
10538
10539 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10540 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10541 \(This is the default.)
10542
10543 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
10544 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
10545
10546 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10547 \\{follow-mode-map}
10548
10549 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10550
10551 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
10552 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
10553
10554 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10555 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10556 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10557 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
10558 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10559 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10560
10561 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
10562 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10563 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10564
10565 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10566 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10567 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10568
10569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10570
10571 ;;;***
10572 \f
10573 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
10574 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
10575 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (17244 43734))
10576 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
10577
10578 (defvar font-lock-keywords nil "\
10579 A list of the keywords to highlight.
10580 There are two kinds of values: user-level, and compiled.
10581
10582 A user-level keywords list is what a major mode or the user would
10583 set up. Normally the list would come from `font-lock-defaults'.
10584 through selection of a fontification level and evaluation of any
10585 contained expressions. You can also alter it by calling
10586 `font-lock-add-keywords' or `font-lock-remove-keywords' with MODE = nil.
10587
10588 Each element in a user-level keywords list should have one of these forms:
10589
10590 MATCHER
10591 (MATCHER . SUBEXP)
10592 (MATCHER . FACENAME)
10593 (MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
10594 (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
10595 (eval . FORM)
10596
10597 where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, or the function name to
10598 call to make the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search;
10599 it should return non-nil, move point, and set `match-data' appropriately iff
10600 it succeeds; like `re-search-forward' would).
10601 MATCHER regexps can be generated via the function `regexp-opt'.
10602
10603 FORM is an expression, whose value should be a keyword element, evaluated when
10604 the keyword is (first) used in a buffer. This feature can be used to provide a
10605 keyword that can only be generated when Font Lock mode is actually turned on.
10606
10607 HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.
10608
10609 For highlighting single items, for example each instance of the word \"foo\",
10610 typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
10611 However, if an item or (typically) items are to be highlighted following the
10612 instance of another item (the anchor), for example each instance of the
10613 word \"bar\" following the word \"anchor\" then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.
10614
10615 MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:
10616
10617 (SUBEXP FACENAME [OVERRIDE [LAXMATCH]])
10618
10619 SUBEXP is the number of the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted.
10620
10621 FACENAME is an expression whose value is the face name to use.
10622 Instead of a face, FACENAME can evaluate to a property list
10623 of the form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...)
10624 in which case all the listed text-properties will be set rather than
10625 just FACE. In such a case, you will most likely want to put those
10626 properties in `font-lock-extra-managed-props' or to override
10627 `font-lock-unfontify-region-function'.
10628
10629 OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags. If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification can
10630 be overwritten. If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
10631 If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
10632 which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
10633 If LAXMATCH is non-nil, that means don't signal an error if there is
10634 no match for SUBEXP in MATCHER.
10635
10636 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
10637
10638 \"\\\\\\=<foo\\\\\\=>\" discrete occurrences of \"foo\" in the value of the
10639 variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
10640 (\"fu\\\\(bar\\\\)\" . 1) substring \"bar\" within all occurrences of \"fubar\" in
10641 the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
10642 (\"fubar\" . fubar-face) Occurrences of \"fubar\" in the value of `fubar-face'.
10643 (\"foo\\\\|bar\" 0 foo-bar-face t)
10644 occurrences of either \"foo\" or \"bar\" in the value
10645 of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
10646 (fubar-match 1 fubar-face)
10647 the first subexpression within all occurrences of
10648 whatever the function `fubar-match' finds and matches
10649 in the value of `fubar-face'.
10650
10651 MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:
10652
10653 (MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)
10654
10655 where MATCHER is a regexp to search for or the function name to call to make
10656 the search, as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT above, but with one exception; see below.
10657 PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
10658 the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used. Therefore they can be
10659 used to initialize before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used. Typically,
10660 PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
10661 MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER. POST-MATCH-FORM might
10662 be used to move back, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.
10663
10664 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
10665
10666 (\"\\\\\\=<anchor\\\\\\=>\" (0 anchor-face) (\"\\\\\\=<item\\\\\\=>\" nil nil (0 item-face)))
10667
10668 discrete occurrences of \"anchor\" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
10669 discrete occurrences of \"item\" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
10670 (Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil. Therefore \"item\" is
10671 initially searched for starting from the end of the match of \"anchor\", and
10672 searching for subsequent instances of \"anchor\" resumes from where searching
10673 for \"item\" concluded.)
10674
10675 The above-mentioned exception is as follows. The limit of the MATCHER search
10676 defaults to the end of the line after PRE-MATCH-FORM is evaluated.
10677 However, if PRE-MATCH-FORM returns a position greater than the position after
10678 PRE-MATCH-FORM is evaluated, that position is used as the limit of the search.
10679 It is generally a bad idea to return a position greater than the end of the
10680 line, i.e., cause the MATCHER search to span lines.
10681
10682 These regular expressions can match text which spans lines, although
10683 it is better to avoid it if possible since updating them while editing
10684 text is slower, and it is not guaranteed to be always correct when using
10685 support modes like jit-lock or lazy-lock.
10686
10687 This variable is set by major modes via the variable `font-lock-defaults'.
10688 Be careful when composing regexps for this list; a poorly written pattern can
10689 dramatically slow things down!
10690
10691 A compiled keywords list starts with t. It is produced internal
10692 by `font-lock-compile-keywords' from a user-level keywords list.
10693 Its second element is the user-level keywords list that was
10694 compiled. The remaining elements have the same form as
10695 user-level keywords, but normally their values have been
10696 optimized.")
10697
10698 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
10699 Not documented
10700
10701 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
10702
10703 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
10704 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
10705
10706 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
10707 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
10708 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
10709 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
10710 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
10711 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
10712 end of the current highlighting list.
10713
10714 For example:
10715
10716 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
10717 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
10718 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
10719
10720 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
10721 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
10722
10723 The above procedure will only add the keywords for C mode, not
10724 for modes derived from C mode. To add them for derived modes too,
10725 pass nil for MODE and add the call to c-mode-hook.
10726
10727 For example:
10728
10729 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
10730 (lambda ()
10731 (font-lock-add-keywords nil
10732 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
10733 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" .
10734 font-lock-keyword-face)))))
10735
10736 The above procedure may fail to add keywords to derived modes if
10737 some involved major mode does not follow the standard conventions.
10738 File a bug report if this happens, so the major mode can be corrected.
10739
10740 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
10741 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
10742 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
10743
10744 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
10745
10746 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
10747 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
10748
10749 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
10750 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
10751
10752 To make the removal apply to modes derived from MODE as well,
10753 pass nil for MODE and add the call to MODE-hook. This may fail
10754 for some derived modes if some involved major mode does not
10755 follow the standard conventions. File a bug report if this
10756 happens, so the major mode can be corrected.
10757
10758 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
10759
10760 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
10761 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
10762
10763 \(fn)" t nil)
10764
10765 ;;;***
10766 \f
10767 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17148
10768 ;;;;;; 25154))
10769 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10770
10771 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
10772 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10773 \\<message-mode-map>
10774 key binding
10775 --- -------
10776
10777 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
10778 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
10779 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
10780 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
10781 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
10782 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
10783
10784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10785
10786 ;;;***
10787 \f
10788 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10789 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17239 32209))
10790 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10791
10792 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
10793 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10794
10795 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10796 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10797 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10798 C-c < forms-first-record <
10799 C-c > forms-last-record >
10800 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10801 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10802 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10803 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10804 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10805 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10806 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10807 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10808 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10809 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10810
10811 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10812
10813 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
10814 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10815
10816 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10817
10818 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
10819 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10820
10821 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10822
10823 ;;;***
10824 \f
10825 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
10826 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17239 32378))
10827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10828
10829 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
10830 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
10831 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
10832 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
10833 with a character in column 6.")
10834
10835 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
10836
10837 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
10838 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10839 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10840
10841 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10842 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10843
10844 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10845
10846 Key definitions:
10847 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10848
10849 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10850
10851 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10852 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10853 `fortran-do-indent'
10854 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10855 `fortran-if-indent'
10856 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10857 `fortran-structure-indent'
10858 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10859 (default 3)
10860 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10861 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10862 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10863 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10864 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10865 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10866 nil don't change the indentation
10867 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10868 value of either
10869 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10870 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10871 depending on the continuation format in use.
10872 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10873 indentation for a line of code.
10874 (default 'fixed)
10875 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10876 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10877 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10878 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10879 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10880 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10881 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10882 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10883 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10884 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10885 column 5.
10886 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10887 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10888 statements (default nil).
10889 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10890 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10891 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10892 `fortran-continuation-string'
10893 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10894 line (default \"$\").
10895 `fortran-comment-region'
10896 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10897 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10898 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10899 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10900 as typed (default t).
10901 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10902 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10903
10904 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10905 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10906
10907 \(fn)" t nil)
10908
10909 ;;;***
10910 \f
10911 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10912 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17140 20947))
10913 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10914
10915 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
10916 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10917
10918 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10919 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10920
10921 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10922
10923 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
10924 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10925
10926 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10927 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10928
10929 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10930
10931 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
10932 Compile fortune file.
10933
10934 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10935 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10936
10937 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10938
10939 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
10940 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10941
10942 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10943 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10944 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10945 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10946
10947 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10948
10949 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
10950 Display a fortune cookie.
10951
10952 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10953 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10954 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10955 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10956
10957 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10958
10959 ;;;***
10960 \f
10961 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
10962 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (17148 24980))
10963 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
10964
10965 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
10966 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
10967 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
10968 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
10969 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
10970 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
10971 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
10972 fringe).
10973 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
10974 it take real effect.
10975 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
10976 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
10977 you can use the interactive function `set-fringe-style'.")
10978
10979 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
10980
10981 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
10982 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
10983
10984 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10985 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10986 `minimal' and `half'.
10987
10988 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10989 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10990 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10991 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10992 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10993 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10994 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10995 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10996 width of 0.
10997
10998 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10999 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
11000 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
11001 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
11002 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
11003
11004 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
11005
11006 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
11007 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
11008
11009 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
11010 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
11011 `minimal' and `half'.
11012
11013 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
11014 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
11015 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
11016 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
11017 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
11018 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
11019 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
11020 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
11021 width of 0.
11022
11023 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
11024 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
11025 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
11026 `fringe-mode'.
11027
11028 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
11029
11030 ;;;***
11031 \f
11032 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug-log gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11033 ;;;;;; (17247 12425))
11034 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11035
11036 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11037 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11038 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11039 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11040
11041 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11042 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11043 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11044 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11045
11046 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11047 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11048 `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11049 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
11050 relevant buffer.
11051
11052 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11053
11054 The following commands help control operation :
11055
11056 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11057 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11058
11059 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11060 detailed description of this mode.
11061
11062
11063 +--------------------------------------------------------------+
11064 | GDB Toolbar |
11065 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11066 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11067 | | |
11068 | | |
11069 | | |
11070 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11071 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of inferior) |
11072 | | (comint-mode) |
11073 | | |
11074 | | |
11075 | | |
11076 | | |
11077 | | |
11078 | | |
11079 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11080 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11081 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11082 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11083 | | d gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11084 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11085
11086 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11087
11088 (defvar gdb-enable-debug-log nil "\
11089 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11090
11091 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug-log) "gdb-ui")
11092
11093 ;;;***
11094 \f
11095 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11096 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17148
11097 ;;;;;; 25095))
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11099
11100 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11101 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11102 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11103 instead (which see).")
11104
11105 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11106 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11107
11108 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11109 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11110 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11111 documentation string instead.
11112
11113 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11114 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11115 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11116 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11117 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11118 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11119 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11120 enders are actually possible.
11121
11122 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11123 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11124
11125 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11126 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11127 `font-lock-keywords'.
11128
11129 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11130 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11131 runs the macro expansion.
11132
11133 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11134 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11135 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11136
11137 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11138
11139 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11140
11141 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11142 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11143
11144 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11145
11146 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11147 Enter generic mode MODE.
11148
11149 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11150 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11151 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11152
11153 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11154 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11155
11156 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11157
11158 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11159 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11160 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11161 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11162 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11163 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11164 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11165 `font-lock-keywords'.
11166
11167 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11168
11169 ;;;***
11170 \f
11171 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11172 ;;;;;; (17196 24556))
11173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11174
11175 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11176 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11177 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11178 at places they belong to.
11179
11180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11181
11182 ;;;***
11183 \f
11184 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11185 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17205 6099))
11186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11187
11188 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11189 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11190
11191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11192
11193 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11194 Read network news.
11195 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11196 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11197 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11198 name of an NNTP server to use.
11199 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11200 server.
11201
11202 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11203
11204 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11205 Read news as a slave.
11206
11207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11208
11209 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11210 Pop up a frame to read news.
11211 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11212 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11213 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11214 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11215 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11216 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11217 current display is used.
11218
11219 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11220
11221 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11222 Read network news.
11223 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11224 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11225 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11226
11227 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11228
11229 ;;;***
11230 \f
11231 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11232 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11233 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11234 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11235 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11236 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17239 32296))
11237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11238
11239 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11240 Start Gnus unplugged.
11241
11242 \(fn)" t nil)
11243
11244 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11245 Start Gnus plugged.
11246
11247 \(fn)" t nil)
11248
11249 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11250 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11251
11252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11253
11254 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11255 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11256
11257 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11258 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11259 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11260
11261 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11262 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11263 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11264
11265 \(fn)" t nil)
11266
11267 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11268 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11269
11270 \(fn)" nil nil)
11271
11272 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11273 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
11274 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
11275 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
11276
11277 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11278
11279 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11280 Delete fully-qualified GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
11281 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
11282 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
11283
11284 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11285
11286 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11287 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11288
11289 \(fn)" nil nil)
11290
11291 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11292 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11293 downloaded into the agent.
11294
11295 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11296
11297 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11298 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11299 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11300 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11301
11302 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11303
11304 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11305 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11306
11307 \(fn)" t nil)
11308
11309 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11310 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11311
11312 \(fn)" t nil)
11313
11314 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11315 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11316 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11317
11318 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11319
11320 ;;;***
11321 \f
11322 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11323 ;;;;;; (17242 24869))
11324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11325
11326 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11327 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11328
11329 \(fn)" nil nil)
11330
11331 ;;;***
11332 \f
11333 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11334 ;;;;;; (17148 25111))
11335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11336
11337 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11338 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11339
11340 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11341
11342 ;;;***
11343 \f
11344 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11345 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11346 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17148
11347 ;;;;;; 25111))
11348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11349
11350 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11351 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11352
11353 Usage:
11354 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11355
11356 \(fn)" t nil)
11357
11358 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11359 Generate the cache active file.
11360
11361 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11362
11363 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11364 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11365
11366 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11367
11368 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11369 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
11370 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
11371 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
11372
11373 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11374
11375 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11376 Delete GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
11377 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
11378 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
11379
11380 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11381
11382 ;;;***
11383 \f
11384 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11385 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17148 25112))
11386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11387
11388 (defgroup gnus-delay nil "Arrange for sending postings later." :version "22.1" :group (quote gnus))
11389
11390 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11391 Delay this article by some time.
11392 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11393
11394 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11395 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11396
11397 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11398 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11399
11400 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11401 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11402
11403 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11404
11405 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11406 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11407
11408 \(fn)" t nil)
11409
11410 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11411 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11412 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11413 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11414
11415 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11416 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11417
11418 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11419
11420 ;;;***
11421 \f
11422 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11423 ;;;;;; (17148 25112))
11424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11425
11426 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11427 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11428
11429 \(fn)" nil nil)
11430
11431 ;;;***
11432 \f
11433 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11434 ;;;;;; (17148 25113))
11435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11436
11437 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11438 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11439
11440 \(fn)" t nil)
11441
11442 ;;;***
11443 \f
11444 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11445 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11446 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17185
11447 ;;;;;; 27513))
11448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11449
11450 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11451 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11452
11453 \(fn)" t nil)
11454
11455 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11456 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11457
11458 \(fn)" t nil)
11459
11460 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11461 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11462
11463 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11464
11465 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11466 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11467
11468 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11469
11470 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11471 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11472 The PNG is returned as a string.
11473
11474 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11475
11476 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11477 Convert FILE to a Face.
11478 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11479 726 bytes.
11480
11481 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11482
11483 ;;;***
11484 \f
11485 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11486 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17148 25115))
11487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11488
11489 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11490 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11491 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11492
11493 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11494
11495 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11496 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11497
11498 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11499
11500 ;;;***
11501 \f
11502 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11503 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11505
11506 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11507
11508 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11509 Run batched scoring.
11510 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11511
11512 \(fn)" t nil)
11513
11514 ;;;***
11515 \f
11516 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11517 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11518 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11519 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11520
11521 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11522 Not documented
11523
11524 \(fn)" nil nil)
11525
11526 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11527 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11528 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11529
11530 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11531
11532 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11533 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11534
11535 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11536
11537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11538
11539 ;;;***
11540 \f
11541 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11542 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11543 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11544 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11545
11546 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11547 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
11548 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11549 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11550 group parameters.
11551
11552 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11553 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11554 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
11555 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
11556
11557 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11558 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
11559 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11560 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11561 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
11562 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11563 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11564 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11565 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11566 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11567
11568 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11569
11570 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11571 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11572 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11573 nil CATCH-ALL).
11574
11575 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
11576 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
11577
11578 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11579
11580 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11581 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11582 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11583
11584 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
11585
11586 \(fn)" nil nil)
11587
11588 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11589 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11590 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11591
11592 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11593
11594 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11595 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11596 existing groups are considered.
11597
11598 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11599 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11600 returned.
11601
11602 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11603 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11604 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11605 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11606 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11607 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11608 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11609 clauses will be generated.
11610
11611 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11612 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11613 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11614 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11615 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11616 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11617
11618 For example, given the following group parameters:
11619
11620 nnml:mail.bar:
11621 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11622 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11623 nnml:mail.foo:
11624 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11625 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11626 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11627 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11628 nnml:mail.others:
11629 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11630
11631 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11632
11633 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11634 \"mail.bar\")
11635 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11636 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11637 \"mail.others\")
11638
11639 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11640
11641 ;;;***
11642 \f
11643 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11644 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11646
11647 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
11648 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11649 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11650
11651 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11652
11653 ;;;***
11654 \f
11655 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11656 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17185 27515))
11657 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11658
11659 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
11660 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11661 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11662 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11663
11664 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11665
11666 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
11667 Mail to ADDRESS.
11668
11669 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11670
11671 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
11672 Like `message-reply'.
11673
11674 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11675
11676 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11677
11678 ;;;***
11679 \f
11680 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11681 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11682 ;;;;;; (17148 25117))
11683 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11684
11685 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11686 Display picons in the From header.
11687 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11688
11689 \(fn)" t nil)
11690
11691 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11692 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11693 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11694
11695 \(fn)" t nil)
11696
11697 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11698 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11699 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11700
11701 \(fn)" t nil)
11702
11703 ;;;***
11704 \f
11705 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11706 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11707 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11708 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11709 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17148 25118))
11710 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11711
11712 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
11713 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11714 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11715 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11716
11717 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11718
11719 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
11720 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11721 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11722 LIST1 is modified.
11723
11724 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11725
11726 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
11727 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11728 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11729
11730 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11731
11732 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11733 Not documented
11734
11735 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11736
11737 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11738 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11739 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11740
11741 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11742
11743 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11744 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11745 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11746
11747 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11748
11749 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
11750
11751 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
11752 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11753 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11754
11755 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11756
11757 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
11758 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11759 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11760
11761 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11762
11763 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
11764 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11765 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11766
11767 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11768
11769 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
11770 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11771
11772 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11773
11774 ;;;***
11775 \f
11776 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11777 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17148 25118))
11778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11779
11780 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
11781 Not documented
11782
11783 \(fn)" t nil)
11784
11785 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
11786 Install the registry hooks.
11787
11788 \(fn)" t nil)
11789
11790 ;;;***
11791 \f
11792 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11793 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17148
11794 ;;;;;; 25120))
11795 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11796
11797 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
11798 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11799 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11800 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11801 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11802 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11803
11804 \(fn)" t nil)
11805
11806 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
11807 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11808 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11809 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11810 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11811
11812 \(fn)" t nil)
11813
11814 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
11815 Not documented
11816
11817 \(fn)" t nil)
11818
11819 ;;;***
11820 \f
11821 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11822 ;;;;;; (17148 25120))
11823 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11824
11825 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
11826 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11827 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11828 for matching on group names.
11829
11830 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11831 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11832
11833 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11834
11835 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11836
11837 \(fn)" t nil)
11838
11839 ;;;***
11840 \f
11841 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11842 ;;;;;; (17185 27516))
11843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11844
11845 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
11846 Update the format specification near point.
11847
11848 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11849
11850 ;;;***
11851 \f
11852 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11853 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17239
11854 ;;;;;; 32303))
11855 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11856
11857 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
11858 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11859
11860 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11861
11862 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
11863 Not documented
11864
11865 \(fn)" nil nil)
11866
11867 ;;;***
11868 \f
11869 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11870 ;;;;;; (17148 25131))
11871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11872
11873 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
11874 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11875
11876 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11877
11878 ;;;***
11879 \f
11880 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17239 32364))
11881 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11882
11883 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
11884 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11885
11886 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11887 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11888 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11889
11890 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11891 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11892 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11893
11894 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11895 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11896
11897 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11898 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11899
11900 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11901
11902 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11903
11904 ;;;***
11905 \f
11906 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
11907 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17140 20941))
11908 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11909
11910 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
11911
11912 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
11913 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11914 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11915 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11916 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11917
11918 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11919
11920 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
11921 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11922 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11923 or to send e-mail.
11924 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
11925
11926 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11927 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11928
11929 \(fn)" t nil)
11930
11931 ;;;***
11932 \f
11933 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep-mode grep grep-compute-defaults
11934 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11935 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17185 27647))
11936 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11937
11938 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11939 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11940
11941 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
11942
11943 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11944 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11945 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11946 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11947 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11948
11949 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11950 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11951
11952 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
11953
11954 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11955 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11956 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11957 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11958
11959 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
11960
11961 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11962 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11963
11964 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
11965
11966 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
11967 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11968
11969 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
11970 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11971 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11972
11973 (defvar find-program "find" "\
11974 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11975 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11976
11977 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11978 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11979
11980 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
11981 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
11982
11983 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11984
11985 (defvar grep-history nil)
11986
11987 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11988
11989 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
11990 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11991 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11992
11993 \(fn)" nil nil)
11994
11995 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
11996 Not documented
11997
11998 \(fn)" nil nil)
11999
12000 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12001 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12002 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12003 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12004 where grep found matches.
12005
12006 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12007 easily repeat a grep command.
12008
12009 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12010 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12011 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12012 if that history list is empty).
12013
12014 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
12015 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
12016
12017 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
12018
12019 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12020 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12021
12022 \(fn)" nil nil)
12023
12024 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12025 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12026 Collect output in a buffer.
12027 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12028 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12029
12030 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12031 easily repeat a find command.
12032
12033 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12034
12035 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12036
12037 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
12038 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12039 Collect output in a buffer.
12040 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
12041 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
12042 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12043 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
12044 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12045
12046 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12047 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12048
12049 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12050 easily repeat a find command.
12051
12052 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
12053 those sub directories of DIR.
12054
12055 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
12056
12057 ;;;***
12058 \f
12059 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17148 24982))
12060 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12061
12062 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12063 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12064 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12065 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12066 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12067
12068 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12069
12070 ;;;***
12071 \f
12072 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb
12073 ;;;;;; perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17247 12425))
12074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12075
12076 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12077 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12078 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12079 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12080
12081 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12082
12083 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12084 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12085 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12086 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12087
12088 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12089
12090 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12091 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12092 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12093 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12094
12095 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12096
12097 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12098 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12099 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12100 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12101
12102 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12103 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12104
12105 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12106
12107 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12108 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12109 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12110 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12111
12112 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12113
12114 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12115 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12116 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12117 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12118
12119 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12120
12121 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12122 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12123 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12124 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12125 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12126
12127 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12128 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12129 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12130 original source file access method.
12131
12132 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12133 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12134
12135 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12136
12137 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12138 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12139 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12140 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12141
12142 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12143 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12144
12145 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12146
12147 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12148 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12149
12150 \(fn)" t nil)
12151
12152 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12153 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12154 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12155 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12156 use either \\[customize] or the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12157
12158 (custom-autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud")
12159
12160 (put (quote gud-tooltip-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
12161
12162 (autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud" "\
12163 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12164
12165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12166
12167 ;;;***
12168 \f
12169 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17185
12170 ;;;;;; 27606))
12171 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12172
12173 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12174 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12175 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12176 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12177
12178 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12179 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12180 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12181 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12182
12183 \(fn)" t nil)
12184
12185 ;;;***
12186 \f
12187 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12188 ;;;;;; (17075 55477))
12189 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12190
12191 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12192 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12193
12194 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12195
12196 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12197 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12198 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12199 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12200
12201 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12202
12203 \(fn)" t nil)
12204
12205 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12206 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12207 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12208 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12209 to be updated.
12210
12211 \(fn)" t nil)
12212
12213 ;;;***
12214 \f
12215 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12216 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12217 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12218 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17148 24982))
12219 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12220
12221 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12222 Return the help-echo string at point.
12223 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12224 property, or nil, is returned.
12225 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12226 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12227 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12228
12229 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12230
12231 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12232 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12233 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12234 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12235 this produces no string either, return nil.
12236
12237 \(fn)" nil nil)
12238
12239 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12240 Display local help in the echo area.
12241 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12242 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12243 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12244 printed instead.
12245
12246 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12247 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12248 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12249
12250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12251
12252 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12253 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12254 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12255
12256 \(fn)" t nil)
12257
12258 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12259 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12260 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12261
12262 \(fn)" t nil)
12263
12264 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12265 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12266 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12267 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12268 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12269 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12270 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12271 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12272 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12273 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12274 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12275
12276 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12277 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12278 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12279 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12280 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12281
12282 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12283 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12284 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12285 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12286 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12287 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12288 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12289 The default is `never'.")
12290
12291 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12292
12293 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12294 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12295 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12296 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12297 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12298 considered different regions.
12299
12300 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12301 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12302 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12303 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12304 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12305 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12306 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12307 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12308 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12309
12310 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12311
12312 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12313 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12314 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12315 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12316 different regions.
12317
12318 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12319 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12320 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12321 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12322 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12323 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12324 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12325 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12326
12327 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12328 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12329 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12330 rarely happens in practice.
12331
12332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12333
12334 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12335 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12336 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12337 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12338 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12339 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12340
12341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12342
12343 ;;;***
12344 \f
12345 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12346 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 help-C-file-name describe-function
12347 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (17250 21610))
12348 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12349
12350 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12351 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12352 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12353 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12354 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12355 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12356
12357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12358
12359 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12360 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12361
12362 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12363
12364 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12365 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12366 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12367
12368 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12369
12370 (defface help-argument-name (quote ((((supports :slant italic)) :inherit italic))) "\
12371 Face to highlight argument names in *Help* buffers." :group (quote help))
12372
12373 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12374 Not documented
12375
12376 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12377
12378 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12379 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12380 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12381 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12382
12383 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12384
12385 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12386 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12387 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12388 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12389 it is displayed along with the global value.
12390
12391 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12392
12393 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12394 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12395 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12396 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12397
12398 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12399
12400 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12401 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12402 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12403 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12404 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12405
12406 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12407
12408 ;;;***
12409 \f
12410 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12411 ;;;;;; (17148 24982))
12412 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12413
12414 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12415 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12416 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12417 and window listing and describing the options.
12418 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12419 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12420
12421 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12422
12423 ;;;***
12424 \f
12425 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12426 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12427 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17148 24983))
12428 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12429
12430 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12431 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12432 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12433 Commands:
12434 \\{help-mode-map}
12435
12436 \(fn)" t nil)
12437
12438 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12439 Not documented
12440
12441 \(fn)" nil nil)
12442
12443 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12444 Not documented
12445
12446 \(fn)" nil nil)
12447
12448 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12449 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12450
12451 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12452 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12453 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12454 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12455
12456 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12457 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12458 restore it properly when going back.
12459
12460 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12461
12462 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12463 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12464
12465 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12466 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12467 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12468 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12469 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12470 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12471 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12472 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12473
12474 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12475 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12476 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12477 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12478
12479 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12480 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12481 that.
12482
12483 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12484
12485 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12486 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12487 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12488 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12489 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12490 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12491
12492 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12493
12494 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12495 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12496 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12497 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12498 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12499
12500 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12501
12502 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12503 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12504
12505 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12506
12507 ;;;***
12508 \f
12509 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12510 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17148 25095))
12511 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12512
12513 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
12514 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12515
12516 \(fn)" t nil)
12517
12518 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
12519 Provide help for current mode.
12520
12521 \(fn)" t nil)
12522
12523 ;;;***
12524 \f
12525 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12526 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17167 2778))
12527 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12528
12529 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
12530 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12531 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12532 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12533 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12534
12535 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12536 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12537
12538 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12539 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12540 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12541 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12542
12543 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12544 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12545 periods.
12546
12547 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12548 in hexl format.
12549
12550 A sample format:
12551
12552 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12553 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12554 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12555 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12556 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12557 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12558 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12559 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12560 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12561 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12562 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12563 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12564 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12565 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12566 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12567
12568 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
12569 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12570 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12571
12572 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12573 also supported.
12574
12575 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12576
12577 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12578 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12579 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12580
12581 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12582 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12583 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12584
12585 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12586 into the buffer at the current point.
12587
12588 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12589 into the buffer at the current point.
12590
12591 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12592 into the buffer at the current point.
12593
12594 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12595
12596 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12597 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12598
12599 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12600
12601 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12602
12603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12604
12605 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
12606 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
12607 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
12608
12609 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12610
12611 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
12612 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12613 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12614
12615 \(fn)" t nil)
12616
12617 ;;;***
12618 \f
12619 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12620 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12621 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (17205
12622 ;;;;;; 6005))
12623 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12624
12625 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
12626 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
12627
12628 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
12629
12630 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12631 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12632
12633 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12634 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
12635 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
12636 which can be called interactively, are:
12637
12638 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12639 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12640
12641 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12642 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12643 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12644 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12645
12646 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12647 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12648
12649 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12650 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12651
12652 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12653 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
12654 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12655 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12656 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12657 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
12658
12659 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12660 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12661
12662 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
12663 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
12664 Hi-lock: FOO
12665 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
12666 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
12667 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
12668 will be read until
12669 Hi-lock: end
12670 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12671
12672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12673
12674 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
12675
12676 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12677 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12678
12679 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12680 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12681 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12682 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12683
12684 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12685
12686 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
12687
12688 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12689 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12690
12691 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12692 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12693 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12694 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12695
12696 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12697
12698 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
12699
12700 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12701 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12702
12703 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12704 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12705
12706 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12707
12708 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
12709
12710 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12711 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12712
12713 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12714 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12715 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12716 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12717 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12718
12719 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12720
12721 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
12722 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12723
12724 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12725 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12726 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12727
12728 \(fn)" t nil)
12729
12730 ;;;***
12731 \f
12732 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
12733 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17140 20971))
12734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12735
12736 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
12737 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12738 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12739 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12740 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12741 how the hiding is done:
12742
12743 `hide-ifdef-env'
12744 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12745 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12746 is used.
12747
12748 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12749 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12750 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12751 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12752 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12753
12754 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12755 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12756 #endif lines when hiding.
12757
12758 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12759 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12760 is activated.
12761
12762 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12763 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12764 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12765
12766 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12767
12768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12769
12770 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
12771 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
12772
12773 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
12774
12775 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
12776 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
12777
12778 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
12779
12780 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
12781 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
12782
12783 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
12784
12785 ;;;***
12786 \f
12787 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12788 ;;;;;; (17194 38303))
12789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12790
12791 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
12792 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12793 Each element has the form
12794 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12795
12796 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12797 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12798
12799 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12800 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12801
12802 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12803 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12804 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12805 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12806 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12807 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12808
12809 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12810 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12811
12812 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12813 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12814
12815 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12816 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12817 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12818
12819 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
12820 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
12821 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12822 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12823 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12824 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12825
12826 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12827 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12828 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12829
12830 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12831 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12832
12833 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12834
12835 Key bindings:
12836 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12837
12838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12839
12840 ;;;***
12841 \f
12842 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
12843 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12844 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12845 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
12846 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17148 24984))
12847 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12848
12849 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
12850 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12851 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12852
12853 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12854
12855 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
12856 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
12857
12858 Without an argument:
12859 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
12860 or passive state as determined by the variable
12861 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
12862 and passive state.
12863
12864 With an argument ARG:
12865 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
12866 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
12867 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
12868
12869 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
12870 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
12871 not displayed in a different face.
12872
12873 Functions:
12874 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12875 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12876 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12877 buffer with the contents of a file
12878 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12879 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
12880 various faces
12881
12882 Hook variables:
12883 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
12884 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
12885 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
12886
12887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12888
12889 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12890 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12891
12892 \(fn)" t nil)
12893
12894 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12895 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12896
12897 \(fn)" t nil)
12898
12899 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
12900 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
12901
12902 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12903 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12904 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12905 shown in the last face in the list.
12906
12907 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12908 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12909 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12910
12911 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12912
12913 \(fn)" t nil)
12914
12915 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
12916 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12917
12918 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12919
12920 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12921 to save the file.
12922
12923 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12924 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12925
12926 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12927 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12928 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12929
12930 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12931
12932 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
12933 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12934
12935 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12936 this function is called interactively.
12937
12938 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12939 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12940 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12941
12942 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12943 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12944 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12945
12946 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12947
12948 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
12949 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
12950
12951 When called interactively:
12952 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
12953 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
12954 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
12955 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
12956
12957 When called from a program:
12958 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
12959 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
12960 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
12961 - otherwise just turn it on
12962
12963 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
12964 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
12965 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
12966 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
12967
12968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12969
12970 ;;;***
12971 \f
12972 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12973 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12974 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12975 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12976 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17148 24985))
12977 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12978
12979 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
12980 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12981 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12982 or insert functions in this list.")
12983
12984 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
12985
12986 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12987 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12988
12989 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
12990
12991 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12992 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12993
12994 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
12995
12996 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12997 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12998
12999 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
13000
13001 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13002 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13003
13004 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
13005
13006 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13007 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13008 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13009
13010 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13011
13012 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13013 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13014 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13015 \(as atoms)")
13016
13017 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13018
13019 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13020 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13021 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13022 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13023 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13024
13025 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13026
13027 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13028 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13029 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13030 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13031 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13032 expansions.
13033 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13034 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13035 undoes the expansion.
13036
13037 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13038
13039 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13040 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13041 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13042 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13043
13044 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13045
13046 ;;;***
13047 \f
13048 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13049 ;;;;;; (17148 24985))
13050 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13051
13052 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13053 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13054 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13055
13056 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13057 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13058 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13059 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13060 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13061
13062 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13063 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13064 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13065 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13066
13067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13068
13069 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13070 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13071 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13072 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13073 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13074
13075 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
13076
13077 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13078
13079 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13080 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13081 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13082
13083 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13084 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13085
13086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13087
13088 ;;;***
13089 \f
13090 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13091 ;;;;;; (17239 32269))
13092 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13093
13094 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13095 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13096 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13097
13098 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13099
13100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13101
13102 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13103 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13104
13105 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
13106 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
13107
13108 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13109
13110 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13111
13112 ;;;***
13113 \f
13114 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13115 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17148 25179))
13116 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13117
13118 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13119 This function is obsolete.
13120 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13121 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13122
13123 \(fn)" nil nil)
13124
13125 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13126 This function is obsolete.
13127 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13128 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13129
13130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13131
13132 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13133 This function is obsolete.
13134 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13135 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13136
13137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13138
13139 ;;;***
13140 \f
13141 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17148
13142 ;;;;;; 25133))
13143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13144
13145 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13146 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13147
13148 \(fn)" t nil)
13149
13150 ;;;***
13151 \f
13152 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13153 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
13154 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
13155 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
13156 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13157 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13158 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13159 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13160 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13161 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13162 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13163 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13164 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13165 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13166 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13167 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13168 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13169 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13170 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13171 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13172 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13173 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17239 32209))
13174 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13175
13176 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13177 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13178 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13179
13180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13181
13182 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13183 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13184
13185 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13186
13187 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13188 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13189
13190 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13191
13192 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13193 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13194
13195 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13196
13197 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13198 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13199
13200 \(fn)" t nil)
13201
13202 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13203 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13204
13205 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13206
13207 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13208 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13209
13210 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13211 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13212 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13213 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13214 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13215 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13216 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13217 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13218 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13219 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13220 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13221 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13222
13223 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13224 Not documented
13225
13226 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13227
13228 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13229 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13230
13231 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13232
13233 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13234 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13235
13236 \(fn)" t nil)
13237
13238 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13239 Remove the first filter group.
13240
13241 \(fn)" t nil)
13242
13243 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13244 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13245
13246 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13247
13248 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13249 Remove all filter groups.
13250
13251 \(fn)" t nil)
13252
13253 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13254 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13255
13256 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13257
13258 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13259 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13260 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13261
13262 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13263
13264 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13265 Kill the filter group at point.
13266 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13267
13268 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13269
13270 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13271 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13272
13273 \(fn)" t nil)
13274
13275 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13276 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13277
13278 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13279
13280 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13281 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13282 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13283 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13284
13285 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13286
13287 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13288 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13289 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13290
13291 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13292
13293 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13294 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13295 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13296 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13297 of replacing the current filters.
13298
13299 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13300
13301 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13302 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13303
13304 \(fn)" t nil)
13305
13306 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13307 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13308
13309 \(fn)" t nil)
13310
13311 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13312 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13313
13314 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13315 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13316 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13317
13318 \(fn)" t nil)
13319
13320 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13321 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13322
13323 \(fn)" t nil)
13324
13325 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13326 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13327
13328 \(fn)" t nil)
13329
13330 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13331 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13332 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13333 filter into parts.
13334
13335 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13336
13337 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13338 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13339 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13340
13341 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13342
13343 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13344 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13345
13346 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13347
13348 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13349 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13350
13351 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13352
13353 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13354 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13355 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13356 of replacing the current filters.
13357
13358 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13359 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13360 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13361 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13362 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13363 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13364 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13365 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13366 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13367
13368 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13369 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13370 Default sorting modes are:
13371 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13372 Name - the name of the buffer
13373 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13374 Size - the size of the buffer
13375
13376 \(fn)" t nil)
13377
13378 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13379 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13380
13381 \(fn)" t nil)
13382 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13383 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13384 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13385 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13386
13387 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13388 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13389
13390 \(fn)" t nil)
13391
13392 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13393 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13394 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13395 for this Ibuffer session.
13396
13397 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13398
13399 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13400 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13401 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13402 for this Ibuffer session.
13403
13404 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13405
13406 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13407 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13408
13409 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13410 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13411
13412 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13413 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13414
13415 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13416
13417 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13418 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13419
13420 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13421 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13422
13423 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13424
13425 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13426 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13427
13428 \(fn)" t nil)
13429
13430 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13431 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13432
13433 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13434 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13435 hidden group filter, open it.
13436
13437 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13438 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13439 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13440
13441 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13442
13443 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13444 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13445 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13446
13447 \(fn)" t nil)
13448
13449 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13450 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13451
13452 The names are separated by a space.
13453 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13454
13455 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13456 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13457 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13458 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13459
13460 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13461
13462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13463
13464 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13465 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13466
13467 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13468
13469 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13470 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13471
13472 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13473
13474 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13475 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13476
13477 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13478
13479 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13480 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13481
13482 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
13483
13484 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13485 Mark all modified buffers.
13486
13487 \(fn)" t nil)
13488
13489 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13490 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
13491
13492 \(fn)" t nil)
13493
13494 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13495 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
13496
13497 \(fn)" t nil)
13498
13499 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13500 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
13501
13502 \(fn)" t nil)
13503
13504 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13505 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
13506
13507 \(fn)" t nil)
13508
13509 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13510 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
13511
13512 \(fn)" t nil)
13513
13514 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13515 Mark all read-only buffers.
13516
13517 \(fn)" t nil)
13518
13519 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13520 Mark all `dired' buffers.
13521
13522 \(fn)" t nil)
13523
13524 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
13525 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
13526 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
13527 defaults to one.
13528
13529 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
13530
13531 ;;;***
13532 \f
13533 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13534 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17205
13535 ;;;;;; 6006))
13536 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13537
13538 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
13539 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13540
13541 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13542 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13543 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13544
13545 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13546 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13547 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13548 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13549 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13550 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13551
13552 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13553 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13554 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13555 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13556 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13557
13558 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13559
13560 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13561 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13562 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13563 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13564 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13565
13566 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13567 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13568 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13569
13570 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13571
13572 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
13573 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13574 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13575 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13576 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13577 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13578
13579 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13580 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13581 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13582 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13583 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13584 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13585 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13586 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13587 values are:
13588 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13589 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13590 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13591 buffer's modification flag.
13592 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13593 prompted before performing this operation.
13594 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13595 operation is complete, in the form:
13596 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13597 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13598 confirmation message, in the form:
13599 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13600 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13601 macro for exactly what it does.
13602
13603 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13604
13605 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13606 Define a filter named NAME.
13607 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13608 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13609 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13610
13611 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13612 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13613 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13614 bound to the current value of the filter.
13615
13616 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13617
13618 ;;;***
13619 \f
13620 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13621 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17167 2779))
13622 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13623
13624 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
13625 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13626 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13627 buffers which are visiting a file.
13628
13629 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13630
13631 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
13632 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13633 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13634 buffers which are visiting a file.
13635
13636 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13637
13638 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
13639 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13640 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13641
13642 All arguments are optional.
13643 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13644 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13645 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13646 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13647 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13648 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13649 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13650 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13651 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13652 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13653 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13654 that value locally in this buffer.
13655
13656 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13657
13658 ;;;***
13659 \f
13660 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13661 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13662 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17244 46363))
13663 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13664
13665 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
13666 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13667 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13668 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13669
13670 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13671
13672 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
13673 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13674 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13675 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13676 ICAL-FILENAME.
13677 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13678 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13679 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13680
13681 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13682
13683 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
13684 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13685 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13686 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13687 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13688 non-marking or not.
13689
13690 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13691
13692 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
13693 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13694
13695 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13696 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13697 DIARY-FILE.
13698
13699 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13700 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13701 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
13702
13703 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13704 non-marking.
13705
13706 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13707 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
13708 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13709
13710 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13711
13712 ;;;***
13713 \f
13714 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17148
13715 ;;;;;; 24987))
13716 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13717
13718 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13719 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13720 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13722 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13723
13724 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
13725
13726 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13727
13728 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
13729 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13730 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
13731
13732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13733
13734 ;;;***
13735 \f
13736 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17140 20972))
13737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13738
13739 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
13740 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13741 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13742 Tab indents for Icon code.
13743 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13744 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13745 \\{icon-mode-map}
13746 Variables controlling indentation style:
13747 icon-tab-always-indent
13748 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13749 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13750 icon-auto-newline
13751 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13752 inserted in Icon code.
13753 icon-indent-level
13754 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13755 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13756 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13757 icon-continued-statement-offset
13758 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13759 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13760 icon-continued-brace-offset
13761 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13762 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13763 icon-brace-offset
13764 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13765 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13766 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13767 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13768
13769 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13770 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13771
13772 \(fn)" t nil)
13773
13774 ;;;***
13775 \f
13776 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13777 ;;;;;; (17239 32385))
13778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13779
13780 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
13781 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13782 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13783 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13784
13785 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13786 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13787 separate frames.
13788
13789 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13790 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13791
13792 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13793 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13794 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13795
13796 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13797
13798 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13799
13800 ;;;***
13801 \f
13802 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13803 ;;;;;; (17205 6190))
13804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13805
13806 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
13807 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.7_22).
13808
13809 The main features of this mode are
13810
13811 1. Indentation and Formatting
13812 --------------------------
13813 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13814 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13815
13816 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13817 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13818 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13819 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13820
13821 Comments are indented as follows:
13822
13823 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13824 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13825 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13826
13827 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13828
13829 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13830 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13831 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13832 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13833 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13834 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13835
13836 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13837 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13838 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13839 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13840
13841 2. Routine Info
13842 ------------
13843 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13844 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13845 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13846 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13847 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13848 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13849 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13850 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13851 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13852 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13853
13854 3. Online IDL Help
13855 ---------------
13856 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13857 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
13858 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
13859 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
13860 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
13861 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13862
13863 4. Completion
13864 ----------
13865 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13866 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13867 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13868 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13869 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13870 upper case.
13871
13872 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13873 --------------------------------
13874 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13875 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
13876
13877 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13878 \\fu FUNCTION template
13879 \\c CASE statement template
13880 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13881 \\f FOR loop template
13882 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13883 \\w WHILE loop template
13884 \\i IF statement template
13885 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13886 \\b BEGIN
13887
13888 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13889 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13890
13891 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13892 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13893 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13894 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13895
13896 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13897 -------------------------
13898 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13899 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13900
13901 7. Automatic END completion
13902 ------------------------
13903 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13904 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13905
13906 8. Hooks
13907 -----
13908 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13909 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13910
13911 9. Documentation and Customization
13912 -------------------------------
13913 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13914 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13915 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13916 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
13917 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13918
13919 10.Keybindings
13920 -----------
13921 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13922 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13923 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13924
13925 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13926
13927 \(fn)" t nil)
13928 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
13929
13930 ;;;***
13931 \f
13932 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13933 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13934 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13935 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13936 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13937 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13938 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13939 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17239
13940 ;;;;;; 32211))
13941 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13942
13943 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13944 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13945 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13946 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13947 displaying...)
13948 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13949 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13950 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13951
13952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13953 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13954
13955 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
13956
13957 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
13958 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13959 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13960 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13961 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13962 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13963 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13964 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13965 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13966
13967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13968
13969 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
13970 Switch to another buffer.
13971 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13972 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13973 in another frame.
13974
13975 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13976 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13977 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13978 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13979 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13980
13981 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13982 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13983
13984 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13985 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13986
13987 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13988 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13989 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13990 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13991 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13992 in a separate window.
13993 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13994 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13995 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13996 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13997 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13998 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13999 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
14000 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14001 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14002
14003 \(fn)" t nil)
14004
14005 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14006 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14007 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14008 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14009
14010 \(fn)" t nil)
14011
14012 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14013 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14014 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14015 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14016
14017 \(fn)" t nil)
14018
14019 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14020 Kill a buffer.
14021 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14022 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14023
14024 \(fn)" t nil)
14025
14026 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14027 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14028 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14029 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14030
14031 \(fn)" t nil)
14032
14033 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14034 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14035 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14036 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14037
14038 \(fn)" t nil)
14039
14040 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14041 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14042
14043 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14044
14045 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14046 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14047 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14048 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14049 visible in another frame.
14050
14051 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14052 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14053 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14054 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14055 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14056 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
14057
14058 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14059 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14060
14061 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14062 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14063
14064 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14065 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14066 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14067 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14068 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14069 in a separate window.
14070 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14071 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14072 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14073 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14074 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14075 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14076 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14077 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14078 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14079 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14080 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14081 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14082 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14083 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14084 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14085
14086 \(fn)" t nil)
14087
14088 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14089 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14090 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14091 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14092
14093 \(fn)" t nil)
14094
14095 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14096 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14097 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14098 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14099
14100 \(fn)" t nil)
14101
14102 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14103 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14104 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14105 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14106
14107 \(fn)" t nil)
14108
14109 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14110 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14111 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14112 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14113
14114 \(fn)" t nil)
14115
14116 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14117 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14118 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14119 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14120
14121 \(fn)" t nil)
14122
14123 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14124 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14125 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14126 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14127
14128 \(fn)" t nil)
14129
14130 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14131 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14132 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14133 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14134
14135 \(fn)" t nil)
14136
14137 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14138 Write current buffer to a file.
14139 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14140 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14141
14142 \(fn)" t nil)
14143
14144 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14145 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14146 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14147 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14148
14149 \(fn)" t nil)
14150
14151 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14152 Call dired the ido way.
14153 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14154 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14155
14156 \(fn)" t nil)
14157
14158 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14159 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14160 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14161 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14162 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14163 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14164
14165 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14166
14167 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14168 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14169 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14170 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14171
14172 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14173
14174 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14175 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14176 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14177 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14178
14179 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14180
14181 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14182 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14183 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14184 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14185 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14186 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14187 with `completing-read'.
14188 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14189 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14190 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14191 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14192 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14193 with point positioned at the end.
14194 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14195 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14196
14197 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14198
14199 ;;;***
14200 \f
14201 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17148 24990))
14202 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14203 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14204
14205 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14206 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14207 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14208
14209 \(fn)" t nil)
14210
14211 ;;;***
14212 \f
14213 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14214 ;;;;;; (17148 24990))
14215 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14216
14217 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14218 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14219
14220 \(fn)" t nil)
14221
14222 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14223 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14224
14225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14226
14227 ;;;***
14228 \f
14229 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14230 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14231 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer
14232 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (17245 4868))
14233 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14234
14235 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14236 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14237 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14238 be determined.
14239
14240 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14241
14242 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14243 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14244 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14245 be determined.
14246
14247 \(fn)" nil nil)
14248
14249 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14250 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14251 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14252 be determined.
14253
14254 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14255
14256 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14257 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14258 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14259 be determined.
14260
14261 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14262
14263 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14264 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14265 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14266
14267 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14268
14269 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14270 Create an image.
14271 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14272 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14273 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14274 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14275 use its file extension as image type.
14276 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14277 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14278 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14279 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14280
14281 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14282
14283 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14284
14285 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14286 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14287 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14288 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14289 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14290 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14291 POS may be an integer or marker.
14292 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14293 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14294 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14295 means display it in the right marginal area.
14296
14297 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14298
14299 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14300 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14301 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14302 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14303 defaulted if you omit it.
14304 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14305 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14306 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14307 means display it in the right marginal area.
14308 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14309 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14310 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14311 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14312 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14313
14314 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14315
14316 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14317 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14318 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14319 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14320 defaulted if you omit it.
14321 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14322 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14323 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14324 means display it in the right marginal area.
14325 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14326
14327 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14328
14329 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14330 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14331 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14332 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14333
14334 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14335
14336 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14337 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14338
14339 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14340
14341 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14342 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14343 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14344 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14345 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14346 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14347 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14348 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14349 satisfied.
14350
14351 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14352
14353 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14354
14355 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14356
14357 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14358 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14359
14360 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14361 documentation string.
14362
14363 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14364 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14365 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14366 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14367 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14368 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14369 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14370 define SYMBOL.
14371
14372 Example:
14373
14374 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14375 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14376
14377 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14378
14379 ;;;***
14380 \f
14381 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14382 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14383 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17148 24990))
14384 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14385
14386 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14387 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14388 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14389 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14390
14391 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14392 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14393 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14394 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14395
14396 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14397
14398 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14399 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14400 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14401 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14402
14403 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14404 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14405 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14406 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14407
14408 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14409
14410 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14411 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14412
14413 \(fn)" nil nil)
14414
14415 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14416 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14417 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14418 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14419
14420 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14421
14422 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14423 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14424 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14425 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14426 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14427
14428 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14429
14430 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14431
14432 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14433 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14434 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14435 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14436
14437 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14438 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14439 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14440
14441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14442
14443 ;;;***
14444 \f
14445 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14446 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17205 6006))
14447 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14448 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14449 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14450 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14451 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14452 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14453 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14454
14455 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14456 Major mode for image files.
14457 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14458 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14459
14460 \(fn)" t nil)
14461
14462 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14463 Toggle Image minor mode.
14464 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14465 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14466
14467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14468
14469 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14470 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14471 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14472 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14473 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14474 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14475
14476 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14477 information on these modes.
14478
14479 \(fn)" t nil)
14480
14481 ;;;***
14482 \f
14483 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14484 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17148 24991))
14485 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14486
14487 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14488 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14489
14490 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14491
14492 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14493 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14494 in the buffer.
14495
14496 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14497
14498 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14499 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14500 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14501
14502 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
14503
14504 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14505 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14506
14507 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14508 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14509 pattern's structure.
14510
14511 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14512 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14513 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14514 during matching.")
14515
14516 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
14517
14518 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
14519 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
14520
14521 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
14522 of the current buffer as an alist.
14523
14524 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
14525 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
14526 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
14527 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
14528 if it is a sub-alist.
14529
14530 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
14531
14532 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
14533
14534 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
14535 Function for finding the next index position.
14536
14537 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14538 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14539 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14540 file.
14541
14542 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14543 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14544
14545 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
14546
14547 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14548 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14549
14550 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14551 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14552 It should return the name for that index item.")
14553
14554 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
14555
14556 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14557 Function to compare string with index item.
14558
14559 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14560 non-nil if they match.
14561
14562 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14563 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14564 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14565 arguments match\".")
14566
14567 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
14568
14569 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
14570 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14571 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14572
14573 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
14574
14575 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
14576
14577 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
14578
14579 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
14580 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14581 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14582 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14583
14584 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14585
14586 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
14587 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14588
14589 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14590
14591 \(fn)" t nil)
14592
14593 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
14594 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14595 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14596 for more information.
14597
14598 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14599
14600 ;;;***
14601 \f
14602 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14603 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14604 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17102 18773))
14605 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14606
14607 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
14608 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14609
14610 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14611
14612 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
14613 Not documented
14614
14615 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14616
14617 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14618 Not documented
14619
14620 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14621
14622 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14623 Not documented
14624
14625 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14626
14627 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
14628 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
14629 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
14630 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
14631 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
14632
14633 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
14634
14635 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
14636 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
14637 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
14638 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
14639 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
14640
14641 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
14642
14643 ;;;***
14644 \f
14645 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14646 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14647 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17140 20976))
14648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14649
14650 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
14651 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14652 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14653 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14654 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14655
14656 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
14657
14658 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
14659 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14660
14661 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
14662
14663 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
14664 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14665 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14666 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14667 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14668 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14669 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14670 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14671
14672 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
14673
14674 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
14675 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14676 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14677 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14678 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14679
14680 This variable is only used if the variable
14681 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14682
14683 More precise choices:
14684 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14685 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14686 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14687
14688 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14689
14690 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
14691
14692 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
14693 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
14694
14695 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
14696 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14697 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14698 to that buffer.
14699 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14700 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14701 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14702 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14703
14704 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14705 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
14706
14707 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
14708
14709 ;;;***
14710 \f
14711 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14712 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
14713 ;;;;;; Info-directory info-standalone info-emacs-manual info info-other-window)
14714 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (17248 29269))
14715 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14716
14717 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
14718 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14719
14720 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
14721 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14722 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
14723
14724 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
14725 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14726 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
14727 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14728 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
14729 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14730 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14731 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14732 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14733 with the top-level Info directory.
14734
14735 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14736 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14737 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14738 appended to the Info buffer name.
14739
14740 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14741 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14742 in all the directories in that path.
14743
14744 \(fn &optional FILE BUFFER)" t nil)
14745
14746 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
14747 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14748
14749 \(fn)" t nil)
14750
14751 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
14752 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14753 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14754 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14755
14756 \(fn)" nil nil)
14757
14758 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
14759 Go to the Info directory node.
14760
14761 \(fn)" t nil)
14762
14763 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
14764 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
14765 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14766 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14767 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14768 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14769
14770 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14771
14772 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
14773 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14774 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14775
14776 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14777
14778 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
14779 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14780 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14781 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14782 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14783
14784 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14785 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14786
14787 Selecting other nodes:
14788 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14789 Follow a node reference you click on.
14790 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14791 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14792 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14793 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14794 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14795 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14796 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14797 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14798 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14799 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14800 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14801 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14802 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14803 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14804 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14805 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14806 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14807 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14808 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14809 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14810
14811 Moving within a node:
14812 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14813 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14814 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14815 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14816 move up to the parent node.
14817 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14818 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14819 if there is none.
14820 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14821
14822 Advanced commands:
14823 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14824 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14825 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14826 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
14827 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
14828 \\[Info-index] Look up a topic in this file's Index and move to that node.
14829 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14830 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14831 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14832 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14833 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14834 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14835 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14836 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14837 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14838 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14839
14840 \(fn)" nil nil)
14841 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14842
14843 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
14844 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14845 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14846 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14847 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14848 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14849
14850 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14851 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14852
14853 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
14854 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14855 KEY is a string.
14856 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14857 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14858 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14859 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14860
14861 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14862
14863 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
14864 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14865 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14866
14867 \(fn)" t nil)
14868
14869 ;;;***
14870 \f
14871 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14872 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14873 ;;;;;; (17148 24992))
14874 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14875
14876 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
14877 Throw away all cached data.
14878 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14879 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14880 system.
14881
14882 \(fn)" t nil)
14883 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14884
14885 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
14886 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14887 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
14888 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
14889 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14890 The default symbol is the one found at point.
14891
14892 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14893
14894 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14895 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14896
14897 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
14898 Display the documentation of a file.
14899 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14900 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14901 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14902 The default file name is the one found at point.
14903
14904 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14905
14906 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14907
14908 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
14909 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14910
14911 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14912
14913 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
14914 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14915
14916 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14917
14918 ;;;***
14919 \f
14920 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14921 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17167 2781))
14922 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14923
14924 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
14925 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14926
14927 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14928
14929 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
14930 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14931 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14932
14933 \(fn)" t nil)
14934
14935 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
14936 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14937 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14938
14939 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14940 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14941 quite a while.
14942
14943 \(fn)" t nil)
14944
14945 ;;;***
14946 \f
14947 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
14948 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17148 24995))
14949 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14950
14951 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
14952 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14953
14954 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14955
14956 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
14957 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14958 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
14959
14960 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14961 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14962 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14963
14964 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14965 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14966 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14967 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14968
14969 \(fn)" t nil)
14970
14971 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
14972 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14973 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14974
14975 \(fn)" t nil)
14976
14977 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
14978 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14979 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14980 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14981 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14982
14983 \(fn)" nil nil)
14984
14985 ;;;***
14986 \f
14987 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14988 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14989 ;;;;;; (17120 44797))
14990 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14991
14992 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14993 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14994
14995 \(fn)" t nil)
14996
14997 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14998 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14999
15000 \(fn)" t nil)
15001
15002 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15003 Not documented
15004
15005 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15006
15007 ;;;***
15008 \f
15009 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17148
15010 ;;;;;; 24996))
15011 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15012
15013 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15014 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15015 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15016 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15017 accessed via isearchb.
15018
15019 \(fn)" t nil)
15020
15021 ;;;***
15022 \f
15023 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15024 ;;;;;; (17148 25179))
15025 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15026
15027 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15028 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15029 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15030 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15031 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15032 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15033
15034 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15035 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15036
15037 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15038 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15039 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15040 \"s gives German sharp s.
15041 /a gives a with ring.
15042 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15043 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15044 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15045 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15046
15047 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15048 and a negative argument disables it.
15049
15050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15051
15052 ;;;***
15053 \f
15054 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15055 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15056 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15057 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17102 18714))
15058 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15059
15060 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15061 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15062 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15063 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15064
15065 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15066
15067 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15068 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15069 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15070 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15071
15072 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15073
15074 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15075 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15076 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15077 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15078
15079 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15080
15081 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15082 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15083 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15084 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15085
15086 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15087
15088 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15089 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15090 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15091 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15092
15093 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15094
15095 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15096 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15097 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15098 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15099
15100 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15101
15102 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15103 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15104 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15105 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15106
15107 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15108
15109 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15110 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15111 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15112 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15113
15114 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15115
15116 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15117 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15118 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15119 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15120
15121 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15122
15123 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15124 Warn that format is read-only.
15125
15126 \(fn)" t nil)
15127
15128 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15129 Warn that format is write-only.
15130
15131 \(fn)" t nil)
15132
15133 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15134 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15135
15136 \(fn)" t nil)
15137
15138 ;;;***
15139 \f
15140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15141 ;;;;;; (17102 18715))
15142 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15143 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15144 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15145 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15146
15147 ;;;***
15148 \f
15149 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15150 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15151 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15152 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15153 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15154 ;;;;;; (17244 43761))
15155 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15156
15157 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15158 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15159 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15160 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15161
15162 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15163
15164 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15165 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15166 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15167
15168 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15169 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15170 re-start emacs.")
15171
15172 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15173
15174 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15175
15176 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15177
15178 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15179
15180 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15181
15182 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15183
15184 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15185
15186 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15187 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15188
15189 Each element of this list is also a list:
15190
15191 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15192 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15193
15194 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15195 nil means the default dictionary.
15196
15197 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15198 word.
15199
15200 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15201
15202 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15203 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15204 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15205 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15206 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15207 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15208 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15209 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15210 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15211
15212 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15213 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15214 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15215 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15216 for non-ASCII bytes.
15217
15218 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15219 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15220 single word.
15221
15222 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15223 subprocess.
15224
15225 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15226 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15227 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15228 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15229 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15230 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15231 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15232 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15233
15234 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15235
15236 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15237 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15238 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15239
15240 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15241 Key map for ispell menu.")
15242
15243 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15244 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15245 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15246 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15247
15248 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15249
15250 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15251
15252 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15253
15254 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15255
15256 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15257 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15258 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15259 Valid forms include:
15260 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15261 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15262 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15263 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15264
15265 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15266 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15267 First list is used raw.
15268 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15269
15270 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15271 for skipping in latex mode.")
15272
15273 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15274 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15275 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15276 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15277 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15278 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15279
15280 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15281 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15282 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15283 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15284
15285 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15286 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15287 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15288 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15289 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15290
15291 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15292 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15293
15294 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15295 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15296
15297 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15298 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15299
15300 return values:
15301 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15302 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15303 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15304 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15305 quit spell session exited.
15306
15307 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15308
15309 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15310 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15311 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15312
15313 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15314
15315 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15316 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15317
15318 Selections are:
15319
15320 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15321 SPC: Accept word this time.
15322 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15323 `a': Accept word for this session.
15324 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15325 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15326 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15327 `?': Show these commands.
15328 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15329 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15330 the aborted check to be completed later.
15331 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15332 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15333 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15334 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15335 `C-l': redraws screen
15336 `C-r': recursive edit
15337 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15338
15339 \(fn)" nil nil)
15340
15341 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15342 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15343 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15344
15345 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15346
15347 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15348 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15349 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15350 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15351
15352 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15353
15354 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15355
15356 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15357 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15358 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15359 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15360
15361 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15362
15363 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15364 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15365
15366 \(fn)" t nil)
15367
15368 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15369 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15370
15371 \(fn)" t nil)
15372
15373 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15374 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15375
15376 \(fn)" t nil)
15377
15378 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15379 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15380 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15381 sequence inside of a word.
15382
15383 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15384
15385 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15386
15387 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15388 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15389
15390 \(fn)" t nil)
15391
15392 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15393 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15394 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15395 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15396
15397 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15398 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15399 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15400 available on the net.
15401
15402 \(fn)" t nil)
15403
15404 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15405 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15406 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15407
15408 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15409 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15410
15411 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15412 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15413
15414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15415
15416 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15417 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15418 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15419 Don't check included messages.
15420
15421 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15422 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15423 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15424
15425 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15426 in your .emacs file:
15427 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15428 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15429 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15430 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15431
15432 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15433 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15434 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15435
15436 \(fn)" t nil)
15437
15438 ;;;***
15439 \f
15440 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17239
15441 ;;;;;; 32217))
15442 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15443
15444 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15445 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15446 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15447 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15448 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15449
15450 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15451
15452 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15453
15454 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15455 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15456 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15457 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15458 `iswitchb' for details.
15459
15460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15461
15462 ;;;***
15463 \f
15464 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15465 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15466 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15467 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17102 18773))
15468 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15469
15470 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
15471 Not documented
15472
15473 \(fn)" nil nil)
15474
15475 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
15476 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15477 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15478 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15479 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15480 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15481 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15482 necessary to represent OBJ.
15483
15484 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15485
15486 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
15487 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15488 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15489 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15490
15491 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15492
15493 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
15494 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15495 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15496 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15497 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15498
15499 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15500
15501 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
15502 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15503 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15504 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15505
15506 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15507
15508 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
15509 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15510 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15511 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15512
15513 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15514
15515 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
15516 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15517
15518 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15519
15520 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15521 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15522 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15523 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15524 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15525
15526 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15527
15528 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15529 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15530 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15531 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15532 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15533
15534 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15535
15536 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
15537 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15538 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15539
15540 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15541
15542 ;;;***
15543 \f
15544 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (17246
15545 ;;;;;; 24773))
15546 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
15547
15548 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
15549 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
15550 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
15551 that needs to be (re)fontified.
15552 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
15553
15554 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
15555
15556 ;;;***
15557 \f
15558 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15559 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17148 24997))
15560 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15561
15562 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15563 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15564 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15565 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15566
15567 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
15568 Not documented
15569
15570 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15571
15572 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
15573 Uninstall jka-compr.
15574 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15575 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15576 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15577
15578 \(fn)" nil nil)
15579
15580 ;;;***
15581 \f
15582 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15583 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15584 ;;;;;; (17140 20922))
15585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15586
15587 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15588 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15589 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15590 decimal key must be specified.")
15591
15592 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
15593
15594 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15595 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15596 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15597 decimal key must be specified.")
15598
15599 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
15600
15601 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15602 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15603 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15604 decimal key must be specified.")
15605
15606 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15607
15608 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15609 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15610 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15611 decimal key must be specified.")
15612
15613 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15614
15615 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
15616 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
15617 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15618 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15619 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15620 keys are bound.
15621
15622 Setup Binding
15623 -------------------------------------------------------------
15624 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15625 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15626 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15627 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15628 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15629 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15630 in the global and local keymaps.
15631
15632 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15633 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15634
15635 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15636
15637 ;;;***
15638 \f
15639 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15640 ;;;;;; (17102 18716))
15641 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15642
15643 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
15644 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15645 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15646
15647 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15648 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15649 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15650 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15651 shorter.
15652
15653 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15654 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15655 the context of text formatting.
15656
15657 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15658
15659 ;;;***
15660 \f
15661 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17102
15662 ;;;;;; 18717))
15663 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15664
15665 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15666 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15667 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15668 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15669 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15670 positions that contains the current selection.")
15671
15672 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
15673 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15674 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15675 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15676 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15677 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15678 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15679
15680 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15681
15682 ;;;***
15683 \f
15684 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15685 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15686 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
15687 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17148 24998))
15688 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15689 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15690 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15691 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15692 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15693 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15694 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15695 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15696
15697 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
15698 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15699 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15700 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15701 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15702
15703 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15704
15705 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15706 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15707 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15708
15709 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15710 defining the macro.
15711
15712 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15713 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15714 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15715
15716 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15717 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15718
15719 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15720
15721 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
15722 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15723 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15724 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15725 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15726 under that name.
15727
15728 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15729 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15730 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15731
15732 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15733
15734 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15735 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15736 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15737
15738 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15739 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15740 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15741 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15742
15743 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15744 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15745
15746 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15747
15748 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
15749 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15750 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15751
15752 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15753 macro.
15754
15755 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15756 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15757
15758 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15759 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15760 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
15761
15762 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15763 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15764
15765 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15766
15767 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15768 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15769 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15770 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15771
15772 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15773
15774 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15775 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15776 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15777 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15778
15779 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15780 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15781
15782 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15783
15784 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
15785 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15786 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15787
15788 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15789
15790 ;;;***
15791 \f
15792 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
15793 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
15794 ;;;;;; (17102 18774))
15795 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
15796
15797 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
15798
15799 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
15800 Not documented
15801
15802 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15803
15804 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
15805 Not documented
15806
15807 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15808
15809 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
15810 Not documented
15811
15812 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15813
15814 ;;;***
15815 \f
15816 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15817 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17102 18775))
15818 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15819
15820 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
15821 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15822 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15823
15824 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
15825 Not documented
15826
15827 \(fn)" nil nil)
15828
15829 ;;;***
15830 \f
15831 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15832 ;;;;;; (17239 32365))
15833 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15834
15835 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
15836
15837 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
15838 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15839
15840 \(fn)" t nil)
15841
15842 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
15843
15844 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
15845 Start or resume an Lm game.
15846 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15847 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15848
15849 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15850 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15851 none / 1 | yes | no
15852 2 | yes | yes
15853 3 | no | yes
15854 4 | no | no
15855
15856 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15857 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15858 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15859
15860 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15861
15862 ;;;***
15863 \f
15864 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
15865 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
15866 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17102
15867 ;;;;;; 18775))
15868 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15869
15870 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
15871 Not documented
15872
15873 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15874
15875 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
15876 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15877 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15878 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15879 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15880 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15881
15882 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15883 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15884
15885 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15886
15887 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
15888 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15889
15890 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15891
15892 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
15893 Not documented
15894
15895 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15896
15897 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
15898 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
15899 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15900 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15901 to compose.
15902
15903 The return value is number of composed characters.
15904
15905 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15906
15907 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
15908 Not documented
15909
15910 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15911
15912 ;;;***
15913 \f
15914 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15915 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15916 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17102 18717))
15917 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15918
15919 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15920 Mapping from encoding names used by LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15921 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15922
15923 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
15924
15925 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15926 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15927 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15928
15929 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15930
15931 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
15932 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15933 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15934
15935 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15936
15937 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15938 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15939 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15940 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15941
15942 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15943
15944 ;;;***
15945 \f
15946 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15947 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17102 18720))
15948 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15949
15950 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15951 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15952 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15953 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15954 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15955 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15956 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15957 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15958
15959 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15960 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15961
15962 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15963 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15964
15965 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
15966
15967 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
15968 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15969 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15970 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15971 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15972 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
15973 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
15974 a Unicode font with which to display them.
15975
15976 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15977
15978 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15979 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15980 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15981 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15982
15983 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15984 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15985
15986 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
15987
15988 ;;;***
15989 \f
15990 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
15991 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17185 27600))
15992 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
15993
15994 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
15995 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
15996 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
15997 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
15998
15999 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16000
16001 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16002 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16003 JIT Lock's favor.
16004
16005 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16006
16007 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16008 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16009 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16010 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16011 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16012 for large buffers.
16013
16014 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16015 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16016 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16017 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16018 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16019
16020 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16021 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16022 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16023 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16024 slow to keep up with your typing.
16025
16026 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16027 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16028 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16029 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16030 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16031 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16032
16033 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16034 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16035 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16036 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16037
16038 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16039 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16040 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16041 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16042
16043 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16044 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16045 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16046 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16047 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16048
16049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16050
16051 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16052 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16053
16054 \(fn)" nil nil)
16055
16056 ;;;***
16057 \f
16058 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16059 ;;;;;; (17159 1485))
16060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16061
16062 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
16063
16064 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16065 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16066
16067 \(fn)" t nil)
16068
16069 ;;;***
16070 \f
16071 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16072 ;;;;;; (17148 25013))
16073 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16074
16075 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16076 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16077
16078 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16079 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16080
16081 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16082 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16083
16084 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16085 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16086 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16087 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16088 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16089 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16090 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16091 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16092 and transmit saved text.
16093 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16094 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16095 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16096
16097 \(fn)" t nil)
16098
16099 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16100 Not documented
16101
16102 \(fn)" nil nil)
16103
16104 ;;;***
16105 \f
16106 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17140 20949))
16107 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16108
16109 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16110 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16111 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16112 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16113 generations (this defaults to 1).
16114
16115 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16116
16117 ;;;***
16118 \f
16119 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17242
16120 ;;;;;; 7308))
16121 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16122
16123 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16124 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16125 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16126 is nil, raise an error.
16127
16128 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16129 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16130 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16131 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16132 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16133 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16134 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16135 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16136 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16137
16138 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16139
16140 ;;;***
16141 \f
16142 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16143 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17244 43734))
16144 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16145
16146 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16147 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16148 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16149
16150 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
16151
16152 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16153 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16154 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
16155
16156 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16157
16158 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16159 Run the locate command with a filter.
16160
16161 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
16162 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
16163
16164 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16165
16166 ;;;***
16167 \f
16168 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17239 32218))
16169 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16170
16171 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16172 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16173 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16174 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16175 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16176 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16177 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16178 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16179 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16180 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16181 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16182 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16183 uses the current buffer.
16184
16185 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16186
16187 ;;;***
16188 \f
16189 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17185
16190 ;;;;;; 27447))
16191 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16192
16193 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16194 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16195
16196 \(fn)" t nil)
16197
16198 ;;;***
16199 \f
16200 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17248
16201 ;;;;;; 29269))
16202 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16203
16204 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16205 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16206 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16207 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16208 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16209
16210 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16211 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16212 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16213
16214 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16215 are indicated with a symbol.
16216
16217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16218
16219 ;;;***
16220 \f
16221 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16222 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17148
16223 ;;;;;; 25014))
16224 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16225
16226 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16227
16228 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16229
16230 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16231 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16232 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16233
16234 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16235 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16236
16237 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16238 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16239 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16240 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16241 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16242 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16243 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16244
16245 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16246
16247 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16248 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16249 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16250 switch on this list.
16251 See `lpr-command'.")
16252
16253 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16254
16255 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16256 *Name of program for printing a file.
16257
16258 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16259 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16260 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16261 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16262 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16263 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16264 argument.")
16265
16266 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16267
16268 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16269 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16270 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16271 for customization of the printer command.
16272
16273 \(fn)" t nil)
16274
16275 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16276 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16277
16278 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16279 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16280 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16281 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16282
16283 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16284 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16285
16286 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16287 for further customization of the printer command.
16288
16289 \(fn)" t nil)
16290
16291 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16292 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16293 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16294 for customization of the printer command.
16295
16296 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16297
16298 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16299 Paginate and print the region contents.
16300
16301 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16302 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16303 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16304 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16305
16306 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16307 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16308
16309 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16310 for further customization of the printer command.
16311
16312 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16313
16314 ;;;***
16315 \f
16316 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16317 ;;;;;; (17148 25015))
16318 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16319
16320 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16321 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16322 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16323
16324 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16325
16326 ;;;***
16327 \f
16328 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17167
16329 ;;;;;; 2792))
16330 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16331
16332 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16333 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16334 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16335
16336 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16337
16338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16339
16340 ;;;***
16341 \f
16342 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17140
16343 ;;;;;; 20977))
16344 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16345
16346 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16347 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16348 \\{m4-mode-map}
16349
16350 \(fn)" t nil)
16351
16352 ;;;***
16353 \f
16354 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16355 ;;;;;; (17148 25097))
16356 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16357
16358 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16359 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16360 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16361 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16362 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16363
16364 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16365
16366 ;;;***
16367 \f
16368 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16369 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17148 25015))
16370 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16371
16372 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16373 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16374 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16375 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16376 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16377
16378 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16379
16380 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16381 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16382 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16383 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16384
16385 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16386 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16387 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16388 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16389 bindings.
16390
16391 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16392 use this command, and then save the file.
16393
16394 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16395
16396 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16397 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16398 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16399 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16400 each time the macro executes.
16401 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16402 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16403 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16404 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16405 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16406 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16407 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16408
16409 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16410
16411 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16412 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16413 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16414 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16415
16416 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16417 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16418 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16419 execute.
16420
16421 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16422 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16423
16424 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16425 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16426 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16427 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16428 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16429
16430 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16431 looked like this:
16432
16433 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16434 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16435 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16436
16437 You could enter the names in this format:
16438
16439 foo
16440 bar
16441 baz
16442
16443 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16444
16445 \\C-x (
16446 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16447 \\C-x )
16448
16449 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16450 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16451
16452 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16453 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16454
16455 ;;;***
16456 \f
16457 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16458 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17148 25155))
16459 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16460
16461 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16462 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16463 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
16464 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16465 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16466
16467 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16468 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16469 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16470 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16471 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16472
16473 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16474 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16475 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16476 consing a string.)
16477
16478 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16479
16480 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
16481 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16482
16483 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16484
16485 ;;;***
16486 \f
16487 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16488 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16489 ;;;;;; (17148 25156))
16490 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16491
16492 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
16493 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16494
16495 \(fn)" nil nil)
16496
16497 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
16498 Not documented
16499
16500 \(fn)" nil nil)
16501
16502 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16503 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16504
16505 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
16506
16507 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
16508 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16509 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16510 message.
16511
16512 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16513
16514 \(fn)" nil nil)
16515
16516 ;;;***
16517 \f
16518 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16519 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
16520 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17148
16521 ;;;;;; 25156))
16522 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16523
16524 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16525 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16526 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16527 often correct parser.")
16528
16529 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
16530
16531 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
16532 Not documented
16533
16534 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16535
16536 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16537 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16538 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16539 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16540
16541 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16542
16543 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16544 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16545 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16546 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16547
16548 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16549
16550 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
16551 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16552 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16553 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16554 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16555 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16556 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16557 as Rmail does.
16558
16559 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16560
16561 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
16562 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16563 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
16564 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16565 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16566 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16567
16568 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16569
16570 ;;;***
16571 \f
16572 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
16573 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17239 32330))
16574 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16575
16576 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
16577 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16578
16579 \(fn)" nil nil)
16580
16581 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
16582 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16583 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16584
16585 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16586
16587 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
16588 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16589 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16590
16591 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16592
16593 ;;;***
16594 \f
16595 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16596 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17167
16597 ;;;;;; 2797))
16598 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16599
16600 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
16601 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16602 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16603 king@grassland.com
16604 If `parens', they look like:
16605 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16606 If `angles', they look like:
16607 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16608
16609 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
16610
16611 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
16612 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16613 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16614 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16615 their `Resent-' variants.
16616
16617 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16618 removed from alias expansions.
16619
16620 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16621
16622 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
16623 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16624 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16625
16626 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16627 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16628 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16629 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16630
16631 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16632
16633 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
16634 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16635 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16636 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16637
16638 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16639
16640 ;;;***
16641 \f
16642 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16643 ;;;;;; (17239 32330))
16644 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16645
16646 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
16647 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16648 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16649 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16650
16651 \(fn)" nil nil)
16652
16653 ;;;***
16654 \f
16655 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode makefile-gmake-mode
16656 ;;;;;; makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
16657 ;;;;;; (17239 32386))
16658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16659
16660 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
16661 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16662
16663 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16664 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16665 `makefile-makepp-mode' or `makefile-bsdmake-mode'. All but the
16666 last should be correctly chosen based on the file name, except if
16667 it is *.mk. This function ends by invoking the function(s)
16668 `makefile-mode-hook'.
16669
16670 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16671 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16672 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16673 dependency, despite the colon.
16674
16675 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16676
16677 In the browser, use the following keys:
16678
16679 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16680
16681 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16682
16683 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16684 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16685
16686 `makefile-target-colon':
16687 The string that gets appended to all target names
16688 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16689 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16690
16691 `makefile-macro-assign':
16692 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16693 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16694 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16695 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16696 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16697 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16698
16699 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16700 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16701 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16702
16703 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16704 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16705
16706 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16707 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16708 up or down in the browser.
16709
16710 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16711 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16712
16713 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16714 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16715
16716 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16717 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16718 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16719 has been selected in the browser.
16720
16721 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16722 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16723 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16724 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16725 filenames are omitted.
16726
16727 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16728 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16729 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16730 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16731 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16732 the backslash itself intact.
16733 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16734 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16735
16736 `makefile-browser-hook':
16737 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16738 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16739
16740 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16741 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16742 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16743 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16744
16745 \(fn)" t nil)
16746
16747 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16748 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16749
16750 \(fn)" t nil)
16751
16752 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16753 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16754
16755 \(fn)" t nil)
16756
16757 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
16758 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16759
16760 \(fn)" t nil)
16761
16762 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16763 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16764
16765 \(fn)" t nil)
16766
16767 ;;;***
16768 \f
16769 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17148
16770 ;;;;;; 25015))
16771 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16772
16773 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
16774 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16775 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16776
16777 \(fn)" t nil)
16778
16779 ;;;***
16780 \f
16781 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17239 32219))
16782 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16783
16784 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
16785
16786 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
16787 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16788 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
16789 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
16790 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
16791 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
16792 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
16793
16794 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
16795 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
16796 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
16797 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
16798
16799 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16800
16801 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
16802 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16803
16804 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16805
16806 ;;;***
16807 \f
16808 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17148 25016))
16809 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16810
16811 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
16812 Toggle Master mode.
16813 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16814 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16815 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16816
16817 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16818 following commands:
16819
16820 \\{master-mode-map}
16821
16822 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16823 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16824 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16825
16826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16827
16828 ;;;***
16829 \f
16830 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17246
16831 ;;;;;; 34622))
16832 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
16833
16834 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
16835
16836 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
16837 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
16838 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16839 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16840 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
16841
16842 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
16843
16844 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
16845
16846 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
16847 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
16848 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
16849 created in the future.
16850 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
16851 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
16852
16853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16854
16855 ;;;***
16856 \f
16857 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
16858 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16859 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16860 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16861 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16862 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
16863 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
16864 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
16865 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
16866 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
16867 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17242 24871))
16868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16869
16870 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
16871 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
16872
16873 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
16874 king@grassland.com
16875 If `parens', they look like:
16876 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16877 If `angles', they look like:
16878 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
16879
16880 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
16881 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
16882
16883 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
16884
16885 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
16886 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
16887
16888 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
16889
16890 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
16891 *Local news organization file.")
16892
16893 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
16894
16895 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
16896 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
16897 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
16898 variable `mail-header-separator'.
16899
16900 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
16901 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
16902 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
16903
16904 See also `send-mail-function'.")
16905
16906 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
16907
16908 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
16909 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
16910
16911 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
16912 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
16913 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
16914 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
16915
16916 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
16917
16918 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
16919 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
16920 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
16921 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
16922
16923 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
16924
16925 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
16926 *Function for citing an original message.
16927 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
16928 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
16929 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
16930
16931 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
16932
16933 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
16934 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
16935 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
16936 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
16937 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
16938
16939 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
16940
16941 (defvar message-signature t "\
16942 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
16943 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
16944 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
16945 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
16946
16947 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
16948
16949 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
16950 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
16951 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
16952 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
16953
16954 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
16955
16956 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
16957 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
16958
16959 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
16960
16961 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
16962
16963 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
16964 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16965 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16966 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16967 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16968 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16969 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16970 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16971 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16972 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16973 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16974 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16975 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16976 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16977 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16978 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16979 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16980 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16981 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16982 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16983 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16984 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16985 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16986 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16987 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16988 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16989 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16990 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16991 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16992 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16993 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16994 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16995 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16996 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16997 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16998 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16999 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17000
17001 \(fn)" t nil)
17002
17003 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17004 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17005 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17006
17007 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17008
17009 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17010 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17011
17012 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17013
17014 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17015 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17016
17017 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17018
17019 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17020 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17021
17022 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17023
17024 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17025 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17026 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17027
17028 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17029
17030 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17031 Cancel an article you posted.
17032 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17033
17034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17035
17036 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17037 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17038 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17039 header line with the old Message-ID.
17040
17041 \(fn)" t nil)
17042
17043 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17044 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17045
17046 \(fn)" t nil)
17047
17048 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17049 Forward the current message via mail.
17050 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17051 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17052
17053 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17054
17055 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17056 Not documented
17057
17058 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17059
17060 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17061 Not documented
17062
17063 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17064
17065 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17066 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17067
17068 \(fn)" t nil)
17069
17070 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17071 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17072
17073 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17074
17075 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17076 Re-mail the current message.
17077 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17078 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17079 you.
17080
17081 \(fn)" t nil)
17082
17083 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17084 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17085
17086 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17087
17088 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17089 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17090
17091 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17092
17093 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17094 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17095
17096 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17097
17098 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17099 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17100
17101 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17102
17103 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17104 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17105 Works by overstriking characters.
17106 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17107 which specify the range to operate on.
17108
17109 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17110
17111 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17112 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17113 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17114 which specify the range to operate on.
17115
17116 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17117
17118 ;;;***
17119 \f
17120 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17121 ;;;;;; (17239 32386))
17122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17123
17124 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17125 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17126 Special commands:
17127 \\{meta-mode-map}
17128
17129 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17130 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17131
17132 \(fn)" t nil)
17133
17134 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17135 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17136 Special commands:
17137 \\{meta-mode-map}
17138
17139 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17140 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17141
17142 \(fn)" t nil)
17143
17144 ;;;***
17145 \f
17146 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17147 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17148 ;;;;;; (17185 27569))
17149 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17150
17151 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17152 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17153 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17154
17155 \(fn)" t nil)
17156
17157 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17158 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17159 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17160 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17161 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17162 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17163 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17164
17165 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17166
17167 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17168 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17169 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17170 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17171 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17172 means current).
17173 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17174 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17175
17176 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17177
17178 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17179 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17180 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17181 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17182 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17183 means current).
17184 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17185 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17186
17187 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17188
17189 ;;;***
17190 \f
17191 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
17192 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17249
17193 ;;;;;; 49352))
17194 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17195
17196 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17197 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
17198 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
17199 system.
17200
17201 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17202
17203 \(fn)" t nil)
17204
17205 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17206 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17207 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
17208 system. This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and thus
17209 is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail buffer. Users
17210 should use `mh-smail' to compose mail.
17211
17212 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
17213 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17214
17215 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17216
17217 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17218 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17219 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
17220
17221 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17222 initial Subject field, respectively.
17223
17224 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
17225 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
17226 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
17227
17228 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
17229
17230 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17231
17232 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17233 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
17234 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
17235 system.
17236
17237 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17238
17239 \(fn)" t nil)
17240
17241 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
17242 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
17243
17244 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
17245 using the MH mail handling system.
17246
17247 There are two types of tags used by MH-E when composing MIME messages: MML and
17248 MH. The option `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of tags are inserted
17249 by MH-E commands. These tags can be converted to MIME body parts by running
17250 \\[mh-mh-to-mime] for MH-style directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for MML tags.
17251
17252 Options that control this mode can be changed with \\[customize-group];
17253 specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
17254
17255 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
17256 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
17257
17258 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
17259
17260 \(fn)" t nil)
17261
17262 ;;;***
17263 \f
17264 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e"
17265 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17249 49352))
17266 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17267
17268 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
17269 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
17270 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
17271 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
17272
17273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17274
17275 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
17276 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17277 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
17278 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
17279
17280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17281
17282 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17283 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17284
17285 \(fn)" t nil)
17286
17287 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-e" "\
17288 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17289
17290 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through the
17291 messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into another
17292 folder; these commands are executed all at once with a separate command.
17293
17294 Options that control this mode can be changed with \\[customize-group];
17295 specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please see the `mh-scan-format-file'
17296 option if you wish to modify scan's format.
17297
17298 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17299
17300 Ranges
17301 ======
17302 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as `mh-forward' or
17303 `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument can be used in several
17304 ways.
17305
17306 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to these commands,
17307 then you will be prompted for the message range. This can be any valid MH
17308 range which can include messages, sequences, and the abbreviations (described
17309 in the mh(1) man page):
17310
17311 <num1>-<num2>
17312 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive. The range
17313 must be nonempty.
17314
17315 `<num>:N'
17316 `<num>:+N'
17317 `<num>:-N'
17318 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num may be
17319 any of the pre-defined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or last.
17320
17321 `first:N'
17322 `prev:N'
17323 `next:N'
17324 `last:N'
17325 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17326
17327 `all'
17328 All of the messages.
17329
17330 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3 5-10 last:5
17331 unseen'.
17332
17333 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a region in the
17334 MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will perform the operation on all
17335 messages in that region.
17336
17337 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17338
17339 \(fn)" t nil)
17340
17341 ;;;***
17342 \f
17343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-init" "mh-e/mh-init.el" (17239 32348))
17344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-init.el
17345
17346 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17347
17348 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17349
17350 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17351
17352 ;;;***
17353 \f
17354 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17355 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17148 25017))
17356 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17357
17358 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17359 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17360 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17361 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17362 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17363 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17364 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17365 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17366 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17367 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17368 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17369
17370 \(fn)" t nil)
17371
17372 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17373 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17374 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17375 to its second argument TM.
17376
17377 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17378
17379 ;;;***
17380 \f
17381 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17382 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17148 25017))
17383 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17384
17385 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17386 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17387 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17388 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17389 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17390
17391 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17392
17393 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17394
17395 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17396 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17397 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17398 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17399 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17400 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17401 default indication.
17402
17403 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17404 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17405
17406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17407
17408 ;;;***
17409 \f
17410 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17411 ;;;;;; (17239 32387))
17412 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17413
17414 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17415 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17416 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17417
17418 \(fn)" t nil)
17419
17420 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17421
17422 ;;;***
17423 \f
17424 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17425 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17426 ;;;;;; (17102 18776))
17427 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17428
17429 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17430 Not documented
17431
17432 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17433
17434 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17435 Not documented
17436
17437 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17438
17439 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17440 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17441 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17442 PATTERN regexp.
17443
17444 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17445
17446 ;;;***
17447 \f
17448 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
17449 ;;;;;; (17185 27553))
17450 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17451
17452 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
17453 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17454 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17455 the entire message.
17456 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17457
17458 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17459
17460 ;;;***
17461 \f
17462 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17463 ;;;;;; (17148 25140))
17464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17465
17466 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
17467 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17468 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17469 the entire message.
17470 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17471
17472 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17473
17474 ;;;***
17475 \f
17476 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17477 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17239 32315))
17478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17479
17480 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
17481 Insert file contents of URL.
17482 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17483
17484 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17485
17486 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
17487 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17488
17489 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17490
17491 ;;;***
17492 \f
17493 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17239
17494 ;;;;;; 32316))
17495 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17496
17497 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
17498 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17499
17500 \(fn)" nil nil)
17501
17502 ;;;***
17503 \f
17504 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17505 ;;;;;; (17185 27556))
17506 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17507
17508 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
17509 Not documented
17510
17511 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17512
17513 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
17514 Not documented
17515
17516 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17517
17518 ;;;***
17519 \f
17520 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17521 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17522 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17185 27558))
17523 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17524
17525 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
17526 Not documented
17527
17528 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17529
17530 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
17531 Not documented
17532
17533 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17534
17535 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
17536 Not documented
17537
17538 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17539
17540 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
17541 Not documented
17542
17543 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17544
17545 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17546 Not documented
17547
17548 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17549
17550 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
17551 Not documented
17552
17553 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17554
17555 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17556 Not documented
17557
17558 \(fn)" nil nil)
17559
17560 ;;;***
17561 \f
17562 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17563 ;;;;;; (17075 55530))
17564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17565
17566 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
17567 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17568 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17569 followed by the first character of the construct.
17570 \\<m2-mode-map>
17571 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17572 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17573 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17574 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17575 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17576 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17577 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17578 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17579 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17580 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17581 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17582 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17583 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17584 \\[m2-link] link
17585
17586 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17587 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17588 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17589
17590 \(fn)" t nil)
17591
17592 ;;;***
17593 \f
17594 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17595 ;;;;;; (17140 20949))
17596 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17597
17598 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
17599 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17600
17601 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17602
17603 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
17604 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17605
17606 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17607
17608 ;;;***
17609 \f
17610 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17148
17611 ;;;;;; 25018))
17612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17613
17614 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17615 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17616 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17618 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17619
17620 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
17621
17622 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17623
17624 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
17625 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17626 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17627 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17628
17629 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17630
17631 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17632
17633 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17634
17635 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17636 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17637 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17638 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17639 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17640 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17641
17642 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17643 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17644 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17645 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17646 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17647
17648 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17649 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17650
17651 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17652 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17653
17654 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17655
17656 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17657 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17658 primary selection and region.
17659
17660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17661
17662 ;;;***
17663 \f
17664 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17239 32365))
17665 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17666
17667 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
17668 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17669
17670 \(fn)" t nil)
17671
17672 ;;;***
17673 \f
17674 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17185 27455))
17675 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17676
17677 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17678 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17679 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17681 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
17682
17683 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
17684
17685 (put (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17686
17687 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
17688 Toggle Msb mode.
17689 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17690 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17691 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17692
17693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17694
17695 ;;;***
17696 \f
17697 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
17698 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17699 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17700 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17701 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17702 ;;;;;; (17239 32324))
17703 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17704
17705 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
17706 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
17707 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
17708 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
17709 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
17710 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
17711 set of ISO charsets.
17712
17713 Each element has the following format:
17714 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
17715
17716 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
17717
17718 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
17719 CHARSET are mapped.
17720
17721 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
17722 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
17723 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
17724 character code in CHARSET.
17725
17726 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
17727 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
17728 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
17729 or
17730 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
17731 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
17732 TO2, or...
17733 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
17734 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
17735
17736 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
17737 Display a list of all character sets.
17738
17739 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
17740 internal Emacs use.
17741
17742 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
17743 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
17744 hexadecimal digits.
17745 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
17746 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
17747
17748 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17749 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17750 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
17751 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17752
17753 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17754 but still shows the full information.
17755
17756 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17757
17758 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
17759 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17760 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
17761 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
17762 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17763
17764 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17765 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17766 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17767 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
17768 detailed meanings of these arguments.
17769
17770 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17771
17772 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
17773 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
17774 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
17775 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
17776 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17777
17778 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17779
17780 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
17781 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17782
17783 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17784
17785 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17786 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17787
17788 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17789
17790 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
17791 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17792
17793 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17794 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17795 in place of `..':
17796 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17797 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17798 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17799 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17800 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17801 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17802 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17803 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17804 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17805 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17806 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17807 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17808 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17809 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17810 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17811 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17812
17813 \(fn)" t nil)
17814
17815 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17816 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17817
17818 \(fn)" t nil)
17819
17820 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
17821 Display a list of all coding systems.
17822 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17823
17824 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17825 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17826
17827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17828
17829 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
17830 Display a list of all coding categories.
17831
17832 \(fn)" nil nil)
17833
17834 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
17835 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
17836
17837 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17838
17839 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
17840 Display information about FONTSET.
17841 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17842
17843 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17844
17845 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
17846 Display a list of all fontsets.
17847 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17848 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17849 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17850
17851 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17852
17853 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
17854 Display information about all input methods.
17855
17856 \(fn)" t nil)
17857
17858 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
17859 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17860
17861 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17862 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17863 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17864 system which uses fontsets).
17865
17866 \(fn)" t nil)
17867
17868 ;;;***
17869 \f
17870 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17871 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17872 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17873 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17874 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17875 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17102 18726))
17876 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17877
17878 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
17879 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17880 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17881
17882 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17883
17884 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17885
17886 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17887 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17888
17889 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17890 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17891
17892 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
17893 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17894
17895 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17896
17897 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
17898 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17899 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17900 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17901 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17902 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17903 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17904
17905 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17906 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17907 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17908 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17909 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17910 middle of a character in STR.
17911
17912 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17913 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17914
17915 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17916 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17917 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17918 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17919 defaults to \"...\".
17920
17921 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17922
17923 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17924 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17925
17926 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17927 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17928 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17929
17930 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17931 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17932 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17933
17934 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17935 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17936 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17937 is considered.
17938 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17939 longer than KEYSEQ.
17940 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17941
17942 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17943
17944 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17945 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17946 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17947 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17948 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17949 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17950 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17951 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17952 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17953 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17954 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17955
17956 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17957
17958 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17959 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17960
17961 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17962
17963 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17964 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17965
17966 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17967
17968 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
17969 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
17970
17971 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17972
17973 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
17974 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
17975
17976 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17977
17978 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
17979 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17980 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17981 coding systems ordered by priority.
17982
17983 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17984
17985 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
17986 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17987 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17988 language environment LANG-ENV.
17989
17990 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17991
17992 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
17993 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17994 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17995 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
17996 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
17997 basis, this may not be accurate.
17998
17999 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18000
18001 ;;;***
18002 \f
18003 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18004 ;;;;;; (17148 25020))
18005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18006
18007 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18008 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18009 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18010 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18011 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18012
18013 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18014
18015 (put (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18016
18017 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18018 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18019 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18020 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18021
18022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18023
18024 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18025 Enable mouse wheel support.
18026
18027 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18028
18029 ;;;***
18030 \f
18031 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18032 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18033 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18034 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17148 25173))
18035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18036
18037 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18038 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18039
18040 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18041
18042 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18043 Ping HOST.
18044 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18045 `ping-program-options'.
18046
18047 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18048
18049 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18050 Run ipconfig program.
18051
18052 \(fn)" t nil)
18053
18054 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18055
18056 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18057 Run netstat program.
18058
18059 \(fn)" t nil)
18060
18061 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18062 Run the arp program.
18063
18064 \(fn)" t nil)
18065
18066 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18067 Run the route program.
18068
18069 \(fn)" t nil)
18070
18071 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18072 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18073
18074 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18075
18076 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18077 Run nslookup program.
18078
18079 \(fn)" t nil)
18080
18081 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18082 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18083
18084 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18085
18086 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18087 Run dig program.
18088
18089 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18090
18091 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18092 Run ftp program.
18093
18094 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18095
18096 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18097 Finger USER on HOST.
18098
18099 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18100
18101 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18102 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18103 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18104 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18105
18106 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18107
18108 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18109 Not documented
18110
18111 \(fn)" t nil)
18112
18113 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18114 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18115
18116 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18117
18118 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18119 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18120
18121 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18122
18123 ;;;***
18124 \f
18125 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18126 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
18127 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
18128 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
18129 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
18130 ;;;;;; (17148 25021))
18131 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18132
18133 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18134
18135 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18136
18137 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18138
18139 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18140
18141 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18142 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18143 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18144 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18145 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18146 Major modes should set this variable.")
18147
18148 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18149 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18150 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18151 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18152 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18153 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18154
18155 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
18156
18157 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18158 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18159
18160 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18161 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18162 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18163 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18164
18165 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18166 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18167
18168 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18169 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18170 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18171
18172 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18173 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18174 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18175 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18176 column indentation or nil.
18177 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18178
18179 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18180 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18181 The function has no args.
18182
18183 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18184 comments always start in column zero.")
18185
18186 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18187 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18188 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18189
18190 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18191
18192 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18193 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18194 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18195 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18196
18197 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18198 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18199
18200 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18201
18202 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18203 *Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18204 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18205 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18206 customize this variable.
18207
18208 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18209 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18210
18211 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18212
18213 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18214 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18215 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18216 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18217 the variables are properly set.
18218
18219 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18220
18221 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18222 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18223
18224 \(fn)" nil nil)
18225
18226 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18227 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18228 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18229
18230 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18231
18232 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18233 Set the comment column based on point.
18234 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18235 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18236 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18237 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18238
18239 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18240
18241 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18242 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18243 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18244
18245 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18246
18247 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18248 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18249 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18250 comment markers.
18251
18252 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18253
18254 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18255 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18256 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18257 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18258 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18259 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18260 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18261 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18262
18263 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18264 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18265
18266 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18267
18268 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18269 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18270 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18271 is passed on to the respective function.
18272
18273 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18274
18275 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18276 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18277 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18278 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18279 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18280 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18281 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18282 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18283
18284 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18285
18286 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18287 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18288 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18289
18290 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18291
18292 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18293 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18294 This indents the body of the continued comment
18295 under the previous comment line.
18296
18297 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18298 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18299 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18300
18301 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18302 or comment indentation.
18303
18304 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18305 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18306
18307 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18308
18309 ;;;***
18310 \f
18311 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start) "newsticker"
18312 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17239 32359))
18313 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18314
18315 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18316 Start the newsticker.
18317 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18318 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18319 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18320 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18321
18322 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18323
18324 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18325 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18326
18327 \(fn)" t nil)
18328
18329 ;;;***
18330 \f
18331 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18332 ;;;;;; (17148 25143))
18333 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18334
18335 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18336 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18337
18338 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18339
18340 ;;;***
18341 \f
18342 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17148
18343 ;;;;;; 25143))
18344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18345
18346 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18347 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18348 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18349 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18350 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18351 symbol in the alist.
18352
18353 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18354
18355 ;;;***
18356 \f
18357 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18358 ;;;;;; (17148 25144))
18359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18360
18361 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18362 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18363 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18364
18365 \(fn)" t nil)
18366
18367 ;;;***
18368 \f
18369 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18370 ;;;;;; (17148 25145))
18371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18372
18373 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18374 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18375 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18376
18377 \(fn)" t nil)
18378
18379 ;;;***
18380 \f
18381 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18382 ;;;;;; (17148 25147))
18383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18384
18385 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18386 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18387
18388 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18389
18390 ;;;***
18391 \f
18392 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18393 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17148 25148))
18394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18395
18396 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18397 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18398
18399 \(fn)" t nil)
18400
18401 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18402 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18403
18404 \(fn)" t nil)
18405
18406 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18407 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18408
18409 \(fn)" t nil)
18410
18411 ;;;***
18412 \f
18413 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18414 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17148 25021))
18415 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18416
18417 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
18418 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18419 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18420
18421 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
18422
18423 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
18424 Not documented
18425
18426 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18427
18428 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
18429 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18430 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18431 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18432 to future sessions.
18433
18434 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18435
18436 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
18437 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18438 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18439 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18440 to future sessions.
18441
18442 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18443
18444 ;;;***
18445 \f
18446 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18447 ;;;;;; (17148 25209))
18448 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18449
18450 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
18451 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18452 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18453 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18454 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18455 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18456
18457 \(fn)" t nil)
18458
18459 ;;;***
18460 \f
18461 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
18462 ;;;;;; (17167 7196))
18463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
18464
18465 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
18466 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
18467 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
18468 specified by `octave-help-files'.
18469 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
18470
18471 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
18472
18473 ;;;***
18474 \f
18475 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18476 ;;;;;; (17186 62981))
18477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18478
18479 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
18480 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18481 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18482
18483 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18484
18485 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18486 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18487
18488 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18489 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18490 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18491
18492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18493
18494 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
18495
18496 ;;;***
18497 \f
18498 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18499 ;;;;;; (17239 32387))
18500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18501
18502 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
18503 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18504
18505 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18506 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18507 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18508 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18509
18510 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18511 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18512 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18513 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18514 is why you need this mode!).
18515
18516 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18517 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18518 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18519
18520 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18521
18522 Keybindings
18523 ===========
18524
18525 \\{octave-mode-map}
18526
18527 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18528 ==============================================
18529
18530 octave-auto-indent
18531 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18532 Default is nil.
18533
18534 octave-auto-newline
18535 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18536 Default is nil.
18537
18538 octave-blink-matching-block
18539 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18540 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18541
18542 octave-block-offset
18543 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18544 Default is 2.
18545
18546 octave-continuation-offset
18547 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18548 Default is 4.
18549
18550 octave-continuation-string
18551 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18552 Default is a backslash.
18553
18554 octave-mode-startup-message
18555 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
18556 Default is t.
18557
18558 octave-send-echo-input
18559 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18560 command to the inferior Octave process.
18561
18562 octave-send-line-auto-forward
18563 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18564 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18565
18566 octave-send-echo-input
18567 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18568
18569 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18570
18571 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18572 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18573
18574 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
18575 (setq auto-mode-alist
18576 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18577
18578 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
18579 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18580
18581 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18582 (lambda ()
18583 (abbrev-mode 1)
18584 (auto-fill-mode 1)
18585 (if (eq window-system 'x)
18586 (font-lock-mode 1))))
18587
18588 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18589 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18590 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18591 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18592
18593 \(fn)" t nil)
18594
18595 ;;;***
18596 \f
18597 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
18598 ;;;;;; (17148 25181))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
18600
18601 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
18602 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
18603 It is now better to use Customize instead.
18604
18605 \(fn)" t nil)
18606
18607 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
18608 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
18609 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
18610 in which there are commands to set the option values.
18611 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
18612
18613 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
18614
18615 \(fn)" t nil)
18616
18617 ;;;***
18618 \f
18619 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
18620 ;;;;;; orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler org-remember-annotation
18621 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-diary org-agenda org-agenda-mode org-mode)
18622 ;;;;;; "org" "textmodes/org.el" (17245 51610))
18623 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
18624
18625 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
18626 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18627 \"Carstens outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18628
18629 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18630 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18631 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18632 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18633 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18634 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18635 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18636 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18637 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18638 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18639
18640 The following commands are available:
18641
18642 \\{org-mode-map}
18643
18644 \(fn)" t nil)
18645
18646 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
18647 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
18648
18649 The following commands are available:
18650
18651 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
18652
18653 \(fn)" t nil)
18654
18655 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
18656 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18657 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
18658 will be able to go to other weeks.
18659 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
18660 also be shown, under the current date.
18661 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18662 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18663 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18664
18665 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18666
18667 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
18668 Return diary information from org-files.
18669 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
18670 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
18671 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
18672 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
18673
18674 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
18675 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
18676 also be listed, on the expiration day.
18677
18678 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
18679 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
18680 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
18681 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
18682
18683 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
18684 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
18685 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
18686
18687 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
18688 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
18689 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
18690 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
18691
18692 The call in the diary file should look like this:
18693
18694 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
18695
18696 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
18697 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
18698
18699 &%%(org-diary)
18700
18701 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
18702 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
18703 also be written as
18704
18705 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
18706
18707 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
18708 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
18709 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
18710
18711 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
18712
18713 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
18714 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18715 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
18716 \\[org-insert-link].
18717 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18718 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
18719 For file links, arg negates `org-line-numbers-in-file-links'.
18720
18721 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18722
18723 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
18724 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
18725 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
18726 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
18727 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
18728
18729 \(fn)" nil nil)
18730
18731 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
18732 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
18733 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
18734 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
18735 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
18736 file the text at a specific location.
18737 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
18738 file. Or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
18739 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
18740
18741 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
18742 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18743 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
18744 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
18745 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
18746 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
18747 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
18748 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
18749
18750 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
18751 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
18752 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
18753 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
18754
18755 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
18756 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
18757 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
18758
18759 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
18760 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
18761 \(i.e. after the stars).
18762
18763 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
18764
18765 \(fn)" nil nil)
18766
18767 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
18768 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
18769
18770 \(fn)" nil nil)
18771
18772 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
18773 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
18774
18775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18776
18777 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
18778 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
18779 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
18780 file, but with extension `.ics'.
18781
18782 \(fn)" t nil)
18783
18784 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
18785 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
18786 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
18787
18788 \(fn)" t nil)
18789
18790 ;;;***
18791 \f
18792 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
18793 ;;;;;; (17239 32223))
18794 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
18795
18796 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
18797 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
18798 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
18799 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
18800
18801 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
18802 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
18803 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
18804 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
18805
18806 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
18807 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
18808 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
18809 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
18810 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
18811 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
18812
18813 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
18814 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
18815 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
18816
18817 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
18818 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
18819 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
18820 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
18821 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
18822 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
18823 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
18824 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
18825 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
18826 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
18827 The subheadings remain visible.
18828 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
18829
18830 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
18831 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
18832 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
18833
18834 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
18835 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
18836
18837 \(fn)" t nil)
18838
18839 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
18840 Toggle Outline minor mode.
18841 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
18842 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
18843
18844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18845
18846 ;;;***
18847 \f
18848 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17148 25021))
18849 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
18850
18851 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
18852 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
18853 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18855 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
18856
18857 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
18858
18859 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18860
18861 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
18862 Toggle Show Paren mode.
18863 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18864 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
18865
18866 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
18867 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
18868
18869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18870
18871 ;;;***
18872 \f
18873 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
18874 ;;;;;; (17102 18474))
18875 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
18876
18877 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
18878 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
18879 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
18880 unknown are returned as nil.
18881
18882 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
18883
18884 ;;;***
18885 \f
18886 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17239
18887 ;;;;;; 32388))
18888 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
18889
18890 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
18891 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
18892 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18893
18894 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
18895 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
18896
18897 Other useful functions are:
18898
18899 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
18900 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
18901 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
18902 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
18903 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
18904 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
18905 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
18906 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
18907 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
18908
18909 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
18910
18911 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
18912 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
18913 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
18914 Indentation for case statements.
18915 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
18916 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
18917 mark after an end.
18918 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
18919 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
18920 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
18921 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
18922 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18923 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
18924 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
18925 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
18926 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
18927 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
18928
18929 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
18930 pascal-separator-keywords.
18931
18932 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
18933 no args, if that value is non-nil.
18934
18935 \(fn)" t nil)
18936
18937 ;;;***
18938 \f
18939 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
18940 ;;;;;; (17140 20922))
18941 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
18942
18943 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
18944 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
18945 The keys affected are:
18946 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
18947 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
18948 M-Backspace does undo.
18949 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
18950 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
18951 C-Escape does list-buffers.
18952
18953 \(fn)" t nil)
18954
18955 ;;;***
18956 \f
18957 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
18958 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17140 20922))
18959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
18960
18961 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18962 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
18963 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18964 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18965 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
18966
18967 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18968
18969 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18970
18971 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
18972 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
18973
18974 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18975
18976 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
18977 which modify the status of the mark.
18978
18979 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
18980 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
18981
18982 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
18983 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
18984
18985 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
18986 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
18987 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
18988 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
18989 turning PC Selection mode on.
18990
18991 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
18992 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
18993
18994 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
18995 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
18996 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
18997
18998 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
18999 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19000 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19001
19002 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19003 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19004
19005 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19006 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19007 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19008
19009 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19010 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19011 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19012
19013 F6 other-window
19014 DELETE delete-char
19015 C-DELETE kill-line
19016 M-DELETE kill-word
19017 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19018 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19019 M-BACKSPACE undo
19020
19021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19022
19023 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19024 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19025 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19026 and cursor movement commands.
19027 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19028 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19029 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19030
19031 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19032
19033 ;;;***
19034 \f
19035 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17148
19036 ;;;;;; 25022))
19037 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19038
19039 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19040 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19041
19042 \(fn)" nil nil)
19043
19044 ;;;***
19045 \f
19046 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19047 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17148 25022))
19048 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19049
19050 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19051 Completion for `gzip'.
19052
19053 \(fn)" nil nil)
19054
19055 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19056 Completion for `bzip2'.
19057
19058 \(fn)" nil nil)
19059
19060 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19061 Completion for GNU `make'.
19062
19063 \(fn)" nil nil)
19064
19065 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19066 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19067
19068 \(fn)" nil nil)
19069
19070 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19071
19072 ;;;***
19073 \f
19074 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19075 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17148 25022))
19076 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19077
19078 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19079 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19080
19081 \(fn)" nil nil)
19082
19083 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19084 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19085
19086 \(fn)" nil nil)
19087
19088 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19089 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19090
19091 \(fn)" nil nil)
19092
19093 ;;;***
19094 \f
19095 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17148
19096 ;;;;;; 25022))
19097 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19098
19099 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19100 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19101 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19102 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19103 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19104 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19105
19106 \(fn)" nil nil)
19107
19108 ;;;***
19109 \f
19110 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19111 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19112 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17148 25022))
19113 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19114
19115 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19116 Completion for `cd'.
19117
19118 \(fn)" nil nil)
19119
19120 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19121
19122 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19123 Completion for `rmdir'.
19124
19125 \(fn)" nil nil)
19126
19127 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19128 Completion for `rm'.
19129
19130 \(fn)" nil nil)
19131
19132 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19133 Completion for `xargs'.
19134
19135 \(fn)" nil nil)
19136
19137 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19138
19139 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19140 Completion for `which'.
19141
19142 \(fn)" nil nil)
19143
19144 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19145 Completion for the `chown' command.
19146
19147 \(fn)" nil nil)
19148
19149 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19150 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19151
19152 \(fn)" nil nil)
19153
19154 ;;;***
19155 \f
19156 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19157 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19158 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17205
19159 ;;;;;; 6017))
19160 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19161
19162 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19163 Support extensible programmable completion.
19164 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19165 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19166
19167 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19168
19169 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19170 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19171
19172 \(fn)" t nil)
19173
19174 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19175 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19176 This will modify the current buffer.
19177
19178 \(fn)" t nil)
19179
19180 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19181 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19182
19183 \(fn)" t nil)
19184
19185 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19186 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19187 This will modify the current buffer.
19188
19189 \(fn)" t nil)
19190
19191 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19192 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19193
19194 \(fn)" t nil)
19195
19196 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19197 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19198
19199 \(fn)" t nil)
19200
19201 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19202 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19203 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19204 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19205 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19206
19207 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19208
19209 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19210 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19211
19212 \(fn)" nil nil)
19213
19214 ;;;***
19215 \f
19216 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19217 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19218 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17239 32224))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19220
19221 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19222 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19223 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19224 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19225
19226 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19227
19228 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19229
19230 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19231 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19232 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19233 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19234 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19235 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19236 FLAGS is ignored.
19237
19238 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19239
19240 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19241 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19242 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19243 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19244 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19245 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19246 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19247 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19248
19249 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19250
19251 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19252 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19253 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19254 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19255 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19256 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19257 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19258 passed to cvs.
19259
19260 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19261
19262 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19263 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19264 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19265 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19266 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19267 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19268 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19269
19270 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19271
19272 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19273
19274 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19275 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19276 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19277
19278 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
19279
19280 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19281 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19282 nil means never do it.
19283 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19284 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19285 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19286
19287 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
19288
19289 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19290 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19291 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19292
19293 ;;;***
19294 \f
19295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17194 38169))
19296 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19297
19298 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
19299
19300 ;;;***
19301 \f
19302 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
19303 ;;;;;; (17185 27660))
19304 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
19305
19306 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
19307 Major mode for editing Perl code.
19308 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
19309 Tab indents for Perl code.
19310 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
19311 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
19312 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19313 \\{perl-mode-map}
19314 Variables controlling indentation style:
19315 `perl-tab-always-indent'
19316 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
19317 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19318 `perl-tab-to-comment'
19319 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
19320 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
19321 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
19322 `perl-nochange'
19323 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
19324 `perl-indent-level'
19325 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
19326 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
19327 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
19328 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
19329 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
19330 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
19331 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
19332 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
19333 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
19334 `perl-brace-offset'
19335 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
19336 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
19337 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
19338 this far to the right of the start of its line.
19339 `perl-label-offset'
19340 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
19341 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
19342 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
19343
19344 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
19345 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
19346 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
19347 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
19348 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
19349 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
19350 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
19351
19352 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
19353
19354 \(fn)" t nil)
19355
19356 ;;;***
19357 \f
19358 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
19359 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
19360 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg"
19361 ;;;;;; "pgg.el" (17244 47844))
19362 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
19363
19364 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19365 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
19366 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19367
19368 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN)" t nil)
19369
19370 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
19371 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
19372 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19373 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19374 the region.
19375
19376 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END)" t nil)
19377
19378 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19379 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
19380
19381 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19382
19383 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
19384 Decrypt the current buffer.
19385 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
19386 the region.
19387
19388 \(fn &optional START END)" t nil)
19389
19390 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
19391 Make the signature from text between START and END.
19392 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
19393 a detached signature.
19394 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19395 and the the output is displayed.
19396
19397 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT)" t nil)
19398
19399 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
19400 Sign the current buffer.
19401 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
19402 detached signature.
19403 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
19404 within the region.
19405 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19406 and the the output is displayed.
19407
19408 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END)" t nil)
19409
19410 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
19411 Verify the current region between START and END.
19412 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19413 the detached signature of the current region.
19414
19415 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19416 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19417
19418 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
19419
19420 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
19421 Verify the current buffer.
19422 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19423 the detached signature of the current region.
19424 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19425 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19426 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
19427 within the region.
19428
19429 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
19430
19431 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
19432 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
19433
19434 \(fn)" t nil)
19435
19436 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
19437 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
19438
19439 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19440
19441 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
19442 Import public keys in the current buffer.
19443
19444 \(fn)" t nil)
19445
19446 ;;;***
19447 \f
19448 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
19449 ;;;;;; (17148 25215))
19450 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
19451
19452 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
19453 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
19454 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
19455 afterwards settable by these commands:
19456 C-c < Move left after insertion.
19457 C-c > Move right after insertion.
19458 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
19459 C-c . Move down after insertion.
19460 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
19461 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
19462 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
19463 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
19464 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
19465 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
19466 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
19467 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
19468 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
19469 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
19470 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
19471 with these commands:
19472 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
19473 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
19474 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
19475 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
19476 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
19477 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
19478 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
19479 Return Move to beginning of next line.
19480 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
19481 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
19482 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
19483 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
19484 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
19485 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
19486 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
19487 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
19488 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
19489 You can manipulate text with these commands:
19490 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
19491 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
19492 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
19493 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
19494 text is saved in the kill ring.
19495 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
19496 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
19497 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
19498 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
19499 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
19500 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
19501 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
19502 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
19503 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
19504 if invoked soon enough.
19505 You can return to the previous mode with:
19506 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
19507 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
19508
19509 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
19510
19511 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
19512 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
19513
19514 \(fn)" t nil)
19515
19516 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
19517
19518 ;;;***
19519 \f
19520 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
19521 ;;;;;; (17148 25215))
19522 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
19523
19524 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
19525 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
19526 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
19527
19528 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19529
19530 ;;;***
19531 \f
19532 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17140 20949))
19533 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
19534
19535 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
19536 Play pong and waste time.
19537 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
19538 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
19539
19540 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
19541
19542 \\{pong-mode-map}
19543
19544 \(fn)" t nil)
19545
19546 ;;;***
19547 \f
19548 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
19549 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17185 27496))
19550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
19551
19552 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
19553 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
19554 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
19555 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
19556
19557 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
19558
19559 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
19560 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
19561
19562 \(fn)" nil nil)
19563
19564 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
19565 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
19566 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
19567 can handle, whenever this is possible.
19568 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
19569
19570 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
19571
19572 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
19573 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
19574 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
19575 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
19576 in the variable `values'.
19577
19578 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
19579
19580 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
19581 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
19582 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
19583 Ignores leading comment characters.
19584
19585 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19586
19587 ;;;***
19588 \f
19589 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
19590 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
19591 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
19592 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
19593 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
19594 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
19595 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
19596 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
19597 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
19598 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
19599 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
19600 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
19601 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
19602 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
19603 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
19604 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
19605 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
19606 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
19607 ;;;;;; (17239 32228))
19608 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
19609
19610 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
19611 Activate the printing interface buffer.
19612
19613 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
19614
19615 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
19616
19617 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19618
19619 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
19620 Preview directory using ghostview.
19621
19622 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19623 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19624 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19625 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19626
19627 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19628 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19629 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19630 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19631 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19632 file name.
19633
19634 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19635
19636 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19637
19638 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19639 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
19640
19641 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19642 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19643 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19644 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19645
19646 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19647 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19648 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19649 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19650 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19651 file name.
19652
19653 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19654
19655 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19656
19657 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
19658 Print directory using PostScript printer.
19659
19660 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19661 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19662 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19663 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19664
19665 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19666 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19667 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19668 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19669 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19670 file name.
19671
19672 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19673
19674 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19675
19676 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
19677 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19678
19679 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19680
19681 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19682 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19683 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19684 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19685
19686 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19687 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19688 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19689 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19690 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19691 file name.
19692
19693 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19694
19695 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19696
19697 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
19698 Preview buffer using ghostview.
19699
19700 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19701 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19702 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19703
19704 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19705 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
19706 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
19707 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19708
19709 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19710
19711 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19712 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
19713
19714 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19715 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19716 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19717
19718 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19719 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19720 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19721 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19722
19723 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19724
19725 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
19726 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
19727
19728 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19729 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19730 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19731
19732 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19733 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19734 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19735 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19736
19737 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19738
19739 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
19740 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19741
19742 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19743
19744 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19745 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19746 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19747
19748 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19749 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19750 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19751 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19752
19753 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19754
19755 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
19756 Preview region using ghostview.
19757
19758 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19759
19760 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19761
19762 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19763 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
19764
19765 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19766
19767 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19768
19769 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
19770 Print region using PostScript printer.
19771
19772 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19773
19774 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19775
19776 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
19777 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19778
19779 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19780
19781 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19782
19783 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
19784 Preview major mode using ghostview.
19785
19786 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19787
19788 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19789
19790 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19791 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
19792
19793 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19794
19795 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19796
19797 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
19798 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
19799
19800 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19801
19802 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19803
19804 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
19805 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
19806
19807 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19808
19809 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19810
19811 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
19812 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
19813 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19814 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19815
19816 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19817 matching.
19818
19819 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19820 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19821
19822 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19823
19824 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19825
19826 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
19827 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
19828 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19829 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19830
19831 \(fn)" t nil)
19832
19833 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
19834 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
19835 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19836 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19837
19838 \(fn)" t nil)
19839
19840 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
19841 Print directory using text printer.
19842
19843 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19844 matching.
19845
19846 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19847 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19848
19849 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19850
19851 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19852
19853 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
19854 Print buffer using text printer.
19855
19856 \(fn)" t nil)
19857
19858 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
19859 Print region using text printer.
19860
19861 \(fn)" t nil)
19862
19863 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
19864 Print major mode using text printer.
19865
19866 \(fn)" t nil)
19867
19868 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
19869 Preview spooled PostScript.
19870
19871 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19872 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19873 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19874
19875 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19876 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19877 PostScript image in a file with that name.
19878
19879 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19880
19881 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19882 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
19883
19884 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19885 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19886 instead of sending it to the printer.
19887
19888 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19889 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19890 image in a file with that name.
19891
19892 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19893
19894 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
19895 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
19896
19897 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19898 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19899 instead of sending it to the printer.
19900
19901 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19902 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19903 image in a file with that name.
19904
19905 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19906
19907 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
19908 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19909
19910 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19911 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19912 instead of sending it to the printer.
19913
19914 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19915 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19916 image in a file with that name.
19917
19918 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19919
19920 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
19921 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19922
19923 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19924
19925 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
19926 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19927
19928 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19929
19930 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19931 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
19932
19933 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19934
19935 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
19936 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
19937
19938 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19939
19940 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
19941 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19942
19943 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19944
19945 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
19946 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
19947
19948 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
19949 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19950 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
19951 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19952
19953 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19954 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
19955 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
19956 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
19957 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
19958 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
19959 file name.
19960
19961 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19962
19963 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
19964 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
19965
19966 \(fn)" t nil)
19967
19968 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
19969 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
19970
19971 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19972 right.
19973 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19974 bottom.
19975
19976 \(fn)" t nil)
19977
19978 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
19979 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
19980
19981 \(fn)" t nil)
19982
19983 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19984 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
19985
19986 \(fn)" t nil)
19987
19988 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
19989 Toggle printing with faces.
19990
19991 \(fn)" t nil)
19992
19993 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
19994 Toggle spooling.
19995
19996 \(fn)" t nil)
19997
19998 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
19999 Toggle duplex.
20000
20001 \(fn)" t nil)
20002
20003 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20004 Toggle tumble.
20005
20006 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20007 right.
20008 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20009 bottom.
20010
20011 \(fn)" t nil)
20012
20013 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20014 Toggle landscape.
20015
20016 \(fn)" t nil)
20017
20018 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20019 Toggle upside-down.
20020
20021 \(fn)" t nil)
20022
20023 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20024 Toggle line number.
20025
20026 \(fn)" t nil)
20027
20028 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20029 Toggle zebra stripes.
20030
20031 \(fn)" t nil)
20032
20033 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20034 Toggle printing header.
20035
20036 \(fn)" t nil)
20037
20038 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20039 Toggle printing header frame.
20040
20041 \(fn)" t nil)
20042
20043 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20044 Toggle menu lock.
20045
20046 \(fn)" t nil)
20047
20048 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20049 Toggle auto region.
20050
20051 \(fn)" t nil)
20052
20053 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20054 Toggle auto mode.
20055
20056 \(fn)" t nil)
20057
20058 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20059 Customization of the `printing' group.
20060
20061 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20062
20063 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20064 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20065
20066 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20067
20068 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20069 Help for the printing package.
20070
20071 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20072
20073 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20074 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20075
20076 \(fn)" t nil)
20077
20078 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20079 Interactively select a text printer.
20080
20081 \(fn)" t nil)
20082
20083 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20084 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20085
20086 \(fn)" t nil)
20087
20088 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20089 Show current ps-print settings.
20090
20091 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20092
20093 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20094 Show current printing settings.
20095
20096 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20097
20098 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20099 Show current lpr settings.
20100
20101 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20102
20103 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20104 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20105
20106 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20107 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20108 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20109 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20110
20111
20112 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20113
20114 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20115 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20116 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20117
20118 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20119 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20120 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20121 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20122 current active printer.
20123
20124 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20125 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20126 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20127 printer.
20128
20129 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20130 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20131 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20132 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20133 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20134
20135
20136 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20137 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20138
20139 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20140
20141 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20142 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20143 be done using the new current active printer.
20144
20145 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20146 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20147 printer.
20148
20149 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20150 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20151 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20152 instead of sending it to the printer.
20153
20154 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20155 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20156 printer.
20157
20158 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20159
20160
20161 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20162 are both set to t.
20163
20164 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20165
20166 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20167 Fast fire function for text printing.
20168
20169 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20170 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20171 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20172 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20173
20174 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20175 user for a new active text printer.
20176
20177 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20178
20179 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20180
20181 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20182 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20183 printer.
20184
20185 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20186
20187 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20188 are both set to t.
20189
20190 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20191
20192 ;;;***
20193 \f
20194 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20195 ;;;;;; (17185 27661))
20196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20197
20198 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20199 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20200 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20201 Commands:
20202 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20203 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20204 if that value is non-nil.
20205
20206 \(fn)" t nil)
20207
20208 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
20209 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20210
20211 \(fn)" t nil)
20212
20213 ;;;***
20214 \f
20215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17131 20680))
20216 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20217
20218 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20219 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20220 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20221
20222 ;;;***
20223 \f
20224 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17205
20225 ;;;;;; 6191))
20226 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20227
20228 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20229 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20230
20231 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
20232
20233 The following variables hold user options, and can
20234 be set through the `customize' command:
20235
20236 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
20237 `ps-mode-tab'
20238 `ps-mode-paper-size'
20239 `ps-mode-print-function'
20240 `ps-run-prompt'
20241 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
20242 `ps-run-x'
20243 `ps-run-dumb'
20244 `ps-run-init'
20245 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
20246 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
20247
20248 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
20249
20250
20251 \\{ps-mode-map}
20252
20253
20254 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
20255 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
20256 The keymap for this second window is:
20257
20258 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
20259
20260
20261 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
20262 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
20263 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
20264 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
20265 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
20266
20267 \(fn)" t nil)
20268
20269 ;;;***
20270 \f
20271 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
20272 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
20273 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
20274 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17239 32229))
20275 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
20276
20277 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
20278 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
20279
20280 Valid values are:
20281
20282 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
20283 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
20284 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
20285 changed by setting the variable
20286 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
20287 The initial value of this variable is
20288 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
20289 documentation).
20290
20291 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
20292 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
20293 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
20294 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
20295 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
20296 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
20297 test it.
20298
20299 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
20300 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
20301 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
20302 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
20303 source file. BDF fonts are included in
20304 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
20305 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
20306 use this value, be sure to have installed
20307 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
20308 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
20309 documentation of this variable).
20310
20311 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
20312 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
20313 characters. This is convenient when you want or
20314 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
20315 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
20316 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
20317
20318 Any other value is treated as nil.")
20319
20320 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
20321
20322 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20323 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
20324 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
20325
20326 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20327
20328 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20329 Not documented
20330
20331 \(fn)" nil nil)
20332
20333 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
20334 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
20335
20336 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
20337
20338 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20339
20340 Returns the value:
20341
20342 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20343
20344 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20345 the sequence.
20346
20347 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20348
20349 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
20350 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
20351
20352 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
20353 composition.
20354
20355 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20356
20357 Returns the value:
20358
20359 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20360
20361 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20362 the sequence.
20363
20364 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20365
20366 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
20367 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
20368
20369 \(fn)" nil nil)
20370
20371 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
20372 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
20373 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
20374
20375 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
20376
20377 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
20378 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
20379 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
20380
20381 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
20382
20383 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
20384 Not documented
20385
20386 \(fn)" nil nil)
20387
20388 ;;;***
20389 \f
20390 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
20391 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
20392 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
20393 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
20394 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
20395 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17239
20396 ;;;;;; 32233))
20397 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
20398
20399 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
20400 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
20401 See `ps-paper-type'.")
20402
20403 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
20404
20405 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
20406 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
20407 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
20408 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
20409
20410 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
20411
20412 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
20413 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
20414
20415 Valid values are:
20416
20417 nil Do not print colors.
20418
20419 t Print colors.
20420
20421 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
20422 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
20423
20424 Any other value is treated as t.")
20425
20426 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
20427
20428 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
20429 Customization of ps-print group.
20430
20431 \(fn)" t nil)
20432
20433 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20434 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20435
20436 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20437 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
20438 sending it to the printer.
20439
20440 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20441 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20442 image in a file with that name.
20443
20444 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20445
20446 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20447 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20448 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20449 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20450 so it has a way to determine color values.
20451
20452 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20453
20454 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
20455 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20456 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
20457
20458 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20459
20460 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20461 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20462 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20463 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20464 so it has a way to determine color values.
20465
20466 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20467
20468 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20469 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20470 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
20471 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
20472
20473 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20474
20475 \(fn)" t nil)
20476
20477 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20478 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20479 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20480 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20481 so it has a way to determine color values.
20482
20483 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20484
20485 \(fn)" t nil)
20486
20487 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
20488 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20489 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
20490
20491 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20492
20493 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20494
20495 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20496 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20497 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20498 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20499 so it has a way to determine color values.
20500
20501 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20502
20503 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20504
20505 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
20506 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20507
20508 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20509 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20510 instead of sending it to the printer.
20511
20512 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20513 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20514 image in a file with that name.
20515
20516 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20517
20518 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
20519 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
20520 Done using the current ps-print setup.
20521 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
20522 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
20523
20524 \(fn)" t nil)
20525
20526 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20527 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
20528 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
20529
20530 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
20531
20532 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
20533 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
20534 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
20535
20536 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
20537
20538 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
20539 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
20540
20541 \(fn)" nil nil)
20542
20543 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
20544 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
20545
20546 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
20547 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
20548
20549 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
20550 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
20551
20552 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
20553
20554 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
20555
20556 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
20557
20558 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
20559 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
20560
20561 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
20562 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
20563
20564 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
20565 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
20566
20567 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
20568
20569 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
20570
20571 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
20572
20573 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
20574 foreground and background colors respectively.
20575
20576 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
20577 bold - use bold font.
20578 italic - use italic font.
20579 underline - put a line under text.
20580 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
20581 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
20582 shadow - text will have a shadow.
20583 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
20584 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
20585
20586 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
20587
20588 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
20589
20590 ;;;***
20591 \f
20592 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
20593 ;;;;;; (17239 32390))
20594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
20595
20596 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
20597
20598 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
20599
20600 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
20601
20602 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
20603 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
20604 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
20605 buffer automatically.
20606 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
20607 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
20608 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
20609 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
20610 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
20611 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
20612
20613 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
20614
20615 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
20616 Major mode for editing Python files.
20617 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
20618 parsing of the source.
20619 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
20620 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
20621 commands for running Python under Emacs.
20622
20623 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
20624 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
20625 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
20626 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
20627 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
20628 \\<python-mode-map>
20629 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
20630 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
20631 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
20632 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
20633 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
20634 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
20635
20636 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
20637 effect outside them.
20638
20639 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
20640 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
20641 lines count as headers.
20642
20643 \\{python-mode-map}
20644
20645 \(fn)" t nil)
20646
20647 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
20648 Major mode for editing Jython files.
20649 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
20650 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
20651
20652 \(fn)" t nil)
20653
20654 ;;;***
20655 \f
20656 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
20657 ;;;;;; (17148 25151))
20658 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
20659
20660 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
20661 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
20662 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
20663 coding-system.
20664
20665 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
20666 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
20667
20668 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
20669 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
20670 them into characters should be done separately.
20671
20672 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
20673
20674 ;;;***
20675 \f
20676 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
20677 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
20678 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
20679 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
20680 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17249 49351))
20681 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
20682
20683 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
20684 Return the title of the current Quail package.
20685
20686 \(fn)" nil nil)
20687
20688 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
20689 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
20690 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
20691
20692 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
20693 `quail-activate', which see.
20694
20695 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
20696
20697 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
20698 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
20699 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
20700 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
20701 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
20702 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
20703 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
20704
20705 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
20706 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
20707 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
20708 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
20709 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
20710 shown.
20711 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
20712
20713 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
20714 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
20715 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
20716 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
20717 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
20718 list of candidates.
20719
20720 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
20721 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
20722 command to be called.
20723
20724 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
20725 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
20726 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
20727 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
20728
20729 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
20730 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
20731 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
20732 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
20733 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
20734 to t.
20735
20736 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
20737 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
20738 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
20739 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
20740
20741 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
20742 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
20743 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
20744 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
20745
20746 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
20747 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
20748 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
20749 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
20750 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
20751 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
20752
20753 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
20754 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
20755 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
20756 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
20757 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
20758 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
20759
20760 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
20761 covers Quail translation region.
20762
20763 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
20764 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
20765 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
20766 for it) is inserted.
20767
20768 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
20769 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
20770 vs. corresponding command to be called.
20771
20772 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
20773 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
20774 non-Quail commands.
20775
20776 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
20777
20778 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20779 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
20780
20781 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
20782 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
20783 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
20784 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
20785 you type is correctly handled.
20786
20787 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
20788
20789 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20790 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
20791
20792 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
20793 keyboard type.
20794
20795 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
20796
20797 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
20798 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
20799 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
20800 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20801 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
20802 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20803 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20804 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20805 for the translation.
20806 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20807
20808 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20809 it is used to handle KEY.
20810
20811 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
20812 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
20813 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
20814 the following annotation types are supported.
20815
20816 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
20817 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
20818
20819 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
20820 candidate list.
20821
20822 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
20823 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
20824 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
20825 inserted.
20826
20827 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
20828 generated for the following translations.
20829
20830 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
20831
20832 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
20833 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
20834
20835 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20836 which to install MAP.
20837
20838 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
20839
20840 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20841
20842 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
20843 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
20844
20845 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20846 which to install MAP.
20847
20848 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
20849
20850 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20851
20852 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
20853 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
20854 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20855 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
20856 a function, or a cons.
20857 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20858 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20859 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20860 for the translation.
20861 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
20862 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
20863 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
20864 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
20865 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20866
20867 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20868 it is used to handle KEY.
20869
20870 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
20871 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
20872 current Quail package.
20873
20874 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
20875 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20876
20877 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
20878
20879 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
20880 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
20881
20882 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
20883 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20884
20885 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
20886
20887 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
20888 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
20889
20890 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
20891
20892 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
20893 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
20894 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
20895 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
20896 of the Emacs source tree.
20897
20898 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
20899 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
20900
20901 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
20902 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
20903 of each directory.
20904
20905 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
20906
20907 ;;;***
20908 \f
20909 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
20910 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
20911 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17140
20912 ;;;;;; 20942))
20913 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
20914
20915 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
20916 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
20917 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
20918 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
20919
20920 To make use of this do something like:
20921
20922 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
20923
20924 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
20925
20926 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
20927 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
20928
20929 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
20930 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20931 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20932
20933 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20934
20935 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
20936 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
20937
20938 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20939
20940 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
20941 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
20942
20943 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
20944 is decided.
20945
20946 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
20947
20948 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
20949 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
20950
20951 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
20952 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20953 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20954
20955 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20956
20957 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
20958 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
20959
20960 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20961
20962 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
20963 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
20964
20965 \(fn)" t nil)
20966
20967 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
20968 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
20969
20970 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
20971
20972 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
20973
20974 \(fn)" t nil)
20975
20976 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
20977 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
20978
20979 \(fn)" t nil)
20980
20981 ;;;***
20982 \f
20983 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc) "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (17240 44365))
20984 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
20985
20986 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
20987 Connect to IRC.
20988
20989 If any of the the optional SERVER, PORT, NICK or CHANNELS are not
20990 supplied, they are taken from the variables `rcirc-server',
20991 `rcirc-port', `rcirc-nick', and `rcirc-startup-channels',
20992 respectively.
20993
20994 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK CHANNELS)" t nil)
20995
20996 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
20997
20998 ;;;***
20999 \f
21000 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17239
21001 ;;;;;; 32359))
21002 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21003
21004 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21005 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21006 See \\[compile].
21007
21008 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21009
21010 ;;;***
21011 \f
21012 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21013 ;;;;;; (17148 25097))
21014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21015
21016 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21017
21018 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21019 Construct a regexp interactively.
21020
21021 \(fn)" t nil)
21022
21023 ;;;***
21024 \f
21025 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17239 32234))
21026 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21027
21028 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21029 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21030 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21032 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
21033
21034 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
21035
21036 (put (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21037
21038 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21039 Toggle recentf mode.
21040 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21041 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21042
21043 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21044 that were operated on recently.
21045
21046 \\{recentf-mode-map}
21047
21048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21049
21050 ;;;***
21051 \f
21052 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21053 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21054 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21055 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17239
21056 ;;;;;; 32234))
21057 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21058
21059 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21060 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21061 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21062 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21063
21064 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21065
21066 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21067
21068 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21069 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21070 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21071 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21072 ends.
21073
21074 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21075 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21076 to be deleted.
21077
21078 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21079
21080 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21081 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21082 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21083
21084 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21085 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21086 deleted.
21087
21088 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21089
21090 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21091 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21092 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21093
21094 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21095
21096 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21097 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21098
21099 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21100 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21101
21102 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21103 deleted.
21104
21105 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21106
21107 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21108 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21109
21110 \(fn)" t nil)
21111
21112 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21113 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21114 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21115 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21116 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21117 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21118 and point is at the lower right corner.
21119
21120 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21121
21122 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21123 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21124
21125 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21126 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21127
21128 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21129 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21130 on the right side of the rectangle.
21131
21132 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21133
21134 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21135
21136 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21137 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21138 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21139 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21140 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21141
21142 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21143 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21144
21145 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21146
21147 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21148 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21149 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21150
21151 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21152
21153 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21154
21155 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21156
21157 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21158 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21159
21160 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21161 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21162 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21163
21164 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21165
21166 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21167 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21168 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21169
21170 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21171 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21172 rectangle which were empty.
21173
21174 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21175
21176 ;;;***
21177 \f
21178 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17148
21179 ;;;;;; 25216))
21180 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21181
21182 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21183 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21184 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21185
21186 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21187 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21188 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21189
21190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21191
21192 ;;;***
21193 \f
21194 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21195 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17205 6264))
21196 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21197
21198 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21199 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21200
21201 \(fn)" nil nil)
21202
21203 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
21204 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
21205
21206 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
21207 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
21208
21209 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
21210 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
21211 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
21212 \\ref macro.
21213
21214 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
21215 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
21216 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
21217
21218 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
21219 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
21220 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
21221
21222 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
21223 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
21224
21225 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
21226 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
21227
21228 \\{reftex-mode-map}
21229 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
21230 on the menu bar.
21231
21232 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21233
21234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
21237 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
21238 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
21239
21240 \(fn)" nil nil)
21241
21242 ;;;***
21243 \f
21244 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
21245 ;;;;;; (17205 6249))
21246 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
21247
21248 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
21249 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
21250 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
21251 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
21252 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
21253 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
21254
21255 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
21256
21257 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
21258
21259 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
21260 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
21261 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
21262 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
21263 `reftex-cite-format'.
21264
21265 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
21266 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
21267 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
21268 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
21269
21270 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
21271
21272 ;;;***
21273 \f
21274 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
21275 ;;;;;; (17205 6250))
21276 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
21277
21278 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
21279 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
21280 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
21281 the current TeX document.
21282
21283 With no argument, this command toggles
21284 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
21285 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
21286
21287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21288
21289 ;;;***
21290 \f
21291 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
21292 ;;;;;; (17239 32421))
21293 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
21294
21295 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
21296 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
21297 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
21298
21299 To insert new phrases, use
21300 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
21301 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
21302
21303 To index phrases use one of:
21304
21305 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
21306 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
21307 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
21308 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
21309 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
21310
21311 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
21312 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
21313
21314 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
21315
21316 Here are all local bindings.
21317
21318 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
21319
21320 \(fn)" t nil)
21321
21322 ;;;***
21323 \f
21324 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
21325 ;;;;;; (17205 6254))
21326 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
21327
21328 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
21329 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
21330 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
21331 of master file.
21332
21333 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
21334
21335 ;;;***
21336 \f
21337 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
21338 ;;;;;; (17148 25097))
21339 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
21340
21341 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
21342 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
21343 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
21344 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
21345 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
21346 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
21347
21348 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
21349 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
21350
21351 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
21352 by \\=\\< and \\>.
21353
21354 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
21355
21356 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
21357 Return the depth of REGEXP.
21358 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
21359 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
21360
21361 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
21362
21363 ;;;***
21364 \f
21365 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17148 25034))
21366 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
21367
21368 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
21369 Repeat most recently executed command.
21370 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
21371 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
21372 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
21373
21374 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
21375 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
21376 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
21377
21378 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
21379
21380 ;;;***
21381 \f
21382 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
21383 ;;;;;; (17148 25157))
21384 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
21385
21386 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
21387 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
21388
21389 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
21390 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
21391 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
21392 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
21393 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
21394 and point is left after the salutation.
21395
21396 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
21397 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
21398 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
21399 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
21400 left after that text.
21401
21402 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
21403 is non-nil.
21404
21405 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
21406 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
21407 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
21408 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
21409
21410 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
21411
21412 ;;;***
21413 \f
21414 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
21415 ;;;;;; (17148 25035))
21416 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
21417
21418 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
21419 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
21420 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
21421 visibility of comments that precede it.
21422 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
21423 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
21424 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
21425 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
21426 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
21427 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
21428 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
21429 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
21430 the comment lines.
21431 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
21432 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
21433 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
21434 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
21435 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
21436
21437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21438 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
21439
21440 ;;;***
21441 \f
21442 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17148
21443 ;;;;;; 25035))
21444 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
21445
21446 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
21447 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
21448
21449 \(fn)" nil nil)
21450
21451 ;;;***
21452 \f
21453 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
21454 ;;;;;; (17148 25035))
21455 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
21456
21457 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21458 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
21459 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21460
21461 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21462 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21463 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21464
21465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21466
21467 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
21468 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
21469 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21470 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21471 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
21472
21473 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
21474
21475 (put (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21476
21477 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21478 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
21479 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21480
21481 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21482 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21483 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21484
21485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21486
21487 ;;;***
21488 \f
21489 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
21490 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
21491 ;;;;;; (17148 25035))
21492 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
21493
21494 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
21495 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
21496 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
21497 If emacs is not running under a window system,
21498 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
21499
21500 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
21501
21502 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
21503 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
21504 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
21505 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
21506 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
21507
21508 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
21509
21510 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
21511 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
21512 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21513 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21514 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
21515
21516 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
21517
21518 (put (quote file-name-shadow-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21519
21520 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
21521 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
21522 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
21523 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
21524 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
21525 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
21526 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
21527
21528 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21529 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21530
21531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21532
21533 ;;;***
21534 \f
21535 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
21536 ;;;;;; (17148 25098))
21537 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
21538
21539 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
21540 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
21541
21542 \(fn X)" nil nil)
21543
21544 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
21545 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
21546
21547 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
21548
21549 ;;;***
21550 \f
21551 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17140 20942))
21552 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
21553 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
21554
21555 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
21556 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
21557 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
21558 other arguments for `rlogin'.
21559
21560 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
21561
21562 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
21563 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
21564 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
21565 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
21566
21567 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
21568 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
21569
21570 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
21571 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
21572
21573 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
21574 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
21575 INPUT-ARGS.
21576
21577 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
21578 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
21579 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
21580 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
21581 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
21582
21583 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
21584 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
21585 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
21586 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
21587
21588 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
21589 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
21590 variable.
21591
21592 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21593
21594 ;;;***
21595 \f
21596 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
21597 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
21598 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
21599 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
21600 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
21601 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
21602 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17239
21603 ;;;;;; 32332))
21604 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
21605
21606 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
21607 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
21608 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
21609
21610 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
21611
21612 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
21613 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
21614 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
21615 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
21616
21617 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
21618
21619 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
21620 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
21621 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
21622 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
21623 value is the user's email address and name.)
21624 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
21625
21626 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
21627 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
21628 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
21629 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
21630 which normally happens once for each message,
21631 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
21632 To make a change in this variable take effect
21633 for a message that you have already viewed,
21634 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
21635
21636 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
21637
21638 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
21639 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
21640 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
21641 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
21642
21643 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
21644
21645 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
21646 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
21647
21648 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
21649
21650 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
21651 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
21652 A value of nil means don't highlight.
21653 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
21654
21655 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
21656
21657 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
21658 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
21659
21660 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
21661
21662 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
21663 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
21664
21665 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
21666
21667 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
21668 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
21669 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
21670 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
21671 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
21672
21673 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
21674
21675 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
21676 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
21677 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
21678 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
21679
21680 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
21681
21682 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
21683 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
21684
21685 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
21686
21687 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
21688 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
21689
21690 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
21691
21692 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
21693 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
21694
21695 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
21696
21697 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
21698 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
21699
21700 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
21701 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
21702
21703 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
21704 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
21705
21706 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
21707
21708 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
21709 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
21710
21711 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
21712 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
21713 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
21714 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
21715
21716 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
21717 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
21718
21719 This is set to nil by default.")
21720
21721 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
21722 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
21723 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
21724 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
21725 until a user explicitly requires it.")
21726
21727 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
21728
21729 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
21730 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
21731 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21732 It is called with no argument.")
21733
21734 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
21735 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
21736 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
21737 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
21738 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21739 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21740 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21741
21742 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
21743 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
21744 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21745 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21746 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21747 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21748
21749 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
21750 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
21751 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21752 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
21753 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
21754
21755 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
21756 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
21757 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21758 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
21759 MSG is the message number,
21760 REGEXP is the regular expression,
21761 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
21762
21763 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
21764 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
21765 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
21766 this feature is required with `require'.")
21767
21768 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
21769 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
21770 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
21771 the message is decoded as normal way.
21772
21773 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
21774 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
21775 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
21776
21777 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
21778 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
21779 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
21780
21781 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
21782 Read and edit incoming mail.
21783 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
21784 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
21785 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
21786
21787 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
21788 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
21789 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
21790 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
21791
21792 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
21793
21794 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
21795
21796 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
21797 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
21798 All normal editing commands are turned off.
21799 Instead, these commands are available:
21800
21801 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
21802 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
21803 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
21804 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
21805 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
21806 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
21807 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
21808 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
21809 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
21810 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
21811 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
21812 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
21813 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
21814 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
21815 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
21816 till a deleted message is found.
21817 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
21818 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
21819 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
21820 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
21821 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
21822 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
21823 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
21824 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
21825 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
21826 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
21827 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
21828 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
21829 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
21830 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
21831 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
21832 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
21833 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
21834 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
21835 (label defaults to last one specified).
21836 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
21837 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
21838 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
21839 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
21840 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
21841 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
21842 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
21843 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
21844 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
21845
21846 \(fn)" t nil)
21847
21848 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
21849 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
21850
21851 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21852
21853 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
21854 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
21855
21856 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
21857
21858 ;;;***
21859 \f
21860 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
21861 ;;;;;; (17148 25160))
21862 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
21863
21864 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
21865 Edit the contents of this message.
21866
21867 \(fn)" t nil)
21868
21869 ;;;***
21870 \f
21871 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
21872 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
21873 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17185 27577))
21874 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
21875
21876 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21877 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21878 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21879
21880 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21881
21882 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21883 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21884 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21885
21886 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21887
21888 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21889 Not documented
21890
21891 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
21892
21893 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21894 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
21895 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21896 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21897 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
21898
21899 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21900
21901 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21902 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
21903 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21904 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21905 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
21906
21907 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21908
21909 ;;;***
21910 \f
21911 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
21912 ;;;;;; (17185 27577))
21913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
21914
21915 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
21916 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
21917 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
21918 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
21919
21920 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21921
21922 ;;;***
21923 \f
21924 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
21925 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
21926 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17239 32332))
21927 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
21928
21929 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
21930 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
21931 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
21932 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
21933 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
21934 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
21935 a file name as a string.")
21936
21937 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
21938
21939 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
21940 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
21941 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
21942 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
21943 buffer visiting that file.
21944 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
21945 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
21946
21947 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
21948 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21949
21950 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
21951 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21952
21953 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
21954 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
21955
21956 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
21957
21958 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
21959 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
21960
21961 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
21962
21963 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
21964 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
21965 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
21966 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21967 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
21968
21969 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
21970 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
21971 will be appended with their original headers.
21972
21973 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
21974 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21975
21976 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
21977 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
21978
21979 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
21980
21981 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
21982
21983 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
21984 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
21985 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
21986
21987 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21988
21989 ;;;***
21990 \f
21991 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
21992 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
21993 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17148
21994 ;;;;;; 25160))
21995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
21996
21997 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
21998 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
21999 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22000
22001 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22002
22003 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22004 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22005 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22006
22007 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22008
22009 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22010 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22011 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22012
22013 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22014
22015 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22016 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22017 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22018
22019 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22020
22021 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22022 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22023 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22024
22025 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22026
22027 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22028 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22029 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22030
22031 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22032
22033 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22034 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22035 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22036 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22037
22038 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22039
22040 ;;;***
22041 \f
22042 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22043 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22044 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22045 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22046 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17239 32333))
22047 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22048
22049 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22050 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22051
22052 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
22053
22054 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22055 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22056
22057 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
22058
22059 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22060 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22061
22062 \(fn)" t nil)
22063
22064 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22065 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22066 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22067
22068 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22069
22070 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22071 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22072 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22073 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22074 only look in the To and From fields.
22075 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22076
22077 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22078
22079 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22080 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22081 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22082 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22083 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22084
22085 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22086
22087 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22088 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22089 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22090 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22091 look in the whole message.
22092 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22093
22094 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22095
22096 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22097 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22098 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22099
22100 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22101
22102 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22103 *Function to decode summary-line.
22104
22105 By default, `identity' is set.")
22106
22107 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
22108
22109 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22110 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22111 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22112 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22113 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22114 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22115 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22116
22117 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22118 sent by you under different user names.
22119 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22120
22121 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22122
22123 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
22124
22125 ;;;***
22126 \f
22127 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
22128 ;;;;;; (17185 27602))
22129 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
22130
22131 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
22132 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
22133 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
22134 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
22135
22136 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
22137
22138 ;;;***
22139 \f
22140 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22141 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17148 25035))
22142 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22143
22144 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22145 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22146
22147 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22148
22149 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22150 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22151
22152 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22153
22154 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22155 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22156
22157 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22158
22159 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22160 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22161 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22162
22163 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22164 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22165 in rot 13.
22166
22167 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22168
22169 \(fn)" t nil)
22170
22171 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22172 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22173
22174 \(fn)" t nil)
22175
22176 ;;;***
22177 \f
22178 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
22179 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
22180 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
22181 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
22182 ;;;;;; (17148 25181))
22183 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
22184
22185 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
22186 *This variable is obsolete.")
22187
22188 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
22189
22190 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
22191 *This variable is obsolete.")
22192
22193 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22194
22195 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
22196 *This variable is obsolete.")
22197
22198 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22199
22200 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
22201 *This variable is obsolete.")
22202
22203 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
22204
22205 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
22206 *This variable is obsolete.")
22207
22208 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22209
22210 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
22211 *This variable is obsolete.")
22212
22213 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22214
22215 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
22216 This function is obsolete.
22217
22218 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22219
22220 ;;;***
22221 \f
22222 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17159
22223 ;;;;;; 1467))
22224 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22225
22226 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22227 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22228
22229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22230
22231 ;;;***
22232 \f
22233 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17148
22234 ;;;;;; 25098))
22235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22236
22237 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22238 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22239 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22240 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22241
22242 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22243
22244 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22245 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22246 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22247 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22248
22249 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22250 notation.
22251
22252 STRING
22253 matches string STRING literally.
22254
22255 CHAR
22256 matches character CHAR literally.
22257
22258 `not-newline', `nonl'
22259 matches any character except a newline.
22260 .
22261 `anything'
22262 matches any character
22263
22264 `(any SET ...)'
22265 `(in SET ...)'
22266 `(char SET ...)'
22267 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22268 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22269 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22270
22271 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22272 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22273 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22274 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22275
22276 `(not (any SET ...))'
22277 matches any character not in SET ...
22278
22279 `line-start', `bol'
22280 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
22281 in the text being matched
22282
22283 `line-end', `eol'
22284 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
22285
22286 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
22287 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22288 string being matched against.
22289
22290 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
22291 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22292 string being matched against.
22293
22294 `buffer-start'
22295 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22296 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
22297
22298 `buffer-end'
22299 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22300 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
22301
22302 `point'
22303 matches the empty string, but only at point.
22304
22305 `word-start', `bow'
22306 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22307 word.
22308
22309 `word-end', `eow'
22310 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
22311
22312 `word-boundary'
22313 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22314 word.
22315
22316 `(not word-boundary)'
22317 `not-word-boundary'
22318 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
22319 word.
22320
22321 `digit', `numeric', `num'
22322 matches 0 through 9.
22323
22324 `control', `cntrl'
22325 matches ASCII control characters.
22326
22327 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
22328 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
22329
22330 `blank'
22331 matches space and tab only.
22332
22333 `graphic', `graph'
22334 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
22335 space, and DEL.
22336
22337 `printing', `print'
22338 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
22339 and DEL.
22340
22341 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
22342 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22343 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22344
22345 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
22346 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22347 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22348
22349 `ascii'
22350 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
22351
22352 `nonascii'
22353 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
22354
22355 `lower', `lower-case'
22356 matches anything lower-case.
22357
22358 `upper', `upper-case'
22359 matches anything upper-case.
22360
22361 `punctuation', `punct'
22362 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22363 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
22364
22365 `space', `whitespace', `white'
22366 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
22367
22368 `word', `wordchar'
22369 matches anything that has word syntax.
22370
22371 `not-wordchar'
22372 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
22373
22374 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
22375 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
22376 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
22377 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
22378
22379 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
22380 `punctuation' (\\s.)
22381 `word' (\\sw)
22382 `symbol' (\\s_)
22383 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
22384 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
22385 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
22386 `string-quote' (\\s\")
22387 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
22388 `escape' (\\s\\)
22389 `character-quote' (\\s/)
22390 `comment-start' (\\s<)
22391 `comment-end' (\\s>)
22392 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
22393 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
22394
22395 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
22396 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
22397
22398 `(category CATEGORY)'
22399 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
22400 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
22401
22402 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
22403 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
22404 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
22405 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
22406 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
22407 `symbol' (\\c5)
22408 `digit' (\\c6)
22409 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
22410 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
22411 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
22412 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
22413 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
22414 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
22415 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
22416 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
22417 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
22418 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
22419 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
22420 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
22421 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
22422 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
22423 `ascii' (\\ca)
22424 `arabic' (\\cb)
22425 `chinese' (\\cc)
22426 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
22427 `greek' (\\cg)
22428 `korean' (\\ch)
22429 `indian' (\\ci)
22430 `japanese' (\\cj)
22431 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
22432 `latin' (\\cl)
22433 `lao' (\\co)
22434 `tibetan' (\\cq)
22435 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
22436 `thai' (\\ct)
22437 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
22438 `hebrew' (\\cw)
22439 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
22440 `can-break' (\\c|)
22441
22442 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
22443 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
22444
22445 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22446 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22447 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22448 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22449 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
22450
22451 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22452 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22453 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
22454 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
22455
22456 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22457 another name for `submatch'.
22458
22459 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22460 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22461 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
22462 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
22463 regular expression.
22464
22465 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
22466 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
22467 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
22468 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
22469 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
22470
22471 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
22472 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
22473
22474 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
22475 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
22476
22477 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
22478 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
22479 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
22480
22481 `(* SEXP ...)'
22482 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
22483 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22484
22485 `(*? SEXP ...)'
22486 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
22487 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22488
22489 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
22490 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
22491 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
22492
22493 `(+ SEXP ...)'
22494 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22495
22496 `(+? SEXP ...)'
22497 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22498
22499 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
22500 `(optional SEXP ...)'
22501 `(opt SEXP ...)'
22502 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
22503
22504 `(? SEXP ...)'
22505 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22506
22507 `(?? SEXP ...)'
22508 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22509
22510 `(repeat N SEXP)'
22511 `(= N SEXP ...)'
22512 matches N occurrences.
22513
22514 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
22515 matches N or more occurrences.
22516
22517 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
22518 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
22519 matches N to M occurrences.
22520
22521 `(backref N)'
22522 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22523
22524 `(backref N)'
22525 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22526
22527 `(backref N)'
22528 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22529
22530 `(eval FORM)'
22531 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
22532 `regexp-quote' it.
22533
22534 `(regexp REGEXP)'
22535 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
22536
22537 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
22538
22539 ;;;***
22540 \f
22541 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-save savehist-load) "savehist" "savehist.el"
22542 ;;;;;; (17245 9380))
22543 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
22544
22545 (autoload (quote savehist-load) "savehist" "\
22546 Load the minibuffer histories from `savehist-file'.
22547 Unless NO-INSTALL is present and non-nil, the function will also install
22548 `savehist-autosave' in `kill-emacs-hook' and on a timer, ensuring that
22549 history is saved before leaving Emacs.
22550
22551 This function should be normally used from your Emacs init file. Since
22552 it removes your current minibuffer histories, it is unwise to call it at
22553 any other time.
22554
22555 \(fn &optional NO-INSTALL)" t nil)
22556
22557 (autoload (quote savehist-save) "savehist" "\
22558 Save the values of minibuffer history variables.
22559 Unbound symbols referenced in `savehist-additional-variables' are ignored.
22560 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
22561 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
22562
22563 \(fn &optional AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
22564
22565 ;;;***
22566 \f
22567 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
22568 ;;;;;; (17239 32390))
22569 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
22570
22571 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
22572 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
22573 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
22574
22575 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
22576 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
22577 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
22578 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
22579 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
22580 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
22581 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
22582 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
22583
22584 Commands:
22585 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22586 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
22587 \\{scheme-mode-map}
22588 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
22589 if that value is non-nil.
22590
22591 \(fn)" t nil)
22592
22593 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
22594 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
22595 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
22596
22597 Commands:
22598 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22599 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
22600 \\{scheme-mode-map}
22601 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
22602 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
22603 that variable's value is a string.
22604
22605 \(fn)" t nil)
22606
22607 ;;;***
22608 \f
22609 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
22610 ;;;;;; (17148 25151))
22611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
22612
22613 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
22614 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
22615 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
22616
22617 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
22618
22619 \(fn)" t nil)
22620
22621 ;;;***
22622 \f
22623 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17185
22624 ;;;;;; 27603))
22625 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
22626
22627 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
22628 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
22629 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
22630 \\{scribe-mode-map}
22631
22632 Interesting variables:
22633
22634 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
22635 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
22636
22637 `scribe-electric-quote'
22638 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
22639
22640 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
22641 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
22642 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
22643
22644 \(fn)" t nil)
22645
22646 ;;;***
22647 \f
22648 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
22649 ;;;;;; (17148 25035))
22650 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
22651
22652 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
22653 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
22654 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22656 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
22657
22658 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
22659
22660 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22661
22662 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
22663 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
22664 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
22665 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
22666 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
22667
22668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22669
22670 ;;;***
22671 \f
22672 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
22673 ;;;;;; (17167 2786))
22674 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
22675
22676 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
22677 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
22678 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
22679 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
22680 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
22681 during scrolling.
22682
22683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22684
22685 ;;;***
22686 \f
22687 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
22688 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
22689 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
22690 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
22691 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
22692 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
22693 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
22694 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
22695 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17239 43866))
22696 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
22697
22698 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
22699 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
22700
22701 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
22702 king@grassland.com
22703 If `parens', they look like:
22704 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
22705 If `angles', they look like:
22706 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
22707 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
22708 derived from the envelope-from address.
22709
22710 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
22711 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
22712 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
22713 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
22714
22715 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
22716
22717 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
22718 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
22719 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
22720 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
22721
22722 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
22723 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
22724 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
22725 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
22726
22727 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
22728
22729 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
22730 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
22731 This is done when the message is initialized,
22732 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
22733
22734 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
22735
22736 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
22737 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
22738 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
22739
22740 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
22741
22742 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:\\|^mail-reply-to:\\|^mail-followup-to:" "\
22743 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
22744
22745 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
22746
22747 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
22748 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
22749 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
22750 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
22751 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
22752 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
22753 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
22754
22755 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
22756
22757 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
22758 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
22759
22760 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
22761
22762 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
22763 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
22764 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
22765
22766 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
22767
22768 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
22769 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
22770 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
22771 when you first send mail.")
22772
22773 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
22774
22775 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
22776 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
22777 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
22778 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
22779 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
22780
22781 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
22782
22783 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
22784 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
22785 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
22786 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
22787 This file need not actually exist.")
22788
22789 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
22790
22791 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
22792 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
22793 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
22794
22795 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
22796
22797 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
22798 Alist of mail address aliases,
22799 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
22800 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
22801 can specify a different file name.)
22802 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
22803 alias ALIAS MEANING")
22804
22805 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
22806 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
22807 nil means use indentation.")
22808
22809 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
22810
22811 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
22812 *Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
22813 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
22814
22815 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
22816
22817 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
22818 *Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
22819 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
22820 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
22821 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
22822 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
22823 in the cited portion of the message.
22824
22825 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
22826 instead of no action.")
22827
22828 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
22829
22830 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
22831 *Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
22832 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
22833 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
22834 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
22835
22836 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
22837
22838 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
22839 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
22840 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
22841 If a string, that string is inserted.
22842 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
22843 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
22844 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
22845 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
22846
22847 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
22848
22849 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
22850 *File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
22851
22852 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
22853
22854 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
22855 *Directory for mail buffers.
22856 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
22857 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
22858
22859 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
22860
22861 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
22862 *A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
22863 It is inserted before you edit the message,
22864 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
22865
22866 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
22867
22868 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
22869 *If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
22870 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
22871 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
22872 is non-nil.")
22873
22874 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
22875
22876 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
22877 *Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
22878 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
22879 `query' means ask the user each time.
22880 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
22881 The default is `mime'.
22882 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
22883 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
22884
22885 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
22886
22887 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
22888 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
22889 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
22890 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
22891 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
22892 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
22893 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
22894 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
22895 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
22896 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
22897 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
22898 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
22899 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
22900 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
22901 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
22902 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
22903 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
22904
22905 \(fn)" t nil)
22906
22907 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
22908 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
22909
22910 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
22911 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
22912
22913 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
22914
22915 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
22916 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22917 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
22918 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
22919 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
22920 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22921
22922 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
22923 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22924 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
22925
22926 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
22927 User should not set this variable manually,
22928 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
22929 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
22930 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22931 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
22932
22933 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
22934 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
22935 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
22936 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
22937
22938 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
22939 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
22940
22941 \\<mail-mode-map>
22942 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
22943
22944 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
22945 to move to message header fields:
22946 \\{mail-mode-map}
22947
22948 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
22949 when the message is initialized.
22950
22951 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
22952 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
22953
22954 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
22955 is inserted.
22956
22957 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
22958 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
22959
22960 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
22961 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
22962 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
22963 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
22964 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
22965 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
22966 buffer without erasing the contents.
22967
22968 The second through fifth arguments,
22969 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
22970 the initial contents of those header fields.
22971 These arguments should not have final newlines.
22972 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
22973 original message being replied to, or else an action
22974 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
22975 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
22976 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
22977 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
22978 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
22979 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
22980
22981 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
22982
22983 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
22984 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
22985
22986 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22987
22988 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
22989 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
22990
22991 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22992
22993 ;;;***
22994 \f
22995 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
22996 ;;;;;; (17244 48630))
22997 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
22998
22999 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23000 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23001 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23002 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23003 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23004 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23005
23006 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23007
23008 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23009
23010 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23011 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23012 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23013 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23014 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
23015
23016 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
23017
23018 (put (quote server-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23019
23020 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23021 Toggle Server mode.
23022 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23023 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23024 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23025
23026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23027
23028 ;;;***
23029 \f
23030 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17239 32237))
23031 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23032
23033 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23034 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23035 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23036
23037 Key definitions:
23038 \\{ses-mode-map}
23039 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23040 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23041 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23042 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23043
23044 \(fn)" t nil)
23045
23046 ;;;***
23047 \f
23048 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23049 ;;;;;; (17185 27753))
23050 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23051
23052 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23053 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23054 Makes > match <.
23055 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23056 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23057
23058 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23059 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23060 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23061
23062 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
23063 your `.emacs' file.
23064
23065 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23066
23067 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23068 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23069 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23070
23071 \(fn)" t nil)
23072
23073 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23074
23075 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23076 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23077 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23078 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23079 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23080 which this is based.
23081
23082 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23083
23084 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23085 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23086 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23087 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23088
23089 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23090 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23091 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23092
23093 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23094 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23095 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23096 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23097
23098 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23099 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23100 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23101 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23102
23103 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23104
23105 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23106 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23107 To work around that, do:
23108 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23109
23110 \\{html-mode-map}
23111
23112 \(fn)" t nil)
23113
23114 ;;;***
23115 \f
23116 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23117 ;;;;;; (17242 7322))
23118 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23119
23120 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23121 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23122 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23123 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23124 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23125 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23126
23127 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23128 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23129 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23130 shell-specific features.
23131
23132 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23133 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23134 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23135
23136 \\[sh-case] case statement
23137 \\[sh-for] for loop
23138 \\[sh-function] function definition
23139 \\[sh-if] if statement
23140 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23141 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23142 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23143 \\[sh-select] select loop
23144 \\[sh-until] until loop
23145 \\[sh-while] while loop
23146
23147 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23148 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23149 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23150 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23151 would indent to the way it currently is.
23152 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23153 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23154
23155
23156 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23157 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23158 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23159 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23160 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23161 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23162
23163 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23164 {, (, [, ', \", `
23165 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23166
23167 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23168 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23169 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23170
23171 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23172 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23173
23174 \(fn)" t nil)
23175
23176 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23177
23178 ;;;***
23179 \f
23180 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17148 25151))
23181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23182
23183 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23184 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23185 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23186 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23187 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23188 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23189
23190 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23191
23192 ;;;***
23193 \f
23194 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23195 ;;;;;; (17148 25098))
23196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23197
23198 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23199 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23200
23201 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23202 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23203 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23204 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23205 the earlier.
23206
23207 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23208
23209 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23210
23211 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23212 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23213 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23214
23215 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
23216 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
23217
23218 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23219 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23220 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
23221 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23222 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
23223 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23224 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23225 emacs version).
23226
23227 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23228 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23229 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23230 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23231 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23232
23233 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23234 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23235 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23236
23237 \(fn)" t nil)
23238
23239 ;;;***
23240 \f
23241 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23242 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17239
23243 ;;;;;; 32238))
23244 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23245
23246 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23247 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23248 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23249 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23250 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23251 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23252 in the cluster.
23253
23254 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
23255
23256 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23257 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23258 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23259 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23260 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23261
23262 \(fn)" t nil)
23263
23264 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23265 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23266 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23267 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23268 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
23269 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23270 `shadow-define-cluster').
23271
23272 \(fn)" t nil)
23273
23274 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23275 Set up file shadowing.
23276
23277 \(fn)" t nil)
23278
23279 ;;;***
23280 \f
23281 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23282 ;;;;;; (17196 30352))
23283 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23284
23285 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23286 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23287 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23288 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23289 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23290 arguments.")
23291
23292 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
23293
23294 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23295 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23296 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23297 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23298 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23299 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23300 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23301 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
23302 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
23303 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
23304 discards input when it starts up.)
23305 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23306 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
23307 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
23308
23309 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23310 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23311 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23312 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
23313 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23314 `default-process-coding-system'.
23315
23316 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
23317 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
23318 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
23319 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
23320
23321 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
23322
23323 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23324 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
23325
23326 ;;;***
23327 \f
23328 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
23329 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17205 6100))
23330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
23331
23332 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
23333 Not documented
23334
23335 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
23336
23337 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
23338 Not documented
23339
23340 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23341
23342 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
23343 Not documented
23344
23345 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23346
23347 ;;;***
23348 \f
23349 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
23350 ;;;;;; (17148 25152))
23351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
23352
23353 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
23354 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
23355 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
23356 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
23357 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
23358
23359 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
23360
23361 \(fn)" t nil)
23362
23363 ;;;***
23364 \f
23365 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17140
23366 ;;;;;; 20980))
23367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
23368
23369 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
23370 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
23371 \\{simula-mode-map}
23372 Variables controlling indentation style:
23373 `simula-tab-always-indent'
23374 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
23375 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
23376 `simula-indent-level'
23377 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
23378 `simula-substatement-offset'
23379 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
23380 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
23381 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
23382 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
23383 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
23384 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
23385 `simula-label-offset' -4711
23386 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
23387 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
23388 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
23389 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
23390 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
23391 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
23392 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
23393 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
23394 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
23395 `simula-electric-indent' nil
23396 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
23397 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
23398 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
23399 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
23400 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
23401 or nil if they should not be changed.
23402 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
23403 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
23404 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
23405 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
23406
23407 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
23408 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
23409
23410 \(fn)" t nil)
23411
23412 ;;;***
23413 \f
23414 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
23415 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17148 25043))
23416 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
23417
23418 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
23419 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
23420
23421 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
23422 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
23423 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
23424 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
23425
23426 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
23427
23428 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
23429 Insert SKELETON.
23430 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
23431 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
23432 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
23433 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
23434 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
23435
23436 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
23437 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
23438
23439 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
23440
23441 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
23442 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
23443
23444 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
23445 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
23446 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
23447 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
23448
23449 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
23450 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
23451 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
23452 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
23453
23454 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
23455 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
23456 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
23457
23458 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
23459 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
23460
23461 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
23462 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
23463
23464 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
23465 _ interesting point, interregion here
23466 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
23467 interesting point set by _
23468 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
23469 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
23470 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
23471 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
23472 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
23473 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
23474 nil skipped
23475
23476 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
23477 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
23478
23479 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
23480 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
23481 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
23482 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
23483 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
23484 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
23485 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
23486 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
23487
23488 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
23489 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
23490 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
23491 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
23492 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
23493 available:
23494
23495 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
23496 then: insert previously read string once more
23497 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
23498 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
23499 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
23500
23501 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
23502 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
23503
23504 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
23505
23506 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
23507 Insert the character you type ARG times.
23508
23509 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
23510 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
23511 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
23512 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
23513 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
23514 such as backslash.
23515
23516 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
23517 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
23518 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
23519
23520 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23521
23522 ;;;***
23523 \f
23524 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
23525 ;;;;;; (17247 15785))
23526 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
23527
23528 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
23529 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
23530 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
23531 buffer names.
23532
23533 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
23534
23535 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
23536 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
23537 \\{smerge-mode-map}
23538
23539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23540
23541 ;;;***
23542 \f
23543 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
23544 ;;;;;; (17148 25152))
23545 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
23546
23547 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
23548 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
23549 A list of images is returned.
23550
23551 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23552
23553 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
23554 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
23555 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
23556
23557 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23558
23559 ;;;***
23560 \f
23561 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
23562 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17120 44799))
23563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
23564
23565 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
23566 Not documented
23567
23568 \(fn)" nil nil)
23569
23570 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
23571 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
23572
23573 \(fn)" t nil)
23574
23575 ;;;***
23576 \f
23577 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17140 20949))
23578 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
23579
23580 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
23581 Play the Snake game.
23582 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
23583
23584 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
23585
23586 Snake mode keybindings:
23587 \\<snake-mode-map>
23588 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
23589 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
23590 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
23591 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
23592 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
23593 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
23594 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
23595
23596 \(fn)" t nil)
23597
23598 ;;;***
23599 \f
23600 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
23601 ;;;;;; (17140 20942))
23602 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
23603
23604 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
23605 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
23606 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
23607 Tab indents for C code.
23608 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
23609 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23610 \\{snmp-mode-map}
23611 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
23612 `snmp-mode-hook'.
23613
23614 \(fn)" t nil)
23615
23616 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
23617 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
23618 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
23619 Tab indents for C code.
23620 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
23621 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23622 \\{snmp-mode-map}
23623 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
23624 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
23625
23626 \(fn)" t nil)
23627
23628 ;;;***
23629 \f
23630 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
23631 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
23632 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17239 32270))
23633 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
23634
23635 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
23636 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
23637
23638 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
23639 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
23640 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
23641
23642 For example, the form
23643
23644 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
23645 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
23646
23647 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
23648
23649 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
23650
23651 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
23652 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
23653
23654 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
23655 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
23656 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
23657 York City.
23658
23659 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23660
23661 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
23662
23663 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
23664 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
23665
23666 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
23667 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
23668 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
23669 York City.
23670
23671 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23672
23673 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
23674
23675 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
23676 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
23677 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
23678 pair.
23679
23680 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23681
23682 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
23683
23684 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
23685 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
23686 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
23687
23688 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
23689 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
23690
23691 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
23692
23693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23694
23695 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
23696 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
23697 Requires floating point.
23698
23699 \(fn)" nil nil)
23700
23701 ;;;***
23702 \f
23703 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17140
23704 ;;;;;; 20949))
23705 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
23706
23707 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
23708 Play Solitaire.
23709
23710 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
23711 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
23712 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
23713 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
23714 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
23715 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
23716 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
23717 check after each move or undo)
23718
23719 What is Solitaire?
23720
23721 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
23722 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
23723 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
23724
23725 Le Solitaire
23726 ============
23727
23728 o o o
23729
23730 o o o
23731
23732 o o o o o o o
23733
23734 o o o . o o o
23735
23736 o o o o o o o
23737
23738 o o o
23739
23740 o o o
23741
23742 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
23743 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
23744 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
23745 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
23746
23747 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
23748 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
23749 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
23750 this: o o .
23751
23752 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
23753 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
23754
23755 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
23756
23757 o o o
23758
23759 . o o
23760
23761 o o . o o o o
23762
23763 o . o o o o o
23764
23765 o o o o o o o
23766
23767 o o o
23768
23769 o o o
23770
23771 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
23772
23773 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
23774
23775 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23776
23777 ;;;***
23778 \f
23779 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
23780 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
23781 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17148 25043))
23782 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
23783
23784 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
23785 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
23786
23787 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
23788 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
23789 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
23790 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
23791 contiguous.
23792
23793 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
23794 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
23795 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23796 the sort order.
23797
23798 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
23799 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
23800
23801 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
23802 It moves point to the start of the next record.
23803 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
23804 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
23805 is called.
23806
23807 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
23808 It should move point to the end of the record.
23809
23810 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
23811 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
23812 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
23813 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
23814 starts at the beginning of the record.
23815
23816 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
23817 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
23818 same as ENDRECFUN.
23819
23820 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
23821 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
23822
23823 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
23824
23825 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
23826 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23827 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23828 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23829 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23830 the sort order.
23831
23832 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23833
23834 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
23835 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23836 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23837 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23838 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23839 the sort order.
23840
23841 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23842
23843 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
23844 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23845 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23846 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23847 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23848 the sort order.
23849
23850 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23851
23852 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
23853 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
23854 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23855 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
23856 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
23857 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
23858 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23859 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23860 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23861
23862 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23863
23864 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
23865 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
23866 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23867 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23868 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23869 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23870 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23871 the sort order.
23872
23873 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23874
23875 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
23876 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
23877 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
23878 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
23879 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
23880 is to be used for sorting.
23881 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
23882 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
23883 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
23884 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
23885 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
23886
23887 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
23888
23889 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23890 the sort order.
23891
23892 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
23893 starting with the letter \"f\",
23894 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
23895
23896 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
23897
23898 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
23899 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
23900 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
23901 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
23902 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
23903 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
23904 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23905 the sort order.
23906
23907 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
23908 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
23909 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
23910 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
23911 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
23912
23913 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
23914
23915 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
23916 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
23917 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
23918
23919 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
23920
23921 ;;;***
23922 \f
23923 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17148
23924 ;;;;;; 25153))
23925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
23926
23927 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
23928 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
23929
23930 \(fn)" t nil)
23931
23932 ;;;***
23933 \f
23934 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
23935 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
23936 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17239 32320))
23937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
23938
23939 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
23940 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
23941
23942 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
23943 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
23944 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
23945
23946 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
23947
23948 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
23949 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
23950 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
23951 server.
23952
23953 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23954
23955 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
23956 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
23957 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
23958
23959 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23960
23961 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
23962 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
23963 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
23964 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
23965 Agent is plugged.
23966
23967 \(fn)" t nil)
23968
23969 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
23970 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
23971 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
23972 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
23973
23974 \(fn)" t nil)
23975
23976 ;;;***
23977 \f
23978 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
23979 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17239 32244))
23980 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
23981
23982 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
23983
23984 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
23985 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
23986 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
23987 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
23988 supported at a time.
23989 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
23990 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
23991
23992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23993
23994 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
23995 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
23996 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
23997 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
23998
23999 \(fn)" t nil)
24000
24001 ;;;***
24002 \f
24003 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24004 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17148 25223))
24005 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24006
24007 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24008
24009 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24010 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24011 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24012 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24013 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24014 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24015
24016 \(fn)" t nil)
24017
24018 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24019 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24020 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24021 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24022
24023 \(fn)" t nil)
24024
24025 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24026 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24027 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24028 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24029 for example, \"word\".
24030
24031 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24032
24033 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24034 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24035
24036 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24037
24038 ;;;***
24039 \f
24040 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17140
24041 ;;;;;; 20949))
24042 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24043
24044 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24045 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24046
24047 \(fn)" t nil)
24048
24049 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24050 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24051
24052 \(fn)" nil nil)
24053
24054 ;;;***
24055 \f
24056 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24057 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24058 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24059 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17185
24060 ;;;;;; 27674))
24061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24062
24063 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24064 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24065
24066 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24067 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24068 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24069 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24070 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24071 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24072 of the current highlighting list.
24073
24074 For example:
24075
24076 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24077 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24078
24079 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24080 `_t' as data types.
24081
24082 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24083
24084 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24085 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24086
24087 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24088 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24089
24090 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24091
24092 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24093 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24094 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24095
24096 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24097
24098 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24099 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24100 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24101 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24102 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24103 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24104 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24105 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24106 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24107
24108 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24109
24110 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24111 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24112 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24113 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24114
24115 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24116 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24117 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24118 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24119
24120 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24121 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24122 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24123
24124 \(fn)" t nil)
24125
24126 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24127 Major mode to edit SQL.
24128
24129 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24130 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24131 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24132
24133 \\{sql-mode-map}
24134 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24135
24136 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24137 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24138 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24139 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24140 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24141 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24142
24143 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24144 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24145
24146 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24147 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24148 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24149
24150 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24151 (lambda ()
24152 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24153
24154 \(fn)" t nil)
24155
24156 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24157 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24158
24159 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24160 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24161 `*SQL*'.
24162
24163 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24164
24165 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24166
24167 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24168 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24169
24170 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24171 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24172 `*SQL*'.
24173
24174 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24175 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24176 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24177 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24178
24179 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24180 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24181
24182 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24183 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24184 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24185 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24186 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24187 `default-process-coding-system'.
24188
24189 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24190
24191 \(fn)" t nil)
24192
24193 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24194 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24195
24196 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24197 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24198 `*SQL*'.
24199
24200 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24201 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24202 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24203 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24204
24205 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24206 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24207
24208 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24209 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24210 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24211 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24212 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24213 `default-process-coding-system'.
24214
24215 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24216
24217 \(fn)" t nil)
24218
24219 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24220 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24221
24222 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24223 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24224 `*SQL*'.
24225
24226 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24227 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24228
24229 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24230 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24231
24232 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24233 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24234 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24235 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24236 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24237 `default-process-coding-system'.
24238
24239 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24240
24241 \(fn)" t nil)
24242
24243 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24244 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24245
24246 SQLite is free software.
24247
24248 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24249 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24250 `*SQL*'.
24251
24252 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24253 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24254 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24255 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24256
24257 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24258 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24259
24260 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24261 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24262 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24263 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24264 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24265 `default-process-coding-system'.
24266
24267 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24268
24269 \(fn)" t nil)
24270
24271 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24272 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24273
24274 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24275
24276 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24277 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24278 `*SQL*'.
24279
24280 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24281 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24282 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24283 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24284
24285 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24286 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24287
24288 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24289 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24290 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24291 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24292 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24293 `default-process-coding-system'.
24294
24295 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24296
24297 \(fn)" t nil)
24298
24299 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24300 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
24301
24302 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24303 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24304 `*SQL*'.
24305
24306 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
24307 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
24308 defaults, if set.
24309
24310 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24311 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24312
24313 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24314 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24315 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24316 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24317 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24318 `default-process-coding-system'.
24319
24320 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24321
24322 \(fn)" t nil)
24323
24324 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
24325 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
24326
24327 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24328 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24329 `*SQL*'.
24330
24331 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
24332 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24333
24334 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24335 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24336
24337 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24338 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24339 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24340 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24341 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24342 `default-process-coding-system'.
24343
24344 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24345
24346 \(fn)" t nil)
24347
24348 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
24349 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
24350
24351 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24352 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24353 `*SQL*'.
24354
24355 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
24356 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
24357 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
24358 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
24359
24360 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24361 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24362
24363 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24364 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24365 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24366 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24367 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24368 `default-process-coding-system'.
24369
24370 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24371
24372 \(fn)" t nil)
24373
24374 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
24375 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
24376
24377 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24378 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24379 `*SQL*'.
24380
24381 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
24382 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
24383 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
24384 `sql-postgres-options'.
24385
24386 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24387 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24388
24389 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24390 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24391 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24392 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24393 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24394 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
24395 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
24396 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
24397
24398 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
24399 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
24400
24401 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24402
24403 \(fn)" t nil)
24404
24405 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
24406 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
24407
24408 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24409 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24410 `*SQL*'.
24411
24412 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
24413 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24414 defaults, if set.
24415
24416 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24417 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24418
24419 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24420 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24421 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24422 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24423 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24424 `default-process-coding-system'.
24425
24426 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24427
24428 \(fn)" t nil)
24429
24430 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
24431 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
24432
24433 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24434 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24435 `*SQL*'.
24436
24437 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
24438 automatic login.
24439
24440 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24441 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24442
24443 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
24444 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
24445 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
24446 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
24447
24448 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24449 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24450 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24451 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24452 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24453 `default-process-coding-system'.
24454
24455 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24456
24457 \(fn)" t nil)
24458
24459 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
24460 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
24461
24462 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24463 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24464 `*SQL*'.
24465
24466 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
24467 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
24468 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24469 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
24470 parameters.
24471
24472 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
24473 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
24474 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
24475 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
24476 an empty password.
24477
24478 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24479 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24480
24481 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24482
24483 \(fn)" t nil)
24484
24485 ;;;***
24486 \f
24487 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
24488 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
24489 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
24490 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
24491 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17205
24492 ;;;;;; 6045))
24493 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
24494
24495 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
24496 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
24497 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
24498 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
24499 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
24500 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
24501
24502 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
24503
24504 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
24505
24506 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
24507 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24508 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24509 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
24510 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
24511 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
24512 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24513
24514 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24515
24516 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24517 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24518 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24519 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
24520 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
24521 then complete the stroke with button 3.
24522 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24523
24524 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24525
24526 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
24527 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24528 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24529
24530 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24531
24532 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24533 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24534 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24535
24536 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24537
24538 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
24539 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
24540
24541 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
24542
24543 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
24544 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
24545
24546 \(fn)" t nil)
24547
24548 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
24549 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
24550
24551 \(fn)" t nil)
24552
24553 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
24554 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
24555 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
24556 chronologically by command name.
24557 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
24558
24559 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
24560
24561 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
24562 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
24563 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24564 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24565 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
24566
24567 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
24568
24569 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
24570
24571 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
24572 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
24573 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
24574 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
24575 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
24576 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
24577 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
24578
24579 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
24580 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
24581 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
24582 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
24583
24584 \\{strokes-mode-map}
24585
24586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24587
24588 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
24589 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
24590 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
24591 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
24592
24593 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
24594
24595 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24596 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
24597
24598 \(fn)" t nil)
24599
24600 ;;;***
24601 \f
24602 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
24603 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17075 55479))
24604 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
24605
24606 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
24607 Studlify-case the region.
24608
24609 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
24610
24611 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
24612 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
24613
24614 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
24615
24616 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
24617 Studlify-case the current buffer.
24618
24619 \(fn)" t nil)
24620
24621 ;;;***
24622 \f
24623 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17250 21630))
24624 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
24625
24626 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
24627 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
24628 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
24629 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
24630 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
24631 to the specified name LIBRARY.
24632
24633 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
24634 is used instead of `load-path'.
24635
24636 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
24637 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
24638 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
24639
24640 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
24641
24642 ;;;***
24643 \f
24644 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
24645 ;;;;;; (17239 32335))
24646 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
24647
24648 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
24649 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
24650 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
24651 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
24652 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
24653 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
24654 original message but it does require a few things:
24655
24656 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
24657
24658 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
24659 reply buffer.
24660
24661 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
24662 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
24663 original message.
24664
24665 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
24666
24667 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
24668
24669 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
24670 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
24671 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
24672
24673 \(fn)" nil nil)
24674
24675 ;;;***
24676 \f
24677 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (17242
24678 ;;;;;; 7313))
24679 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
24680
24681 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
24682 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
24683 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
24684 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
24685 Point is at POS when this function returns.
24686
24687 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
24688
24689 ;;;***
24690 \f
24691 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17148 25050))
24692 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
24693
24694 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
24695 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
24696 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
24697 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
24698 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
24699
24700 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24701
24702 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
24703 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
24704 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
24705 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
24706 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
24707 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
24708 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
24709
24710 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24711
24712 ;;;***
24713 \f
24714 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
24715 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
24716 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
24717 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
24718 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
24719 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
24720 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
24721 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
24722 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
24723 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
24724 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
24725 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
24726 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17159 1496))
24727 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
24728
24729 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
24730 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
24731 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
24732
24733 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
24734
24735 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
24736 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
24737
24738 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
24739
24740 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
24741 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
24742
24743 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
24744
24745 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
24746 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
24747
24748 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
24749
24750 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
24751 Insert an editable text table.
24752 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
24753 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
24754 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
24755 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
24756 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
24757 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
24758 delimiting them.
24759
24760 Examples:
24761
24762 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
24763
24764 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
24765 location of point.
24766
24767 -!-
24768
24769 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
24770 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
24771 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
24772 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
24773 first cell.
24774
24775 +-----+-----+-----+
24776 |-!- | | |
24777 +-----+-----+-----+
24778
24779 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
24780
24781 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
24782 width, which results as
24783
24784 +--------------+-----+-----+
24785 |-!- | | |
24786 +--------------+-----+-----+
24787
24788 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
24789 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
24790
24791 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24792 | | |-!- |
24793 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24794
24795 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
24796 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
24797 width information to `table-insert'.
24798
24799 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
24800
24801 instead of
24802
24803 Cell width(s): 5
24804
24805 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
24806 work all together.
24807
24808 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
24809 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
24810
24811 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24812 |-!- | | |
24813 | | | |
24814 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24815
24816 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
24817
24818 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24819 |-!- | | |
24820 | | | |
24821 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24822 | | | |
24823 | | | |
24824 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24825
24826 Move the point under the table as shown below.
24827
24828 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24829 | | | |
24830 | | | |
24831 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24832 | | | |
24833 | | | |
24834 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24835 -!-
24836
24837 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
24838 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
24839 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
24840
24841 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24842 | | | |
24843 | | | |
24844 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24845 | | | |
24846 | | | |
24847 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24848 |-!- | | |
24849 | | | |
24850 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24851
24852 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
24853 results.
24854
24855 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24856 | | | |
24857 | | | |
24858 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24859 | | |Text editing inside the table |
24860 | | |cell produces reasonably |
24861 | | |expected results.-!- |
24862 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24863 | | | |
24864 | | | |
24865 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24866
24867 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
24868
24869 \\{table-cell-map}
24870
24871 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
24872
24873 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
24874 Insert N table row(s).
24875 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
24876 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
24877 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
24878 are appended at the bottom of the table.
24879
24880 \(fn N)" t nil)
24881
24882 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
24883 Insert N table column(s).
24884 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
24885 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
24886 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
24887 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
24888
24889 \(fn N)" t nil)
24890
24891 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
24892 Insert row(s) or column(s).
24893 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
24894
24895 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
24896
24897 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
24898 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
24899 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
24900 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
24901 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
24902 all the table specific features.
24903
24904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24905
24906 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
24907 Not documented
24908
24909 \(fn)" t nil)
24910
24911 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
24912 Recognize all tables within region.
24913 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
24914 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
24915 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
24916 specific features.
24917
24918 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
24919
24920 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
24921 Not documented
24922
24923 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24924
24925 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
24926 Recognize a table at point.
24927 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
24928 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
24929 the table specific features.
24930
24931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24932
24933 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
24934 Not documented
24935
24936 \(fn)" t nil)
24937
24938 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
24939 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
24940 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
24941 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
24942 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
24943 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
24944 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
24945
24946 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
24947
24948 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
24949 Not documented
24950
24951 \(fn)" t nil)
24952
24953 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
24954 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
24955 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
24956 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
24957 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
24958 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
24959 specified.
24960
24961 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24962
24963 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
24964 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
24965 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
24966 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
24967 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
24968 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
24969 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
24970 table structure.
24971
24972 \(fn N)" t nil)
24973
24974 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
24975 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
24976 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
24977 table's rectangle structure.
24978
24979 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24980
24981 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
24982 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
24983 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
24984 table's rectangle structure.
24985
24986 \(fn N)" t nil)
24987
24988 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
24989 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
24990 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
24991 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
24992 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
24993
24994 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
24995
24996 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
24997 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
24998 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
24999
25000 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25001 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25002 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25003 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25004 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25005 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25006 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25007
25008 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25009 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25010 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25011 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25012 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25013 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25014 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25015
25016 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25017 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25018 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25019 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25020 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25021 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25022 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25023 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25024
25025 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25026
25027 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25028 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25029 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25030 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25031
25032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25033
25034 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25035 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25036 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25037
25038 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25039
25040 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25041 Split current cell vertically.
25042 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25043
25044 \(fn)" t nil)
25045
25046 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25047 Split current cell horizontally.
25048 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25049
25050 \(fn)" t nil)
25051
25052 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25053 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25054 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25055
25056 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25057
25058 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25059 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25060 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25061 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25062
25063 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25064
25065 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25066 Justify cell contents.
25067 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25068 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25069 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25070 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25071
25072 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25073
25074 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25075 Justify cells of a row.
25076 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25077 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25078
25079 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25080
25081 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25082 Justify cells of a column.
25083 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25084 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25085
25086 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25087
25088 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25089 Toggle fixing width mode.
25090 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25091 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25092 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25093
25094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25095
25096 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25097 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25098 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25099 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25100 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25101 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25102 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25103 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25104 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25105 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25106 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25107
25108 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25109
25110 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25111 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25112 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25113 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25114 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25115 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25116 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25117 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25118 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25119 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25120 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25121 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25122 untouched.
25123
25124 References used for this implementation:
25125
25126 HTML:
25127 http://www.w3.org
25128
25129 LaTeX:
25130 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25131
25132 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25133 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25134 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25135
25136 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25137
25138 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25139 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25140 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25141 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25142 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25143 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25144 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25145 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25146 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25147 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25148 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25149 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25150 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25151 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25152 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25153 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25154 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25155
25156 Example:
25157
25158 (progn
25159 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25160 (table-forward-cell 15)
25161 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25162 (table-forward-cell 16)
25163 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25164 (table-forward-cell 1)
25165 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25166
25167 (progn
25168 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25169 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25170 (table-forward-cell 1)
25171 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25172
25173 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25174
25175 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25176 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25177 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25178 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25179 consists from cells of same height.
25180
25181 \(fn N)" t nil)
25182
25183 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25184 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25185 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25186 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25187 column must consists from cells of same width.
25188
25189 \(fn N)" t nil)
25190
25191 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25192 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25193 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25194 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25195 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25196 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25197 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25198 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25199 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25200 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25201 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25202 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25203 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25204 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25205 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25206
25207
25208 Example 1:
25209
25210 1, 2, 3, 4
25211 5, 6, 7, 8
25212 , 9, 10
25213
25214 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25215 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25216 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25217 specified as 5.
25218
25219 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25220 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
25221 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25222 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
25223 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25224 | | 9 | 10 | |
25225 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25226
25227 Note:
25228
25229 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25230 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25231 of each row is optional.
25232
25233
25234 Example 2:
25235
25236 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25237 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25238 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25239 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25240 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25241
25242 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25243 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25244
25245 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25246 expression and raw delimiter regular
25247 expression, it parses the specified text
25248 area and extracts cell items from
25249 non-table text and then forms a table out
25250 of them.
25251
25252 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25253 creates a single cell table. The text in
25254 the specified region is placed in that
25255 cell.-*-
25256
25257 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25258 like this.
25259
25260 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25261 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25262 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25263 | |
25264 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25265 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25266 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25267 | area and extracts cell items from |
25268 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25269 | of them. |
25270 | |
25271 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25272 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25273 | the specified region is placed in that |
25274 | cell. |
25275 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25276
25277 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25278 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25279 independently.
25280
25281 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25282 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25283 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25284 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25285 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25286 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25287 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25288 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25289 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25290 | |of them. |
25291 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25292 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25293 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
25294 | |the specified region is placed in that |
25295 | |cell. |
25296 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25297
25298 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
25299 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
25300 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
25301
25302 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
25303
25304 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
25305 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
25306 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
25307 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
25308 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
25309
25310 \(fn)" t nil)
25311
25312 ;;;***
25313 \f
25314 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17148 25050))
25315 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
25316
25317 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
25318 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
25319
25320 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
25321
25322 ;;;***
25323 \f
25324 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17242 7312))
25325 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
25326
25327 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
25328 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
25329 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
25330 Letters no longer insert themselves.
25331 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
25332 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
25333 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
25334
25335 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
25336 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
25337 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
25338 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
25339
25340 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
25341 \\{tar-mode-map}
25342
25343 \(fn)" t nil)
25344
25345 ;;;***
25346 \f
25347 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
25348 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17102 19053))
25349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
25350
25351 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
25352 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
25353 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
25354 Tab indents for Tcl code.
25355 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
25356 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25357
25358 Variables controlling indentation style:
25359 `tcl-indent-level'
25360 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
25361 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
25362 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
25363
25364 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
25365 documentation for details):
25366 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
25367 Controls action of TAB key.
25368 `tcl-auto-newline'
25369 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
25370 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
25371 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
25372 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
25373 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
25374
25375 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
25376 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
25377 already exist.
25378
25379 Commands:
25380 \\{tcl-mode-map}
25381
25382 \(fn)" t nil)
25383
25384 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
25385 Run inferior Tcl process.
25386 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
25387 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
25388
25389 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
25390
25391 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
25392 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
25393 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
25394
25395 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
25396
25397 ;;;***
25398 \f
25399 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17140 20942))
25400 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25401 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
25402
25403 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
25404 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25405 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
25406 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
25407
25408 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
25409 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
25410 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
25411 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
25412 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25413
25414 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
25415 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
25416
25417 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
25418 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25419 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
25420 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25421
25422 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
25423
25424 ;;;***
25425 \f
25426 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17248
25427 ;;;;;; 29270))
25428 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
25429
25430 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
25431 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
25432 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
25433 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
25434 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
25435 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
25436
25437 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
25438
25439 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
25440 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25441 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
25442 commands to use in that buffer.
25443
25444 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
25445
25446 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
25447
25448 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
25449 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25450
25451 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
25452
25453 ;;;***
25454 \f
25455 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17239
25456 ;;;;;; 32246))
25457 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
25458
25459 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
25460 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
25461 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
25462 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
25463 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
25464 program as keyboard input.
25465
25466 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
25467 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
25468 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
25469 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
25470
25471 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
25472 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
25473 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
25474 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
25475 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
25476
25477 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
25478
25479 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
25480 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
25481 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
25482 terminal-redisplay-interval.
25483
25484 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
25485 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
25486 subprocess started.
25487
25488 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
25489
25490 ;;;***
25491 \f
25492 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
25493 ;;;;;; (17159 1472))
25494 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
25495
25496 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
25497 Start coverage on function under point.
25498
25499 \(fn)" t nil)
25500
25501 ;;;***
25502 \f
25503 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17140 20949))
25504 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
25505
25506 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
25507 Play the Tetris game.
25508 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
25509 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
25510 as to form complete rows.
25511
25512 tetris-mode keybindings:
25513 \\<tetris-mode-map>
25514 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
25515 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
25516 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25517 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
25518 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
25519 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
25520 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
25521 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
25522
25523 \(fn)" t nil)
25524
25525 ;;;***
25526 \f
25527 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
25528 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
25529 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25530 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
25531 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
25532 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
25533 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
25534 ;;;;;; (17239 32423))
25535 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
25536
25537 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
25538 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
25539
25540 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
25541
25542 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
25543 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
25544 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
25545 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
25546 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
25547
25548 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
25549
25550 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
25551 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
25552 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
25553 if it matches the first line of the file,
25554 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
25555
25556 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
25557
25558 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
25559 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
25560 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
25561 if the variable is non-nil.")
25562
25563 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
25564
25565 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
25566 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
25567
25568 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
25569
25570 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
25571 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
25572 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25573 See the documentation of that variable.")
25574
25575 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25576
25577 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
25578 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
25579 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25580 See the documentation of that variable.")
25581
25582 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25583
25584 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
25585 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
25586 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25587 See the documentation of that variable.")
25588
25589 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25590
25591 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
25592 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
25593 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
25594 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
25595 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
25596
25597 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
25598
25599 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
25600 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
25601 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
25602 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
25603
25604 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
25605
25606 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
25607 *User defined LaTeX block names.
25608 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
25609
25610 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
25611
25612 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
25613 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
25614 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25615 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
25616
25617 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
25618
25619 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
25620 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25621 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25622 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
25623
25624 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
25625
25626 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
25627 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
25628 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25629 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
25630
25631 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
25632 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
25633 for example,
25634
25635 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25636 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
25637
25638 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
25639 use.")
25640
25641 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
25642
25643 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
25644 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
25645 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
25646 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25647 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
25648
25649 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
25650
25651 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
25652
25653 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
25654 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
25655 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
25656
25657 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
25658
25659 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25660 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
25661 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
25662 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
25663 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
25664
25665 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
25666
25667 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
25668 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25669
25670 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
25671
25672 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
25673 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25674
25675 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
25676
25677 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25678 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
25679 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
25680 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
25681 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
25682 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
25683 says which mode to use.
25684
25685 \(fn)" t nil)
25686
25687 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
25688
25689 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
25690
25691 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
25692
25693 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25694 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
25695 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25696 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25697 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25698
25699 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
25700 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
25701 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25702 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25703 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25704 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25705 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25706
25707 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25708 mismatched $'s or braces.
25709
25710 Special commands:
25711 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
25712
25713 Mode variables:
25714 tex-run-command
25715 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25716 tex-directory
25717 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
25718 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25719 tex-dvi-print-command
25720 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25721 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25722 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25723 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25724 tex-dvi-view-command
25725 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25726 tex-show-queue-command
25727 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25728 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25729
25730 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
25731 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
25732 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25733
25734 \(fn)" t nil)
25735
25736 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25737 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
25738 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25739 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25740 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25741
25742 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
25743 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
25744 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25745 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25746 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25747 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25748 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25749
25750 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25751 mismatched $'s or braces.
25752
25753 Special commands:
25754 \\{latex-mode-map}
25755
25756 Mode variables:
25757 latex-run-command
25758 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25759 tex-directory
25760 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
25761 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25762 tex-dvi-print-command
25763 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25764 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25765 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25766 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25767 tex-dvi-view-command
25768 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25769 tex-show-queue-command
25770 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25771 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25772
25773 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
25774 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
25775 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25776
25777 \(fn)" t nil)
25778
25779 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25780 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
25781 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25782 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25783 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25784
25785 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
25786 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
25787 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25788 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25789 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25790 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25791 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25792
25793 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25794 mismatched $'s or braces.
25795
25796 Special commands:
25797 \\{slitex-mode-map}
25798
25799 Mode variables:
25800 slitex-run-command
25801 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25802 tex-directory
25803 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
25804 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25805 tex-dvi-print-command
25806 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25807 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25808 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25809 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25810 tex-dvi-view-command
25811 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25812 tex-show-queue-command
25813 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25814 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25815
25816 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
25817 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
25818 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
25819 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25820
25821 \(fn)" t nil)
25822
25823 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
25824 Not documented
25825
25826 \(fn)" nil nil)
25827
25828 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25829 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
25830
25831 \(fn)" t nil)
25832
25833 ;;;***
25834 \f
25835 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
25836 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17148 25229))
25837 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
25838
25839 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
25840 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
25841 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25842 name specified in the @setfilename command.
25843
25844 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
25845 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
25846 Info-split to do these manually.
25847
25848 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25849
25850 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
25851 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
25852 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
25853 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
25854 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
25855
25856 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
25857
25858 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
25859 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
25860 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25861 names specified in the @setfilename command.
25862
25863 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
25864 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
25865 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
25866 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
25867
25868 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
25869 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
25870
25871 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25872
25873 ;;;***
25874 \f
25875 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
25876 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17246 24773))
25877 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
25878
25879 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
25880 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25881
25882 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
25883
25884 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
25885 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25886
25887 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
25888
25889 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
25890 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
25891
25892 It has these extra commands:
25893 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
25894
25895 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
25896 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
25897 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
25898 modified version of TeX input format.
25899
25900 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
25901 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
25902 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
25903 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
25904
25905 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
25906 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
25907 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
25908 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
25909 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
25910 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
25911 in the Texinfo file.
25912
25913 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
25914 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
25915 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
25916 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
25917 move forward past the closing brace.
25918
25919 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
25920 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
25921
25922 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
25923 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
25924 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
25925
25926 Here are the functions:
25927
25928 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
25929 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
25930 texinfo-sequential-node-update
25931
25932 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
25933 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
25934 texinfo-master-menu
25935
25936 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
25937
25938 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
25939 which menu descriptions are indented.
25940
25941 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
25942 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
25943 in the region.
25944
25945 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
25946 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
25947 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
25948 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
25949
25950 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
25951 be the first node in the file.
25952
25953 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
25954 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
25955
25956 \(fn)" t nil)
25957
25958 ;;;***
25959 \f
25960 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
25961 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
25962 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
25963 ;;;;;; (17185 27569))
25964 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
25965
25966 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
25967 Compose Thai characters in the region.
25968 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
25969 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
25970
25971 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25972
25973 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
25974 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
25975
25976 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
25977
25978 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
25979 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
25980
25981 \(fn)" t nil)
25982
25983 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
25984 Not documented
25985
25986 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25987
25988 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
25989 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
25990 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
25991 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
25992 to compose.
25993
25994 The return value is number of composed characters.
25995
25996 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25997
25998 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
25999 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26000
26001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26002
26003 ;;;***
26004 \f
26005 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26006 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26007 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17148 25056))
26008 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26009
26010 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26011 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
26012
26013 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26014
26015 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26016 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26017 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26018 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26019 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26020
26021 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26022 a symbol as a valid THING.
26023
26024 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26025 of the textual entity that was found.
26026
26027 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26028
26029 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26030 Return the THING at point.
26031 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26032 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26033 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26034
26035 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26036 a symbol as a valid THING.
26037
26038 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26039
26040 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26041 Not documented
26042
26043 \(fn)" nil nil)
26044
26045 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26046 Not documented
26047
26048 \(fn)" nil nil)
26049
26050 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26051 Not documented
26052
26053 \(fn)" nil nil)
26054
26055 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26056 Not documented
26057
26058 \(fn)" nil nil)
26059
26060 ;;;***
26061 \f
26062 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show-all thumbs-dired-show-marked
26063 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-all-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26064 ;;;;;; (17245 51608))
26065 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26066
26067 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26068 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26069
26070 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26071
26072 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26073 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26074 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26075 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26076
26077 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26078
26079 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26080 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all marked files.
26081
26082 \(fn)" t nil)
26083
26084 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-all) "thumbs" "\
26085 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26086
26087 \(fn)" t nil)
26088
26089 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir))
26090
26091 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26092 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26093
26094 \(fn)" t nil)
26095
26096 ;;;***
26097 \f
26098 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26099 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26100 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26101 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26102 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26103 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17102 18781))
26104 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26105
26106 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26107 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26108 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26109
26110 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26111
26112 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26113 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26114
26115 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26116
26117 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26118 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26119 The returned string has no composition information.
26120
26121 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26122
26123 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26124 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26125
26126 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26127
26128 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26129 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26130
26131 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26132
26133 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26134 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26135 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26136 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26137
26138 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26139
26140 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26141 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26142 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26143 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26144
26145 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26146
26147 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26148 Not documented
26149
26150 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26151
26152 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26153 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26154 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26155
26156 \(fn)" t nil)
26157
26158 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26159 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26160 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26161
26162 \(fn)" t nil)
26163
26164 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26165 Not documented
26166
26167 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26168
26169 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26170 Not documented
26171
26172 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26173
26174 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26175 Not documented
26176
26177 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26178
26179 ;;;***
26180 \f
26181 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26182 ;;;;;; (17205 6265))
26183 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26184
26185 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26186 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26187 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26188 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26189 parameters.
26190 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26191
26192 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26193
26194 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26195 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26196 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26197 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26198 parameters.
26199 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26200
26201 \(fn)" t nil)
26202
26203 ;;;***
26204 \f
26205 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26206 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17148 25057))
26207 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26208
26209 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26210 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26211
26212 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
26213
26214 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26215 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26216 This display updates automatically every minute.
26217 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26218 are displayed as well.
26219 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26220
26221 \(fn)" t nil)
26222
26223 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26224 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26225 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26226 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26227 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
26228
26229 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
26230
26231 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26232
26233 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26234 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26235 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26236
26237 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26238 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26239 are displayed as well.
26240 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26241
26242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26243
26244 ;;;***
26245 \f
26246 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26247 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26248 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26249 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17239
26250 ;;;;;; 32270))
26251 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26252
26253 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26254 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26255
26256 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26257
26258 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26259 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26260 You can use `float-time' instead.
26261
26262 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26263
26264 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26265 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26266
26267 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26268
26269 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26270 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26271
26272 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26273
26274 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26275 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26276
26277 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26278
26279 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26280 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26281 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26282
26283 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26284
26285 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26286
26287 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26288 Subtract two time values.
26289 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26290
26291 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26292
26293 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26294 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
26295
26296 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26297
26298 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
26299 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
26300 DATE should be a date-time string.
26301
26302 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26303
26304 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
26305 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
26306 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
26307
26308 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
26309
26310 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
26311 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
26312
26313 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
26314
26315 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
26316 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
26317
26318 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26319
26320 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
26321 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
26322 TIME should be a time value.
26323 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
26324
26325 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26326
26327 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26328 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26329 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
26330
26331 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26332
26333 ;;;***
26334 \f
26335 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
26336 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17194 38185))
26337 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
26338
26339 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
26340 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
26341 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
26342 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
26343 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
26344 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
26345 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
26346 look like one of the following:
26347 Time-stamp: <>
26348 Time-stamp: \" \"
26349 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
26350 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
26351 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
26352 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
26353 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
26354 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
26355 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
26356 the template.
26357
26358 \(fn)" t nil)
26359
26360 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
26361 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
26362 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
26363
26364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26365
26366 ;;;***
26367 \f
26368 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
26369 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
26370 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
26371 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
26372 ;;;;;; (17239 32271))
26373 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
26374
26375 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
26376 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
26377 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
26378 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
26379 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
26380 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
26381 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
26382 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
26383 display (non-nil means on).
26384
26385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26386
26387 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
26388 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26389 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
26390 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
26391 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
26392 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
26393 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
26394 this function is called within a day.
26395
26396 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
26397 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
26398 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
26399 discover the name of the project.
26400
26401 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
26402
26403 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
26404 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26405 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
26406 begun during the last time segment.
26407
26408 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
26409 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
26410 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
26411 discover the reason.
26412
26413 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
26414
26415 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
26416 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
26417 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
26418 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
26419 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
26420
26421 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26422
26423 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
26424 Change to working on a different project.
26425 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
26426 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
26427 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
26428 working on.
26429
26430 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
26431
26432 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
26433 Ask the user whether to clock out.
26434 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
26435
26436 \(fn)" nil nil)
26437
26438 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
26439 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
26440 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
26441
26442 \(fn)" t nil)
26443
26444 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
26445 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
26446 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
26447 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
26448 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
26449 \"relative to today\".
26450
26451 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26452
26453 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
26454 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
26455 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
26456 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
26457
26458 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
26459
26460 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
26461 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
26462 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
26463 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
26464 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
26465 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
26466
26467 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26468
26469 ;;;***
26470 \f
26471 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
26472 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
26473 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17148 25099))
26474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
26475
26476 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
26477
26478 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
26479 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
26480
26481 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
26482
26483 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
26484 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
26485
26486 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
26487
26488 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
26489 Perform an action at time TIME.
26490 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26491 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
26492 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
26493 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
26494 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
26495 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26496
26497 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26498
26499 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26500
26501 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
26502 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
26503 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26504 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
26505 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26506
26507 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26508
26509 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26510
26511 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
26512 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
26513 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
26514 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
26515
26516 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
26517
26518 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
26519 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
26520 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26521 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
26522
26523 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
26524 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
26525
26526 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26527
26528 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26529 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
26530
26531 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
26532 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
26533 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
26534 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
26535 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
26536 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
26537 be detected.
26538
26539 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
26540
26541 ;;;***
26542 \f
26543 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
26544 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17102 18762))
26545 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
26546
26547 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26548 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
26549 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
26550 the generated Quail package is saved.
26551
26552 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
26553
26554 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26555 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
26556 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
26557 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
26558 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
26559 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
26560 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
26561
26562 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
26563
26564 ;;;***
26565 \f
26566 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
26567 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17102
26568 ;;;;;; 18782))
26569 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
26570
26571 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
26572 Not documented
26573
26574 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26575
26576 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
26577 Not documented
26578
26579 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26580
26581 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
26582 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
26583 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
26584 PATTERN regexp.
26585
26586 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26587
26588 ;;;***
26589 \f
26590 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
26591 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17148 25058))
26592 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
26593 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
26594 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
26595 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
26596
26597 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
26598 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
26599 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
26600 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
26601 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
26602
26603 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
26604
26605 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
26606 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
26607 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
26608 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
26609 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
26610
26611 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26612
26613 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
26614 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
26615 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
26616 in the menu in two ways:
26617 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
26618 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
26619 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
26620
26621 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
26622 keymap or an alist of alists.
26623 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
26624 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
26625
26626 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
26627
26628 ;;;***
26629 \f
26630 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
26631 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
26632 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17102 18477))
26633 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
26634
26635 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
26636 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
26637
26638 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
26639
26640 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
26641 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
26642
26643 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
26644
26645 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
26646 Insert new TODO list entry.
26647 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
26648 category.
26649
26650 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26651
26652 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
26653 List top priorities for each category.
26654
26655 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
26656 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
26657
26658 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
26659 between each category.
26660
26661 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
26662
26663 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
26664 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
26665 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
26666 between each category.
26667
26668 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
26669
26670 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
26671
26672 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
26673 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
26674
26675 \\{todo-mode-map}
26676
26677 \(fn)" t nil)
26678
26679 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
26680 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
26681
26682 \(fn)" nil nil)
26683
26684 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
26685 Show TODO list.
26686
26687 \(fn)" t nil)
26688
26689 ;;;***
26690 \f
26691 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
26692 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
26693 ;;;;;; (17250 21105))
26694 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
26695
26696 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
26697
26698 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
26699 Add an item to the tool bar.
26700 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
26701 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
26702 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
26703 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
26704
26705 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
26706 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
26707 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
26708 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
26709
26710 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
26711 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
26712
26713 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26714
26715 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
26716 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
26717 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
26718 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
26719 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
26720 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
26721
26722 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
26723 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
26724 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
26725 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
26726
26727 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26728
26729 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
26730 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
26731 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
26732 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
26733 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
26734 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
26735 properties to add to the binding.
26736
26737 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
26738
26739 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
26740 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
26741
26742 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26743
26744 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
26745 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
26746 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
26747 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
26748 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
26749 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
26750 properties to add to the binding.
26751
26752 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
26753
26754 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26755
26756 ;;;***
26757 \f
26758 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
26759 ;;;;;; (17140 20923))
26760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
26761
26762 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
26763 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
26764 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26766 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
26767
26768 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
26769
26770 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26771
26772 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
26773 TPU/edt emulation.
26774
26775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26776
26777 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
26778
26779 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
26780 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
26781
26782 \(fn)" t nil)
26783
26784 ;;;***
26785 \f
26786 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
26787 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17140 20923))
26788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
26789
26790 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
26791 Set scroll margins.
26792
26793 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
26794
26795 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
26796 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
26797
26798 \(fn)" t nil)
26799
26800 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
26801 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
26802
26803 \(fn)" t nil)
26804
26805 ;;;***
26806 \f
26807 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17148 25099))
26808 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
26809
26810 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
26811 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
26812 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
26813 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
26814 to a tcp server on another machine.
26815
26816 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
26817
26818 ;;;***
26819 \f
26820 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
26821 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17148 25100))
26822 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
26823
26824 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
26825 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
26826
26827 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
26828
26829 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
26830 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
26831 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26832 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26833 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26834 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
26835 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
26836 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
26837
26838 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26839
26840 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
26841 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
26842 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26843 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26844 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26845 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
26846 the window or buffer configuration at all.
26847
26848 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26849
26850 ;;;***
26851 \f
26852 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
26853 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
26854 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17250 21105))
26855 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
26856
26857 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
26858 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
26859 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
26860
26861 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
26862 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26863 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26864 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26865
26866 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
26867 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26868 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26869 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26870
26871 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26872 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
26873 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
26874 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
26875 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
26876 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
26877 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
26878 files which are not really tramp files.
26879
26880 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26881 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26882 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26883 updated after changing this variable.
26884
26885 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26886
26887 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26888
26889 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
26890 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26891 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26892 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26893
26894 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
26895 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26896 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26897 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26898
26899 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26900 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
26901 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
26902
26903 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26904 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26905 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26906 updated after changing this variable.
26907
26908 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26909
26910 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26911
26912 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26913 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
26914 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26915
26916 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26917
26918 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26919 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
26920 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26921
26922 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26923
26924 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
26925
26926 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
26927
26928 ;;;***
26929 \f
26930 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
26931 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17148 25231))
26932 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
26933 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
26934 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
26935 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
26936
26937 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
26938 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
26939 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
26940 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
26941 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
26942 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
26943 first and the associated buffer to its right.
26944
26945 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26946
26947 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
26948 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
26949 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
26950 accepting the proposed default buffer.
26951
26952 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26953
26954 \(fn)" t nil)
26955
26956 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
26957 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
26958 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
26959 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
26960 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
26961 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
26962 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
26963
26964 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
26965 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
26966
26967 First column's text sSs Second column's text
26968 \\___/\\
26969 / \\
26970 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
26971
26972 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26973
26974 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26975
26976 ;;;***
26977 \f
26978 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
26979 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
26980 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
26981 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
26982 ;;;;;; (17148 25059))
26983 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
26984
26985 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
26986 Toggle typing break mode.
26987 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
26988 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26989 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
26990
26991 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
26992
26993 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
26994 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
26995
26996 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
26997
26998 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
26999 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27000
27001 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27002 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27003 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27004
27005 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27006 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27007
27008 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
27009
27010 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27011 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27012
27013 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27014 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27015 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27016 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27017
27018 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
27019
27020 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27021 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27022 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27023
27024 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27025 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27026 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27027 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27028 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27029 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27030
27031 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27032 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27033 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27034 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27035
27036 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27037 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27038
27039 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27040 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27041
27042 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
27043
27044 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27045 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27046 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27047
27048 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27049 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27050 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27051 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27052 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27053 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27054 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27055
27056 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27057 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27058
27059 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27060 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27061 reset the keystroke counter.
27062
27063 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27064 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27065 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27066 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27067
27068 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27069 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27070 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27071 `type-break-schedule' command.
27072
27073 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27074 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27075 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27076 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27077 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
27078 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
27079 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
27080 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
27081 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
27082
27083 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
27084 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
27085 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
27086 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
27087 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
27088
27089 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
27090 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
27091 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
27092 approximate good values for this.
27093
27094 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
27095 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
27096
27097 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
27098 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
27099 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
27100 `type-break-warning-repeat'
27101 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
27102 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
27103
27104 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
27105 a typing break occur. They include:
27106
27107 `type-break-query-mode'
27108 `type-break-query-function'
27109 `type-break-query-interval'
27110
27111 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
27112
27113 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
27114 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
27115 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
27116 problems.
27117
27118 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
27119
27120 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
27121 Take a typing break.
27122
27123 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
27124 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
27125
27126 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
27127 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
27128
27129 \(fn)" t nil)
27130
27131 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
27132 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
27133 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
27134 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
27135
27136 \(fn)" t nil)
27137
27138 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
27139 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
27140
27141 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
27142 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
27143 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
27144 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
27145 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
27146 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
27147 average typing speed.)
27148
27149 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
27150 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
27151 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
27152 the computed maximum threshold.
27153
27154 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
27155 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
27156 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
27157 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
27158 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
27159
27160 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
27161
27162 ;;;***
27163 \f
27164 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
27165 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17148 25231))
27166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
27167
27168 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
27169 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
27170 Works by overstriking underscores.
27171 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27172 which specify the range to operate on.
27173
27174 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27175
27176 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
27177 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
27178 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27179 which specify the range to operate on.
27180
27181 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27182
27183 ;;;***
27184 \f
27185 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27186 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17148 25163))
27187 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
27188
27189 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27190 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
27191 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
27192
27193 \(fn)" t nil)
27194
27195 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27196 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
27197 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
27198 following the containing message.
27199
27200 \(fn)" t nil)
27201
27202 ;;;***
27203 \f
27204 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
27205 ;;;;;; (17148 25163))
27206 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
27207
27208 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27209 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
27210 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
27211 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
27212 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
27213 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
27214
27215 \(fn)" nil nil)
27216
27217 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27218 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
27219
27220 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
27221
27222 ;;;***
27223 \f
27224 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17148
27225 ;;;;;; 25100))
27226 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
27227
27228 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
27229 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
27230 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
27231 of symbols with local bindings.
27232
27233 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
27234
27235 ;;;***
27236 \f
27237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (17239 32426))
27238 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
27239
27240 (defvar url-configuration-directory "~/.url")
27241
27242 ;;;***
27243 \f
27244 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
27245 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17141 252))
27246 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
27247
27248 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
27249 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
27250 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
27251
27252 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
27253 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
27254 `url-generic-parse-url'
27255 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
27256 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
27257 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
27258 realm
27259 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
27260 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
27261 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
27262 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
27263 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
27264 what type of auth to use
27265 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
27266 if one cannot be found in the cache
27267
27268 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
27269
27270 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
27271 Register an HTTP authentication method.
27272
27273 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
27274 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
27275 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
27276 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
27277 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
27278 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
27279 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
27280 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
27281
27282 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
27283
27284 ;;;***
27285 \f
27286 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
27287 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17141
27288 ;;;;;; 252))
27289 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
27290
27291 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
27292 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
27293
27294 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
27295
27296 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
27297 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
27298
27299 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27300
27301 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
27302 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
27303
27304 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
27305
27306 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
27307 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
27308
27309 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
27310
27311 ;;;***
27312 \f
27313 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17141 252))
27314 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
27315
27316 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
27317 Not documented
27318
27319 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27320
27321 ;;;***
27322 \f
27323 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cookie-setup-save-timer url-cookie-handle-set-cookie
27324 ;;;;;; url-cookie-generate-header-lines url-cookie-retrieve url-cookie-write-file
27325 ;;;;;; url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (17141
27326 ;;;;;; 252))
27327 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
27328
27329 (autoload (quote url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "\
27330 Not documented
27331
27332 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
27333
27334 (autoload (quote url-cookie-write-file) "url-cookie" "\
27335 Not documented
27336
27337 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
27338
27339 (autoload (quote url-cookie-retrieve) "url-cookie" "\
27340 Retrieve all the netscape-style cookies for a specified HOST and LOCALPART.
27341
27342 \(fn HOST LOCALPART &optional SECURE)" nil nil)
27343
27344 (autoload (quote url-cookie-generate-header-lines) "url-cookie" "\
27345 Not documented
27346
27347 \(fn HOST LOCALPART SECURE)" nil nil)
27348
27349 (autoload (quote url-cookie-handle-set-cookie) "url-cookie" "\
27350 Not documented
27351
27352 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27353
27354 (autoload (quote url-cookie-setup-save-timer) "url-cookie" "\
27355 Reset the cookie saver timer.
27356
27357 \(fn)" t nil)
27358
27359 ;;;***
27360 \f
27361 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
27362 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17141 254))
27363 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
27364
27365 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
27366 Not documented
27367
27368 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27369
27370 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
27371 Not documented
27372
27373 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27374
27375 ;;;***
27376 \f
27377 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17239
27378 ;;;;;; 43869))
27379 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
27380
27381 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
27382 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
27383
27384 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27385
27386 ;;;***
27387 \f
27388 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
27389 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17141 258))
27390 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
27391
27392 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
27393 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
27394
27395 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27396
27397 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
27398 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
27399 Args per `open-network-stream'.
27400 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
27401
27402 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
27403
27404 ;;;***
27405 \f
27406 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
27407 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17239
27408 ;;;;;; 43869))
27409 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
27410
27411 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
27412 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
27413 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27414 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27415 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
27416
27417 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
27418
27419 (put (quote url-handler-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27420
27421 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
27422 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
27423
27424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27425
27426 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
27427 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
27428 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
27429 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
27430 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
27431 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
27432 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
27433 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
27434 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
27435
27436 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
27437
27438 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
27439 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
27440 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
27441 accessible.
27442
27443 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
27444
27445 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
27446 Not documented
27447
27448 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
27449
27450 ;;;***
27451 \f
27452 ;;;### (autoloads (url-history-save-history url-history-parse-history
27453 ;;;;;; url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "url/url-history.el"
27454 ;;;;;; (17141 258))
27455 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
27456
27457 (autoload (quote url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "\
27458 Reset the history list timer.
27459
27460 \(fn)" t nil)
27461
27462 (autoload (quote url-history-parse-history) "url-history" "\
27463 Parse a history file stored in FNAME.
27464
27465 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
27466
27467 (autoload (quote url-history-save-history) "url-history" "\
27468 Write the global history file into `url-history-file'.
27469 The type of data written is determined by what is in the file to begin
27470 with. If the type of storage cannot be determined, then prompt the
27471 user for what type to save as.
27472
27473 \(fn &optional FNAME)" t nil)
27474
27475 ;;;***
27476 \f
27477 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
27478 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17239 43869))
27479 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
27480
27481 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
27482 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
27483 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
27484 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
27485 CBARGS as the arguments.
27486
27487 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27488
27489 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
27490 Not documented
27491
27492 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27493
27494 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
27495
27496 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
27497 Not documented
27498
27499 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
27500
27501 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
27502 Returns a property list describing options available for URL.
27503 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
27504
27505 Property list members:
27506
27507 methods
27508 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
27509 supports.
27510
27511 dav
27512 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
27513 supported.
27514
27515 dasl
27516 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
27517
27518 ranges
27519 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
27520
27521 p3p
27522 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
27523 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
27524 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
27525 Emacs/W3.
27526
27527 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27528
27529 ;;;***
27530 \f
27531 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17141 259))
27532 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
27533
27534 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
27535 Not documented
27536
27537 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27538
27539 ;;;***
27540 \f
27541 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17141
27542 ;;;;;; 259))
27543 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
27544
27545 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
27546 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
27547 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
27548 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
27549 `url-generic-parse-url'.
27550
27551 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27552
27553 ;;;***
27554 \f
27555 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
27556 ;;;;;; (17195 54695))
27557 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
27558
27559 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
27560 Not documented
27561
27562 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27563
27564 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
27565 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
27566
27567 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27568
27569 ;;;***
27570 \f
27571 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
27572 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17141 260))
27573 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
27574
27575 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
27576 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
27577
27578 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27579
27580 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
27581 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
27582
27583 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27584
27585 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
27586 Not documented
27587
27588 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27589
27590 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27591
27592 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27593
27594 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27595
27596 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
27597 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
27598
27599 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27600
27601 ;;;***
27602 \f
27603 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
27604 ;;;;;; (17167 2802))
27605 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
27606
27607 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
27608 Not documented
27609
27610 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27611
27612 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
27613 Not documented
27614
27615 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27616
27617 ;;;***
27618 \f
27619 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
27620 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
27621 ;;;;;; (17141 260))
27622 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
27623
27624 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
27625 Not documented
27626
27627 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27628
27629 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
27630 Not documented
27631
27632 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
27633
27634 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
27635 Not documented
27636
27637 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27638
27639 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
27640 Not documented
27641
27642 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27643
27644 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
27645 Not documented
27646
27647 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
27648
27649 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
27650 Not documented
27651
27652 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
27653
27654 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
27655 Not documented
27656
27657 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
27658
27659 ;;;***
27660 \f
27661 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
27662 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17141 260))
27663 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
27664
27665 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
27666 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
27667
27668 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
27669
27670 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
27671 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
27672 Format is:
27673 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
27674
27675 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27676
27677 ;;;***
27678 \f
27679 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
27680 ;;;;;; (17141 263))
27681 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
27682
27683 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
27684 Not documented
27685
27686 \(fn)" t nil)
27687
27688 ;;;***
27689 \f
27690 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
27691 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
27692 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
27693 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
27694 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
27695 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
27696 ;;;;;; (17185 27762))
27697 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
27698
27699 (defvar url-debug nil "\
27700 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
27701 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
27702
27703 If t, all messages will be logged.
27704 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
27705 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
27706
27707 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
27708
27709 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
27710 Not documented
27711
27712 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27713
27714 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
27715 Not documented
27716
27717 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
27718
27719 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
27720 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
27721 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
27722 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
27723 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
27724 & ==> &amp;
27725 < ==> &lt;
27726 > ==> &gt;
27727 \" ==> &quot;
27728
27729 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27730
27731 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
27732 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
27733 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
27734
27735 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27736
27737 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
27738 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
27739 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
27740
27741 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27742
27743 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
27744 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
27745
27746 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
27747
27748 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
27749 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
27750
27751 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27752
27753 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
27754 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
27755
27756 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27757
27758 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
27759 Not documented
27760
27761 \(fn N)" nil nil)
27762
27763 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
27764 Not documented
27765
27766 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27767
27768 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
27769 Not documented
27770
27771 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
27772
27773 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
27774 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
27775
27776 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
27777
27778 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
27779 Not documented
27780
27781 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
27782
27783 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
27784 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
27785 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
27786 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
27787 forbidden in URL encoding.
27788
27789 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
27790
27791 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
27792 Escape characters in a string.
27793
27794 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27795
27796 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
27797 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
27798 If optional variable X is t,
27799 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
27800
27801 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
27802
27803 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
27804 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
27805 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
27806
27807 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
27808
27809 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
27810 View the current document's URL.
27811 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
27812 the minibuffer.
27813
27814 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
27815
27816 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
27817
27818 ;;;***
27819 \f
27820 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
27821 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17148 25059))
27822 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
27823
27824 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
27825 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
27826 This function has a choice of three things to do:
27827 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
27828 to refrain from editing the file
27829 return t (grab the lock on the file)
27830 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
27831 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
27832 in any way you like.
27833
27834 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
27835
27836 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
27837 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
27838 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
27839 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
27840 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
27841
27842 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
27843 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
27844
27845 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
27846
27847 ;;;***
27848 \f
27849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17245 4870))
27850 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
27851 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
27852
27853 ;;;***
27854 \f
27855 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
27856 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
27857 ;;;;;; (17148 25154))
27858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
27859
27860 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
27861 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
27862 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
27863 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
27864
27865 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27866
27867 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
27868 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
27869 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27870
27871 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27872
27873 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
27874 Uudecode region between START and END.
27875 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27876
27877 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
27878
27879 ;;;***
27880 \f
27881 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
27882 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
27883 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
27884 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
27885 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
27886 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
27887 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17245 51609))
27888 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
27889
27890 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
27891 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
27892 See `run-hooks'.")
27893
27894 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
27895
27896 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
27897 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
27898 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
27899
27900 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
27901
27902 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
27903 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
27904 See `run-hooks'.")
27905
27906 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
27907
27908 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
27909 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
27910
27911 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27912
27913 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
27914 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
27915
27916 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27917
27918 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
27919 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
27920 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
27921 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
27922 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
27923 somebody else, signal error.
27924
27925 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27926
27927 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
27928 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
27929 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
27930 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
27931 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
27932
27933 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27934
27935 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
27936 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
27937 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
27938 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
27939 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
27940 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
27941 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
27942 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
27943 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
27944 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
27945 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
27946
27947 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
27948
27949 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
27950 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
27951
27952 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
27953 it will operate on the file in the current line.
27954
27955 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
27956 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
27957 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
27958 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
27959 lock steals will raise an error.
27960
27961 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
27962
27963 For RCS and SCCS files:
27964 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27965 control.
27966 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
27967 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
27968 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
27969 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
27970 it performs a revert.
27971 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
27972 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
27973 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
27974 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
27975 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
27976 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
27977 the option to steal the lock.
27978
27979 For CVS files:
27980 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27981 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
27982 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
27983 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
27984 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
27985 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
27986 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
27987 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
27988 merge in the changes into your working copy.
27989
27990 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
27991
27992 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
27993 Register the current file into a version control system.
27994 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
27995 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
27996
27997 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
27998 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
27999 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28000 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28001 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28002 first backend that could register the file is used.
28003
28004 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28005
28006 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28007 Display diffs between file versions.
28008 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28009 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28010 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28011 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28012 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28013 saving the buffer.
28014
28015 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28016
28017 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28018 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28019 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28020 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28021
28022 \(fn REV)" t nil)
28023
28024 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28025 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28026 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28027 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28028
28029 \(fn)" t nil)
28030
28031 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28032 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28033 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28034 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28035 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28036 from the current branch.
28037
28038 See Info node `Merging'.
28039
28040 \(fn)" t nil)
28041
28042 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28043
28044 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28045 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28046
28047 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28048
28049 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28050 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28051
28052 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28053
28054 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28055 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28056 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28057 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28058 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28059 are checked out in that new branch.
28060
28061 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28062
28063 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28064 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28065 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28066 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28067 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28068 allowed and simply skipped).
28069
28070 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28071
28072 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28073 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28074 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28075
28076 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28077
28078 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28079 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28080 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28081 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28082 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28083
28084 \(fn)" t nil)
28085
28086 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
28087 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
28088 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
28089 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
28090 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
28091 the current branch are merged into the working file.
28092
28093 \(fn)" t nil)
28094
28095 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
28096 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
28097 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
28098
28099 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
28100
28101 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
28102 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
28103 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
28104 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
28105 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
28106 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
28107 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
28108
28109 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
28110
28111 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
28112 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
28113 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
28114 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
28115 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
28116 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
28117 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
28118 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
28119 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
28120
28121 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
28122
28123 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
28124 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
28125
28126 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
28127
28128 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
28129 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
28130 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
28131 directory.
28132
28133 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
28134
28135 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
28136 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
28137 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
28138
28139 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
28140 log entries should be gathered.
28141
28142 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28143
28144 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
28145 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
28146
28147 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
28148 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
28149 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
28150 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
28151 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
28152 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28153
28154 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
28155 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
28156 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
28157 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
28158 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
28159 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
28160 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
28161 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28162
28163 Customization variables:
28164
28165 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
28166 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
28167 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
28168 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
28169
28170 \(fn PREFIX &optional REVISION DISPLAY-MODE)" t nil)
28171
28172 ;;;***
28173 \f
28174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17148 25060))
28175 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
28176 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
28177 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
28178 (progn
28179 (load "vc-arch")
28180 (vc-arch-registered file))))
28181
28182 ;;;***
28183 \f
28184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17148 25060))
28185 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
28186 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
28187 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28188 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28189 (load "vc-cvs")
28190 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
28191
28192 ;;;***
28193 \f
28194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17239 32248))
28195 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
28196 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
28197 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
28198 (progn
28199 (load "vc-mcvs")
28200 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
28201
28202 ;;;***
28203 \f
28204 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
28205 ;;;;;; (17148 25062))
28206 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
28207
28208 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
28209 *Where to look for RCS master files.
28210 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28211
28212 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
28213 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
28214
28215 ;;;***
28216 \f
28217 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
28218 ;;;;;; (17148 25063))
28219 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
28220
28221 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
28222 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
28223 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28224
28225 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
28226 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
28227
28228 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
28229 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
28230 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
28231 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
28232
28233 ;;;***
28234 \f
28235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17148 25063))
28236 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
28237 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
28238 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28239 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28240 (load "vc-svn")
28241 (vc-svn-registered f)))
28242
28243 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
28244
28245 ;;;***
28246 \f
28247 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
28248 ;;;;;; (17239 32401))
28249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
28250
28251 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
28252 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
28253
28254 Usage:
28255 ------
28256
28257 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
28258 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
28259 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
28260 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
28261 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
28262 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
28263 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
28264 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
28265 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
28266
28267 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
28268 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
28269 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
28270 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
28271
28272 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
28273 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
28274 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
28275 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
28276 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
28277
28278 Template styles can be customized in customization group
28279 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
28280
28281
28282 HEADER INSERTION:
28283 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
28284 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
28285 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
28286
28287
28288 STUTTERING:
28289 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
28290 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
28291 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
28292 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
28293
28294 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
28295 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
28296 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
28297 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
28298 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
28299
28300
28301 WORD COMPLETION:
28302 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
28303 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
28304 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
28305 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
28306
28307 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
28308 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
28309 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
28310 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
28311 beginning with \"std\").
28312
28313 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
28314 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
28315 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
28316 stop.
28317
28318
28319 COMMENTS:
28320 `--' puts a single comment.
28321 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
28322 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
28323 with a comment in between.
28324 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
28325 out following lines.
28326 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
28327 uncomments a region if already commented out.
28328
28329 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
28330 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
28331 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
28332 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
28333 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
28334 non-nil.
28335
28336 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
28337 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
28338 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
28339 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
28340 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
28341 multi-line comments.
28342
28343
28344 INDENTATION:
28345 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
28346 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
28347 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
28348 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
28349
28350 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
28351 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
28352 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
28353 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
28354
28355 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
28356 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
28357 and vice versa.
28358
28359 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
28360 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
28361
28362
28363 ALIGNMENT:
28364 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
28365 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
28366 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
28367 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
28368 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
28369 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
28370 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
28371 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
28372
28373 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
28374 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
28375 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
28376 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
28377 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
28378 is non-nil.
28379
28380 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
28381 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
28382 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
28383
28384 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
28385 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
28386
28387
28388 CODE FILLING:
28389 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
28390 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
28391 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
28392 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
28393 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
28394 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
28395
28396
28397 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
28398 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
28399 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
28400 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
28401 command:
28402
28403 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
28404
28405
28406 PORT TRANSLATION:
28407 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
28408 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
28409 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
28410 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
28411 internal signal initializations (menu).
28412
28413 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
28414 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
28415 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
28416
28417 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
28418 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
28419 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
28420 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
28421 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
28422 in subsequent paste operations.)
28423
28424 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
28425 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
28426 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
28427
28428
28429 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
28430 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
28431 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
28432 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
28433 association list with formals).
28434
28435
28436 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
28437 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
28438 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
28439 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
28440 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
28441 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
28442 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
28443 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
28444 `vhdl-testbench'.
28445
28446
28447 KEY BINDINGS:
28448 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
28449
28450
28451 VHDL MENU:
28452 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
28453
28454
28455 FILE BROWSER:
28456 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
28457 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
28458 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
28459
28460 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
28461 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
28462
28463
28464 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
28465 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
28466 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
28467 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
28468
28469 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
28470 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
28471 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
28472
28473 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
28474 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
28475 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
28476 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
28477
28478 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
28479 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
28480 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
28481 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
28482 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
28483
28484 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
28485 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
28486 required by secondary units.
28487
28488
28489 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
28490 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
28491 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
28492 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
28493 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
28494 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
28495 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
28496 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
28497 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
28498 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
28499 inputs to this component -> input port created
28500 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
28501 outputs from this component -> output port created
28502 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
28503 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
28504
28505 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
28506 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
28507 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
28508 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
28509 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
28510
28511 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
28512 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
28513
28514 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
28515 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
28516 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
28517 component instantiation is also supported (option
28518 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
28519
28520 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
28521 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
28522 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
28523 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
28524 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
28525 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
28526 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
28527 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
28528 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
28529 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
28530 | generating the configuration.
28531 |
28532 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
28533 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
28534 | configurations in speedbar.
28535
28536 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
28537
28538
28539 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
28540 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
28541 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
28542 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
28543 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
28544 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
28545 information. New compilers can be added.
28546
28547 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
28548 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
28549
28550
28551 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
28552 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
28553 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
28554 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
28555 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28556
28557 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
28558 command:
28559
28560 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
28561 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
28562 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
28563
28564 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
28565 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
28566 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
28567 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
28568 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
28569 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
28570 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
28571
28572 Limitations:
28573 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
28574 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
28575 not (yet) supported.
28576 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
28577 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
28578 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
28579
28580
28581 PROJECTS:
28582 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
28583 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
28584 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
28585 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
28586 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
28587 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
28588 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
28589 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28590
28591 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
28592 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
28593 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
28594 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
28595 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
28596 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
28597 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
28598 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
28599 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
28600 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
28601 `vhdl-project-alist'.
28602
28603
28604 SPECIAL MENUES:
28605 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
28606 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
28607 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
28608 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
28609 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
28610 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
28611 current directory for VHDL source files.
28612
28613
28614 VHDL STANDARDS:
28615 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
28616 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
28617
28618
28619 KEYWORD CASE:
28620 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
28621 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
28622 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
28623 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
28624 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
28625 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
28626 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
28627 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
28628
28629
28630 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
28631 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
28632 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
28633 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
28634 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
28635 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
28636 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
28637
28638 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
28639 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
28640 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
28641 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
28642 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
28643 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
28644
28645 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
28646 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
28647 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
28648 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
28649 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
28650 visually.
28651
28652 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
28653 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
28654 highlighted if written in lower case.
28655
28656 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
28657 highlighted using a different background color if option
28658 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
28659
28660 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
28661 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
28662 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
28663 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
28664 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
28665
28666
28667 USER MODELS:
28668 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
28669 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
28670 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
28671
28672
28673 HIDE/SHOW:
28674 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
28675 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
28676 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
28677 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
28678 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
28679
28680
28681 CODE UPDATING:
28682 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
28683 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
28684 Limitations:
28685 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
28686 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
28687 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
28688 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
28689 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
28690 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
28691 (used to obtain the port names).
28692
28693
28694 CODE FIXING:
28695 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
28696 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
28697
28698
28699 PRINTING:
28700 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
28701 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
28702 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
28703 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
28704 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
28705 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
28706 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
28707 printers.
28708
28709
28710 OPTIONS:
28711 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
28712 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
28713 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
28714 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
28715 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
28716
28717 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
28718 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
28719 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
28720 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
28721 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
28722 INSTALL file).
28723
28724 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
28725 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
28726
28727
28728 FILE EXTENSIONS:
28729 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
28730 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
28731 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
28732
28733 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
28734
28735
28736 HINTS:
28737 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
28738 a VHDL file first, use the command:
28739
28740 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
28741
28742 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
28743
28744 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
28745
28746
28747 RELEASE NOTES:
28748 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
28749
28750
28751 Maintenance:
28752 ------------
28753
28754 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
28755 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
28756
28757 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
28758
28759 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
28760 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
28761 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
28762 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
28763
28764 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
28765 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
28766 where the latest version can be found.
28767
28768
28769 Known problems:
28770 ---------------
28771
28772 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
28773 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
28774 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
28775
28776
28777 The VHDL Mode Authors
28778 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
28779
28780 Key bindings:
28781 -------------
28782
28783 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
28784
28785 \(fn)" t nil)
28786
28787 ;;;***
28788 \f
28789 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17102 18541))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
28791
28792 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
28793 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
28794 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
28795 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
28796
28797 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
28798 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
28799 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
28800 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
28801 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
28802
28803 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
28804 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
28805
28806 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
28807
28808 * Limitations and unsupported features
28809 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
28810 not supported.
28811 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
28812 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
28813
28814 * Modifications
28815 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
28816 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
28817 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
28818 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
28819 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
28820 for undoing a repeated change command.
28821 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
28822 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
28823 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
28824
28825 * Extensions
28826 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
28827 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
28828 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
28829 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
28830 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
28831 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
28832 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
28833 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
28834
28835 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
28836
28837 \(fn)" t nil)
28838
28839 ;;;***
28840 \f
28841 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
28842 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
28843 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
28844 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17102 18783))
28845 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
28846
28847 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
28848 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
28849
28850 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
28851
28852 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28853 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
28854 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28855 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28856
28857 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28858
28859 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28860 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
28861
28862 \(fn)" t nil)
28863
28864 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28865 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28866 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28867 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28868
28869 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28870
28871 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28872 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28873
28874 \(fn)" t nil)
28875
28876 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28877 Not documented
28878
28879 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28880
28881 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28882 Not documented
28883
28884 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28885
28886 ;;;***
28887 \f
28888 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
28889 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
28890 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17250
28891 ;;;;;; 21105))
28892 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
28893
28894 (defvar view-mode nil "\
28895 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
28896 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
28897 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
28898
28899 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
28900
28901 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
28902 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28903 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28904 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28905 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28906 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28907 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28908
28909 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28910
28911 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
28912
28913 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
28914 View FILE in View mode in another window.
28915 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
28916 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28917 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28918 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28919 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28920 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28921
28922 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28923
28924 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
28925
28926 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
28927 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
28928 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
28929 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28930 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28931 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28932 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28933 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28934
28935 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28936
28937 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
28938
28939 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
28940 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28941 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28942 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28943 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28944 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28945 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28946
28947 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28948
28949 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28950 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28951 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28952
28953 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28954
28955 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
28956 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
28957 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28958 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28959 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28960 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28961 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28962 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28963
28964 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28965
28966 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28967 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28968 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28969
28970 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28971
28972 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
28973 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
28974 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28975 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28976 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28977 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28978 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28979 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28980
28981 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28982
28983 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28984 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28985 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28986
28987 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28988
28989 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
28990 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
28991 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
28992
28993 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
28994 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
28995 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
28996 read-only.
28997 \\<view-mode-map>
28998 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
28999 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29000 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29001 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29002 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29003
29004 H, h, ? This message.
29005 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29006 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29007 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29008 > move to the end of buffer.
29009 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29010 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29011 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29012 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29013 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29014 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29015 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29016 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29017 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29018 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29019 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29020 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29021 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29022 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29023 Use this to view a changing file.
29024 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29025 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29026 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29027 . set the mark.
29028 x exchanges point and mark.
29029 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29030 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29031 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29032 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29033 ' go to position saved in character register.
29034 s do forward incremental search.
29035 r do reverse incremental search.
29036 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29037 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29038 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29039 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29040 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29041 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29042 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29043 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29044 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29045 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29046 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29047 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29048 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29049 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29050 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29051 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29052 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29053
29054 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29055 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
29056 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
29057 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
29058 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
29059 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
29060 will return to that buffer.
29061
29062 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29063
29064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29065
29066 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29067 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29068 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29069 `view-return-to-alist'.
29070 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29071 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29072 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29073
29074 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29075 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29076 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29077 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29078 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29079 1) nil Do nothing.
29080 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29081 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
29082 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
29083 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
29084
29085 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29086
29087 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29088
29089 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
29090
29091 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
29092 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
29093
29094 \(fn)" t nil)
29095
29096 ;;;***
29097 \f
29098 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17239
29099 ;;;;;; 32279))
29100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
29101
29102 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
29103 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
29104
29105 \(fn)" nil nil)
29106
29107 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
29108 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
29109
29110 \(fn)" t nil)
29111
29112 ;;;***
29113 \f
29114 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
29115 ;;;;;; (17244 43743))
29116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
29117
29118 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
29119 Toggle Viper on/off.
29120 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
29121
29122 \(fn)" t nil)
29123
29124 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
29125 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
29126
29127 \(fn)" t nil)
29128
29129 ;;;***
29130 \f
29131 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
29132 ;;;;;; (17148 25100))
29133 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
29134
29135 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
29136 Function to generate warning prefixes.
29137 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
29138 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
29139 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
29140 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
29141 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
29142 the beginning of the warning.")
29143
29144 (defvar warning-series nil "\
29145 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
29146 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
29147 which is the start of the current series; it means that
29148 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
29149 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
29150 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
29151 also call that function before the next warning.")
29152
29153 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
29154 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
29155
29156 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
29157 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
29158 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
29159 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
29160
29161 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
29162 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
29163 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
29164 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29165 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
29166 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
29167
29168 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29169 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29170
29171 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29172 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29173 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
29174 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
29175 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
29176 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29177
29178 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
29179 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
29180
29181 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
29182
29183 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
29184 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
29185
29186 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
29187
29188 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
29189 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29190 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29191 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
29192
29193 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
29194 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29195 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
29196 can be whatever you like.)
29197
29198 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29199 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29200
29201 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29202 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29203 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
29204 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
29205 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29206
29207 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29208
29209 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
29210 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29211 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29212 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
29213 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
29214
29215 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29216
29217 ;;;***
29218 \f
29219 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
29220 ;;;;;; (17205 6053))
29221 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
29222
29223 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
29224 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
29225 \\<wdired-mode-map>
29226 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
29227 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
29228 in disk.
29229
29230 See `wdired-mode'.
29231
29232 \(fn)" t nil)
29233
29234 ;;;***
29235 \f
29236 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17140 20945))
29237 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
29238
29239 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
29240 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
29241
29242 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
29243 hotlist.
29244
29245 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
29246 <nwv@acm.org>.
29247
29248 \(fn)" t nil)
29249
29250 ;;;***
29251 \f
29252 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
29253 ;;;;;; (17159 1491))
29254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
29255 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
29256 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
29257
29258 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
29259
29260 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
29261 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
29262 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29264 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
29265
29266 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
29267
29268 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29269
29270 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
29271 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
29272 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
29273 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
29274
29275 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
29276 and off otherwise.
29277
29278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29279
29280 ;;;***
29281 \f
29282 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
29283 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
29284 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
29285 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
29286 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
29287 ;;;;;; (17244 43740))
29288 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
29289
29290 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
29291 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
29292
29293 \(fn)" t nil)
29294
29295 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
29296 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
29297
29298 \(fn)" t nil)
29299
29300 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
29301 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
29302
29303 \(fn)" t nil)
29304
29305 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
29306 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
29307
29308 \(fn)" t nil)
29309
29310 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
29311 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
29312
29313 \(fn)" t nil)
29314
29315 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
29316 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
29317 These are:
29318 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
29319 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
29320 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
29321 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
29322 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
29323
29324 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
29325 and:
29326 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
29327 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
29328
29329 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
29330
29331 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
29332 Check the region for whitespace errors.
29333
29334 \(fn S E)" t nil)
29335
29336 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
29337 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
29338 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
29339
29340 \(fn)" t nil)
29341
29342 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
29343 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
29344
29345 \(fn S E)" t nil)
29346
29347 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
29348
29349 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
29350 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
29351 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29352 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29353 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
29354
29355 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
29356
29357 (put (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29358
29359 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
29360 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
29361 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
29362
29363 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
29364 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
29365
29366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29367
29368 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
29369 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
29370 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
29371
29372 \(fn)" t nil)
29373
29374 ;;;***
29375 \f
29376 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
29377 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17148 25069))
29378 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
29379
29380 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
29381 Browse the widget under point.
29382
29383 \(fn POS)" t nil)
29384
29385 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
29386 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
29387
29388 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
29389
29390 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
29391 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
29392
29393 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
29394
29395 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
29396 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
29397 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29398
29399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29400
29401 ;;;***
29402 \f
29403 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
29404 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17244
29405 ;;;;;; 43741))
29406 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
29407
29408 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
29409 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
29410
29411 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29412
29413 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
29414 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
29415 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
29416
29417 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
29418
29419 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
29420 Create widget of TYPE.
29421 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
29422
29423 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29424
29425 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
29426 Delete WIDGET.
29427
29428 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29429
29430 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
29431 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
29432
29433 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29434
29435 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
29436 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
29437 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
29438
29439 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
29440 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
29441
29442 \(fn)" nil nil)
29443
29444 ;;;***
29445 \f
29446 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
29447 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17159
29448 ;;;;;; 1472))
29449 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
29450
29451 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
29452 Select the window to the left of the current one.
29453 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29454 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29455 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
29456 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29457 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29458
29459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29460
29461 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
29462 Select the window above the current one.
29463 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
29464 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
29465 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
29466 negative ARG) of the current window.
29467 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29468
29469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29470
29471 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
29472 Select the window to the right of the current one.
29473 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29474 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
29475 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
29476 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
29477 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29478
29479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29480
29481 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
29482 Select the window below the current one.
29483 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29484 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29485 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
29486 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29487 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29488
29489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29490
29491 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
29492 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
29493 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
29494 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
29495
29496 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
29497
29498 ;;;***
29499 \f
29500 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
29501 ;;;;;; (17148 25072))
29502 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
29503
29504 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
29505 Toggle Winner mode.
29506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29507 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
29508
29509 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
29510
29511 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
29512 Toggle Winner mode.
29513 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29514
29515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29516
29517 ;;;***
29518 \f
29519 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
29520 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17239 32255))
29521 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
29522
29523 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
29524 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
29525 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
29526 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
29527 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
29528 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
29529 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
29530 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
29531
29532 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
29533 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
29534
29535 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
29536
29537 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
29538 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
29539
29540 \(fn)" t nil)
29541
29542 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
29543 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
29544 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
29545 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
29546 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
29547 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
29548 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
29549 `woman' command for further details.
29550
29551 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
29552
29553 ;;;***
29554 \f
29555 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
29556 ;;;;;; (17205 6084))
29557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
29558
29559 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
29560 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
29561
29562 BUGS:
29563 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
29564 are not implemented
29565 - Options for search and replace
29566 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
29567 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
29568
29569 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
29570 Emacs-like.
29571
29572 The key bindings are:
29573
29574 C-a backward-word
29575 C-b fill-paragraph
29576 C-c scroll-up-line
29577 C-d forward-char
29578 C-e previous-line
29579 C-f forward-word
29580 C-g delete-char
29581 C-h backward-char
29582 C-i indent-for-tab-command
29583 C-j help-for-help
29584 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
29585 C-l ws-repeat-search
29586 C-n open-line
29587 C-p quoted-insert
29588 C-r scroll-down-line
29589 C-s backward-char
29590 C-t kill-word
29591 C-u keyboard-quit
29592 C-v overwrite-mode
29593 C-w scroll-down
29594 C-x next-line
29595 C-y kill-complete-line
29596 C-z scroll-up
29597
29598 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
29599 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
29600 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
29601 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
29602 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
29603 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
29604 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
29605 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
29606 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
29607 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
29608 C-k b ws-begin-block
29609 C-k c ws-copy-block
29610 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
29611 C-k f find-file
29612 C-k h ws-show-markers
29613 C-k i ws-indent-block
29614 C-k k ws-end-block
29615 C-k p ws-print-block
29616 C-k q kill-emacs
29617 C-k r insert-file
29618 C-k s save-some-buffers
29619 C-k t ws-mark-word
29620 C-k u ws-exdent-block
29621 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
29622 C-k v ws-move-block
29623 C-k w ws-write-block
29624 C-k x kill-emacs
29625 C-k y ws-delete-block
29626
29627 C-o c wordstar-center-line
29628 C-o b switch-to-buffer
29629 C-o j justify-current-line
29630 C-o k kill-buffer
29631 C-o l list-buffers
29632 C-o m auto-fill-mode
29633 C-o r set-fill-column
29634 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
29635 C-o wd delete-other-windows
29636 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
29637 C-o wo other-window
29638 C-o wv split-window-vertically
29639
29640 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
29641 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
29642 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
29643 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
29644 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
29645 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
29646 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
29647 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
29648 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
29649 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
29650 C-q a ws-query-replace
29651 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
29652 C-q c end-of-buffer
29653 C-q d end-of-line
29654 C-q f ws-search
29655 C-q k ws-to-block-end
29656 C-q l ws-undo
29657 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
29658 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
29659 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
29660 C-q w ws-last-error
29661 C-q y ws-kill-eol
29662 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
29663
29664 \(fn)" t nil)
29665
29666 ;;;***
29667 \f
29668 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
29669 ;;;;;; (17148 25076))
29670 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
29671
29672 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
29673 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
29674 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
29675 Returns the top node with all its children.
29676 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
29677 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
29678
29679 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
29680
29681 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
29682 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
29683 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
29684 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
29685 is not well-formed XML.
29686 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
29687 and returned as the first element of the list.
29688 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
29689
29690 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
29691
29692 ;;;***
29693 \f
29694 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17148
29695 ;;;;;; 25076))
29696 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
29697
29698 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
29699 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
29700 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29701 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29702 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
29703
29704 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
29705
29706 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29707
29708 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
29709 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
29710 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
29711
29712 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
29713 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
29714 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
29715 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
29716 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
29717 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
29718
29719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29720
29721 ;;;***
29722 \f
29723 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
29724 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17148 25154))
29725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
29726
29727 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
29728 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
29729
29730 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29731
29732 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
29733 Extract file name from an yenc header.
29734
29735 \(fn)" nil nil)
29736
29737 ;;;***
29738 \f
29739 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
29740 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17140 20949))
29741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
29742
29743 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
29744 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
29745
29746 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
29747
29748 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
29749 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
29750
29751 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
29752
29753 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
29754 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
29755 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
29756
29757 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
29758
29759 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
29760 Zippy goes to the analyst.
29761
29762 \(fn)" t nil)
29763
29764 ;;;***
29765 \f
29766 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17239 32366))
29767 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
29768
29769 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
29770 Zone out, completely.
29771
29772 \(fn)" t nil)
29773
29774 ;;;***
29775 \f
29776 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
29777 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17140 20945))
29778 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
29779
29780 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
29781 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
29782
29783 \(fn)" t nil)
29784
29785 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
29786 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
29787
29788 Zone-mode does two things:
29789
29790 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
29791 when saving the file
29792
29793 - fontification
29794
29795 \(fn)" t nil)
29796
29797 ;;;***
29798 \f
29799 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
29800 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
29801 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
29802 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
29803 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
29804 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
29805 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
29806 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
29807 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
29808 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
29809 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
29810 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
29811 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
29812 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
29813 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
29814 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
29815 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
29816 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
29817 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
29818 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
29819 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
29820 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
29821 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
29822 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
29823 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
29824 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
29825 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
29826 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
29827 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
29828 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
29829 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
29830 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
29831 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
29832 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29833 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
29834 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
29835 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
29836 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
29837 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
29838 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
29839 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
29840 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
29841 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
29842 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
29843 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
29844 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
29845 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
29846 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/dig.el"
29847 ;;;;;; "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
29848 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
29849 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
29850 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
29851 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
29852 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
29853 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
29854 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
29855 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
29856 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
29857 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
29858 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
29859 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
29860 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
29861 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
29862 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
29863 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
29864 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
29865 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
29866 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
29867 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
29868 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
29869 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
29870 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
29871 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
29872 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
29873 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
29874 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
29875 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
29876 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
29877 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
29878 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
29879 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
29880 ;;;;;; "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
29881 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
29882 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
29883 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
29884 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el"
29885 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
29886 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el"
29887 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
29888 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
29889 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
29890 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
29891 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
29892 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-customize.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
29893 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el"
29894 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el"
29895 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
29896 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el"
29897 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
29898 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
29899 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el"
29900 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
29901 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
29902 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
29903 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
29904 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
29905 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
29906 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
29907 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
29908 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-gpg.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el"
29909 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
29910 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
29911 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
29912 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
29913 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
29914 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
29915 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
29916 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
29917 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
29918 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
29919 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
29920 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el"
29921 ;;;;;; "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el"
29922 ;;;;;; "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el"
29923 ;;;;;; "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el"
29924 ;;;;;; "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el"
29925 ;;;;;; "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el"
29926 ;;;;;; "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el"
29927 ;;;;;; "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el"
29928 ;;;;;; "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
29929 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
29930 ;;;;;; "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
29931 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
29932 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
29933 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
29934 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
29935 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-https.el"
29936 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
29937 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
29938 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
29939 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
29940 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17250 22703 990875))
29941
29942 ;;;***
29943 \f
29944 ;;; Local Variables:
29945 ;;; version-control: never
29946 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
29947 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
29948 ;;; End:
29949 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here